PAULA FINANCIAL
S-1/A, 1997-09-23
FIRE, MARINE & CASUALTY INSURANCE
Previous: JP FOODSERVICE INC, 10-K405, 1997-09-23
Next: APOLLO GROUP INC, S-3/A, 1997-09-23



<PAGE>
   
   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON SEPTEMBER 23, 1997
    
   
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-33159
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                                ----------------
 
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
    
                                ----------------
 
                                PAULA FINANCIAL
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>                                 <C>
             DELAWARE                              6331                             95-4640368
 (State or Other Jurisdiction of       (Primary Standard Industrial              (I.R.S. Employer
  Incorporation or Organization)       Classification Code Number)             Identification No.)
</TABLE>
 
                                 GATEWAY PLAZA
                        300 NORTH LAKE AVENUE, SUITE 300
                           PASADENA, CALIFORNIA 91101
                                 (626) 304-0401
    (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                  of registrant's principal executive offices)
                                ----------------
 
                             MR. BRADLEY K. SERWIN
                   SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT AND GENERAL COUNSEL
                                PAULA FINANCIAL
                                 GATEWAY PLAZA
                        300 NORTH LAKE AVENUE, SUITE 300
                           PASADENA, CALIFORNIA 91101
                                 (626) 304-0401
           (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
             including area code, of agent for service of process)
                                ----------------
 
                                   Copies to:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                           <C>
          RICHARD A. STRONG, ESQ.                         JOHN L. SAVVA, ESQ.
        GIBSON, DUNN & CRUTCHER LLP                       SULLIVAN & CROMWELL
           333 SOUTH GRAND AVENUE                       444 SOUTH FLOWER STREET
           LOS ANGELES, CA 90071                         LOS ANGELES, CA 90071
               (213) 229-7000                                (213) 955-8000
</TABLE>
 
                                ----------------
 
    Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as
practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
 
    If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. / /
 
    If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. / /
 
    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. / /
 
   
    If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. / /
    
 
                                ----------------
 
    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SUCH SECTION 8(a),
MAY DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES
EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
   
                SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED SEPTEMBER 23, 1997
    
 
[PAULA
                                         SHARES
LOGO]
                                PAULA FINANCIAL
                                  COMMON STOCK
                           (PAR VALUE $.01 PER SHARE)
                                 --------------
 
   
    Of the       shares of Common Stock offered hereby,       shares are being
sold by the Company and 143,918 shares are being sold by the Selling
Stockholders. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders". The Company will not
receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the
Selling Stockholders.
    
 
    Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock
of the Company. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price
per share will be between $         and $         . For factors to be considered
in determining the initial public offering price, see "Underwriting".
 
    SEE "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE 10 FOR CERTAIN CONSIDERATIONS RELEVANT TO AN
INVESTMENT IN THE COMMON STOCK.
 
    Application will be made for quotation of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq
National Market under the symbol "PFCO".
                                ----------------
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
 AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS
  THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
   COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
    ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
                                ----------------
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      INITIAL PUBLIC  UNDERWRITING   PROCEEDS TO       PROCEEDS TO
                                      OFFERING PRICE   DISCOUNT(1)    COMPANY(2)   SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
                                      --------------  -------------  ------------  --------------------
<S>                                   <C>             <C>            <C>           <C>
Per Share...........................        $               $             $                $
Total (3)...........................  $               $              $             $
</TABLE>
    
 
- --------------
 
   
(1) The Company and the Selling Stockholders have agreed to indemnify the
    Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
    Securities Act of 1933.
    
 
(2) Before deducting estimated expenses of $         payable by the Company.
 
(3) The Company has granted the Underwriters an option for 30 days to purchase
    up to an additional       shares at the initial public offering price per
    share, less the underwriting discount, solely to cover over-allotments. If
    such option is exercised in full, the total initial public offering price,
    underwriting discount and proceeds to Company will be $         , $
    and $         , respectively. See "Underwriting".
 
                                ----------------
 
    The shares offered hereby are offered severally by the Underwriters, as
specified herein, subject to receipt and acceptance by them and subject to their
right to reject any order in whole or in part. It is expected that certificates
for the shares will be ready for delivery in New York, New York, on or about
            , 1997, against payment therefor in immediately available funds.
 
GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.                                           CONNING & COMPANY
                                   ----------
 
               The date of this Prospectus is             , 1997.
<PAGE>
   
A map of the United States depicting the states and communities where the
Company has operations and is licensed for business. Several photographs of
agribusiness settings and Company personnel will accompany the map and an
indication of the location of the depicted areas will appear by connecting the
photographs to areas on the map. A topic sentence will accompany the graphic,
"PAULA has 50 years of experience providing employee benefits to agribusiness
communities in the West."
    
 
                                  [photo/map]
 
                                 --------------
 
    CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
THAT STABILIZE, MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK,
INCLUDING OVER-ALLOTMENT, STABILIZING AND SHORT-COVERING TRANSACTIONS IN SUCH
SECURITIES, AND THE IMPOSITION OF A PENALTY BID, IN CONNECTION WITH THE
OFFERING. FOR A DESCRIPTION OF THESE ACTIVITIES, SEE "UNDERWRITING".
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
    The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission"), Washington, D.C., a Registration Statement on Form S-1 under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), with respect to the
common stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Common Stock"), of the Company
offered hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all of the information set
forth in the Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. For
further information with respect to the Company and such Common Stock, reference
is hereby made to such Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules
thereto. Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of any
contract or any other document are not necessarily complete, and in each
instance reference is made to the copy of such contract or document filed as an
exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in
all respects by such reference. The Registration Statement, including the
exhibits and schedules thereto, may be inspected and copied at the public
reference facilities maintained by the Commission at its principal office
located at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, the New York Regional
Office located at 7 World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048,
and the Chicago Regional Office located at Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison
Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661. Copies of such material can be
obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Commission, at 450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates and from the
Commission's website at http://www.sec.gov.
 
    The Company intends to furnish its stockholders with annual reports
containing audited financial statements examined and reported upon by
independent certified public accountants and with quarterly reports containing
unaudited interim financial information for each of the first three fiscal
quarters of each fiscal year.
 
                                 --------------
 
    PAULA FINANCIAL OWNS ALL OF THE CAPITAL STOCK OF PAULA INSURANCE COMPANY
("PICO") AND PAULA ASSURANCE COMPANY ("PACO"). BOTH PICO AND PACO ARE INSURANCE
COMPANIES DOMICILED IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA. THE INSURANCE LAWS OF CALIFORNIA
PROVIDE THAT NO PERSON MAY ACQUIRE CONTROL OF AN INSURANCE COMPANY DOMICILED IN
THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA UNLESS SUCH PERSON HAS RECEIVED THE APPROVAL OF THE
CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE (THE "CALIFORNIA DOI") OR THE CALIFORNIA DOI
DOES NOT DISAPPROVE THE ACQUISITION WITHIN 60 DAYS AFTER AN APPLICATION HAS BEEN
FILED. ANY PERSON WHO, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, OWNS, HOLDS THE POWER TO VOTE,
HOLDS PROXIES REPRESENTING OR OTHERWISE CONTROLS 10% OR MORE OF THE OUTSTANDING
VOTING SECURITIES OF AN INSURANCE COMPANY DOMICILED IN CALIFORNIA OR ITS HOLDING
COMPANY IS PRESUMED TO "CONTROL" THE INSURANCE COMPANY UNLESS THE CALIFORNIA
DOI, UPON APPLICATION, DETERMINES OTHERWISE. ACCORDINGLY, ANY PERSON WHO
PURCHASES IN THIS OFFERING SHARES OF THE COMPANY'S COMMON STOCK WHICH, WHEN
COMBINED WITH ALL OTHER VOTING SECURITIES OWNED OR OTHERWISE CONTROLLED BY THAT
PERSON, TOTAL 10% OR MORE OF THE VOTING SECURITIES OF THE COMPANY WILL BE DEEMED
TO HAVE ACQUIRED CONTROL OF PICO AND PACO, UNLESS THE CALIFORNIA DOI DETERMINES
OTHERWISE. SEE "RISK FACTORS--ANTI-TAKEOVER CONSIDERATIONS".
 
                                 --------------
 
    FOR NORTH CAROLINA INVESTORS: THE COMMISSIONER OF INSURANCE OF NORTH
CAROLINA HAS NOT APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED THIS OFFERING, NOR HAS THE COMMISSIONER
PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
   
    THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY THE DETAILED
INFORMATION AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS APPEARING ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS. ON
SEPTEMBER 23, 1997, PAULA FINANCIAL, WHICH FORMERLY WAS DOMICILED IN CALIFORNIA,
EFFECTED A REINCORPORATION IN THE STATE OF DELAWARE PURSUANT TO WHICH IT MERGED
WITH AND INTO A WHOLLY-OWNED DELAWARE SUBSIDIARY FORMED SOLELY FOR PURPOSES OF
THE REINCORPORATION. THE TERM "COMPANY" MEANS PAULA FINANCIAL, A DELAWARE
CORPORATION, ITS CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES AND ITS PREDECESSORS, AFTER GIVING
EFFECT TO THE REINCORPORATION. "PICO" REFERS TO THE COMPANY'S WORKERS'
COMPENSATION INSURANCE SUBSIDIARY, PAULA INSURANCE COMPANY. THE TERM "PAN AM"
MEANS THE COMPANY'S THREE PRINCIPAL INSURANCE AGENCY SUBSIDIARIES COLLECTIVELY
UNLESS THE CONTEXT OTHERWISE REQUIRES. SEE "GLOSSARY OF SELECTED INSURANCE
TERMS" ON PAGE G-1 FOR DEFINITIONS OF CERTAIN INSURANCE TERMS USED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS
ASSUMES THAT THE UNDERWRITERS' OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION WILL NOT BE EXERCISED. SEE
"UNDERWRITING". ALL FINANCIAL INFORMATION REGARDING THE COMPANY IN THIS
PROSPECTUS IS PRESENTED ON THE BASIS OF GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
("GAAP"), EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED. STATUTORY DATA INCLUDED HEREIN HAS BEEN
DERIVED FROM THE ANNUAL AND QUARTERLY STATEMENTS OF THE COMPANY'S INSURANCE
SUBSIDIARIES AS FILED WITH INSURANCE REGULATORY AUTHORITIES AND PREPARED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH STATUTORY ACCOUNTING PRACTICES ("SAP").
    
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    The Company is a California-based specialty underwriter and distributor of
commercial insurance products which, through its subsidiary PICO, is one of the
largest underwriters specializing in workers' compensation insurance products
and services for the agribusiness industry. The Company began operations in 1946
as an insurance agency providing workers' compensation and group medical
employee benefits to agribusiness employers in underserved rural markets. In
1974, PICO was formed to underwrite the workers' compensation portion of the
business distributed by Pan Am, the Company's insurance agency. In late 1994,
the Company added to its management team and its board of directors and embarked
on a strategy of growth, including expansion into new states, while maintaining
its focus on the agribusiness market.
 
   
    For the six months ended June 30, 1997, the Company had $45.9 million of
premiums written, compared to $27.7 million for the comparable period in 1996,
an increase of 65.3%. For the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, the
Company had premiums written of $63.6 million, $46.8 million and $53.6 million,
respectively. The Company's primary geographic markets are California, Arizona,
and Oregon, which accounted for approximately 67.8%, 13.6% and 12.0%,
respectively, of premiums written for the six months ended June 30, 1997. Since
1995, the Company has commenced operations in Idaho, Texas, Florida and Alaska
and has been licensed in New Mexico.
    
 
    The Company believes that its cumulative experience serving the agribusiness
industry has led to superior underwriting results and strong growth in
stockholders' equity per share. PICO's SAP combined ratio for the five years
ended December 31, 1996 averaged 99.6%, approximately 10.7 percentage points
below the California average for the workers' compensation insurance industry
(source: California Workers' Compensation Insurance Rating Bureau ("WCIRB")) and
10.8 percentage points below the national average for the workers' compensation
insurance industry (source: A.M. Best Company, Inc. ("A.M. Best"); Best's
Insurance Reports, Property/Casualty, 1997 edition). The Company's adjusted net
stockholders' equity per share has grown at a compound annual growth rate of
19.3% from January 1, 1981 to June 30, 1997 (21.5% over the 10 years ended June
30, 1997).
 
    The Company's primary insurance subsidiary, PICO, is currently rated "A-
(Excellent)" by A.M. Best. As of June 30, 1997, the Company had total assets of
$   million and net stockholders' equity of $   million (both on a pro forma
basis after giving effect to the offering and other adjustments described under
"Capitalization"). As of June 30, 1997, 92.7% of the Company's investment
portfolio was invested in fixed maturity securities, all of which were rated "A"
or better by Standard & Poor's Corporation ("S&P"), Moody's Investors Service,
Inc. ("Moody's") or Fitch Investors Service, Inc.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
("Fitch") as of such date. The Company's other principal subsidiaries include
PAULA Assurance Company ("PACO"), a life and health carrier, and Pan Pacific
Benefit Administrators, Inc. ("Pan Pacific"), a third party administrator. The
Company's address is 300 North Lake Avenue, Suite 300, Pasadena, California
91101, and its telephone number is (626) 304-0401.
 
                               BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
    The Company believes that its differentiated approach as a provider of
insurance services to the agribusiness industry and its expertise with immigrant
employee groups, partial year workforces and businesses in rural communities
have been critical to its success. The Company views its key strengths as: (i)
its integrated distribution and underwriting activities; (ii) the distinctive
labor relations and cost containment services it provides; and (iii) its
underwriting and risk management expertise with respect to agribusiness risks.
The Company intends to leverage these strengths to grow profitably while
maintaining a reputation as a premier provider of high quality insurance
products and services to small- and medium-sized agribusiness employers. PICO's
book of business, as measured by Estimated Annual Premium ("EAP"), has grown
from $49.3 million as of June 30, 1996 to $77.6 million as of June 30, 1997, an
increase of 57.5%. The Company's growth has been achieved without the
acquisition of other insurance companies.
 
    The Company plans to grow its workers' compensation insurance business
further by: (i) expanding the Company's agribusiness franchise outside of
California and Arizona; (ii) increasing the Company's penetration of rural
communities within California and Arizona; and (iii) expanding into other
industries whose risk characteristics and service requirements are similar to
those of agribusiness. The Company intends to support its growth strategy by
continuing to affiliate with well-regarded, rural-focused insurance agencies and
by developing additional relationships with trade associations and safety
groups.
 
    The Company's target agribusiness market includes those employers who farm,
harvest, transport, pack and process tree fruit, vegetables, fiber, flowers,
vine fruit and dairy products. Labor intensive agribusiness employers rely on
their workforces performing to maximum productivity in order to deliver their
fresh product to market at the best price. Agribusiness insurance risks are
generally characterized by: (i) monolingual Spanish speaking workforces; (ii)
moving work sites and a relative lack of machinery and equipment, making loss
control engineering more difficult; (iii) large seasonal fluctuations and high
turnover in the employee pool, making timely and frequent safety training more
critical and increasing the opportunity for filing fraudulent claims; (iv) fewer
opportunities for discounts from health providers in rural locations; and (v) a
relatively young workforce performing physically demanding labor for low hourly
or piece-work wages. The Company's knowledge of these risk characteristics has
enabled the Company to help its clients satisfy the benefits needs of their
workforces and assisted it to achieve underwriting profitability.
 
INTEGRATED DISTRIBUTION
 
    The Company has developed an expertise in the agribusiness industry through
its long history of both distributing and underwriting insurance and through a
focus on the agent-customer relationship. PICO was formed by the owners of Pan
Am in 1974 to underwrite the workers' compensation portion of the business
distributed by Pan Am. The Company believes that Pan Am's direct interest in the
Company's success results in a cooperative relationship among the agent, the
underwriter, loss control consultants, claims management personnel and the
customer and its employees. Pan Am, which has 17 locations in California, Oregon
and Arizona, is the largest distributor for PICO, accounting for 46.4% of PICO's
premiums written for the six months ended June 30, 1997.
 
    To enhance the Company's presence in rural areas not served by Pan Am, the
Company affiliates with insurance agencies of similar size and operating
histories to Pan Am. In late 1996 and early 1997, the Company made minority
equity investments aggregating $1.9 million in two regional commercial
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
insurance agencies, James G. Parker Insurance Associates ("Parker"),
headquartered in Fresno, California, and CAPAX Management and Insurance Services
("CAPAX"), headquartered in Modesto, California. In 1996, the Company, Parker
and CAPAX formed the PAULA Trading Company (the "PTC") to affiliate with other
independent agencies. Typically, PTC member agencies have extensive operating
histories, a significant commercial insurance presence in rural communities and
historically high client persistency rates. As of June 30, 1997, ten agencies,
including Parker and CAPAX, have affiliated with the PTC. Pan Am and the other
PTC agencies together distributed 70.8% of PICO's Estimated Annual Premium
("EAP") as of June 30, 1997. The Company believes that its close relationships
with PTC member agencies assist it in lowering its loss ratio, raising
persistency rates and lowering acquisition costs.
 
   
    The Company believes it gains significant marketing benefits from the
endorsements Pan Am has developed for the Company. These endorsements by 22
prominent agribusiness trade associations have allowed the Company to be
identified with brand names significant to agribusiness customers. In addition,
they provide the Company with access to large groups of potential customers
without the usual sales process of prospecting individual clients. The Company
believes that solicitation of association members results in a higher percentage
of sales than do individual unaffiliated solicitations.
    
 
DISTINCTIVE SERVICES TO AGRIBUSINESS EMPLOYERS
 
    Throughout its history, the Company has tailored its labor relations and
cost containment services to the unique needs of the agribusiness employer. From
the initial reporting of a claim to the careful explanation of benefits to the
medical treatment delivery to the return of an employee to work, the Company's
capabilities are field-based, bilingual, cross-cultural and sensitive to the
unique fraud-prevention and cost-containment issues present in agribusiness. The
Company's safety training, early return to work efforts, case management and
case settlement operations are tailored specifically to the labor relations and
cost containment needs of agribusiness employers and to the needs of Hispanic
and other immigrant laborers.
 
    The Company's field representatives, Special Investigation Unit and claims
staff are central to the Company's service culture. Combined, these services
significantly enhance the agribusiness employer's human resource management
capabilities. The Company's field representatives train crew foremen and field
supervisors on safety practices and hold employee safety training for the
Company's clients and their employees. Field representatives also hand deliver
first-time benefit checks and explain benefits in the language of preference of
the claimant, a long-standing and distinctive practice of the Company which it
believes helps to reduce the cost of claims, particularly by reducing the number
of litigated claims. The Company's Special Investigation Unit reviews each claim
for potential fraud as it is reported to the Company rather than only those
claims referred to the unit by claims adjusters after they suspect fraud, as the
Company believes is more typical in the industry. The Company's claims staff is
bilingual, has an average of 13 years of claims experience and typically manages
only 125 open claims per examiner, which the Company believes is lower than the
industry average.
 
    The Company also distinguishes itself in California and Arizona by offering
the option of occupational medical care in Mexico. The Company offers medical
treatment options in Mexico in three approved clinics in Tijuana, Mexicali and
San Luis. The Company believes it is the only carrier to provide this service.
 
AGRIBUSINESS UNDERWRITING EXPERTISE
 
    The Company underwrites and prices its products with the objective of
earning an underwriting profit. The Company believes that its expertise and long
history serving agribusiness employers assist it in achieving this objective.
Though agribusiness is widely considered to be a "substandard" class of
insurance, the Company has consistently reported underwriting profitability
above industry averages. For the five years ended December 31, 1996, PICO's SAP
combined ratios have averaged 99.6% as compared to workers' compensation
insurance industry averages in California and nationally of 110.3%
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
and 110.4 %, respectively, for the same time period (source: WCIRB and A.M.
Best, respectively). The Company's in-depth understanding of the risks in its
target market and its ability to price its product appropriately are the keys to
these results.
 
    The Company's proprietary loss experience database, its trade association
endorsements and its understanding of the risk management needs of agribusiness
employers are the key elements of its underwriting capabilities. The Company's
rate-making process benefits significantly from more than 50 years of claim
experience in the agribusiness industry and a proprietary database built over 23
years. This experience has enabled the Company to differentiate risks by
creating more than 35 farm classes and subclasses, reflecting the unique
characteristics of job classifications and differences in farming operations. In
comparison, the WCIRB publishes only 15 payroll classifications in its schedule
of farm rating reports.
 
   
    The Company enjoys the endorsement of 22 prominent agribusiness trade
associations and has promoted the formation and operation of 40 other safety
groups. This helps the Company to achieve the actuarial benefit of writing
larger pools, to provide safety training and services to small accounts more
efficiently and to promote the selection of good risks and safety practices by
linking the self-interest of each group member.
    
 
                                  THE OFFERING
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                              <C>
Common Stock offered by the Company............................  shares
 
Common Stock offered by the Selling Stockholders...............  143,918 shares
 
Common Stock to be outstanding after the offering (1)..........  shares
 
Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol.........................  PFCO
 
Use of proceeds to the Company.................................  To contribute $   million
                                                                 to PICO as capital to
                                                                 increase its capacity to
                                                                 underwrite additional
                                                                 insurance, to repay $11.5
                                                                 million of bank debt and
                                                                 other notes payable, and
                                                                 for general corporate
                                                                 purposes
</TABLE>
    
 
- --------------
 
   
(1) Excludes 390,325 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance upon exercise
    of options outstanding as of June 30, 1997 pursuant to grants to directors,
    officers and employees of the Company. Includes 82,353 shares of Common
    Stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase Common Stock and
    941,177 shares of Common Stock to be issued upon the automatic conversion of
    shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, $.01 par value ("Preferred Stock"),
    of the Company upon consummation of the offering. See Notes 8 and 9 of the
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
    
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
   
    Before purchasing shares of the Common Stock offered hereby, prospective
investors should consider carefully, in addition to the other information
contained in this Prospectus, the risks related to or resulting from: the
variability of operating results; significant geographic and industry
concentration; the establishment of loss reserves; highly competitive industry;
expansion strategy; reliance on independent agents; governmental regulations;
holding company structure and restrictions on dividends; importance of
maintaining A.M. Best rating; dependence on key personnel; investment portfolio
exposure to interest rate risk; availability of reinsurance; no prior public
market for common stock; determination of offering price; potential
anti-takeover effect of regulation and certain charter provisions; shares
available for future sale; and immediate and substantial dilution.
    
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
                             SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
 
   
    The summary data presented below under the captions "Income Statement Data"
and "Balance Sheet Data" as of and for each of the years in the five-year period
ended December 31, 1996 and the six month period ended June 30, 1997 are derived
from the consolidated financial statements of the Company, which financial
statements have been audited by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent certified
public accountants. The consolidated financial statements as of December 31,
1995 and 1996 and June 30, 1997 and for each of the years in the three-year
period ended December 31, 1996 and the six month period ended June 30, 1997 and
the report thereon are included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The summary data
presented below under the captions "Income Statement Data" and "Balance Sheet
Data" for the six-month period ended June 30, 1996 are derived from the
unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Company included elsewhere in
this Prospectus and include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments
(consisting only of normal recurring accruals) necessary for a fair presentation
of the information for such periods. The information presented below under the
captions "Adjusted Balance Sheet Data" and "Other Data" is unaudited. The
results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 1997 are not necessarily
indicative of the results to be expected for the full year. The summary
financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations"
("MD&A") and the Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto appearing
elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                       JUNE 30,
                                              -----------------------------------------------------  --------------------
                                                1992       1993       1994       1995       1996       1996       1997
                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Premiums written............................  $  62,658  $  53,502  $  53,545  $  46,762  $  63,606  $  27,745  $  45,871
                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Premiums earned:
  Workers' compensation.....................  $  47,235  $  50,857  $  50,977  $  44,224  $  54,563  $  21,751  $  41,303
  Group medical and life....................     13,496        163        312        307        941        471        475
Commissions.................................      3,187      3,514      4,299      3,964      4,213      2,061      1,716
Net investment income.......................      4,983      4,495      4,536      4,817      4,701      2,322      2,499
Net realized investment gains...............      1,585        132     --             37        444        427     --
Other.......................................        784      1,375      1,712      1,569        896        514        347
                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Total revenue.............................  $  71,270  $  60,536  $  61,836  $  54,918  $  65,758  $  27,546  $  46,340
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
  incurred..................................     47,238     30,852     28,618     29,363     33,900     13,937     28,447
Dividends provided for policyholders........      2,647      5,806      6,221      3,438      1,628        620        309
Operating expenses..........................     16,656     16,838     20,720     22,608     25,480     10,484     14,752
                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Total expenses............................  $  66,541  $  53,496  $  55,559  $  55,409  $  61,008  $  25,041  $  43,508
Income (loss) before taxes..................      4,729      7,040      6,277       (491)     4,750      2,505      2,832
Income tax expense (benefit)................      1,236      1,875      1,572       (791)       827        443        538
                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net income................................  $   3,493  $   5,165  $   4,705  $     300  $   3,923  $   2,062  $   2,294
                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Earnings per share (1)......................  $    1.92  $    2.83  $    2.39  $    0.15  $    1.95  $    1.05  $    1.14
Weighted average shares outstanding (1).....      1,824      1,824      1,972      1,940      2,007      1,970      2,006
</TABLE>
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    AS OF DECEMBER 31,                      AS OF JUNE 30, 1997
                                   -----------------------------------------------------  -----------------------
                                                                                                          AS
                                     1992       1993       1994       1995       1996      ACTUAL    ADJUSTED(2)
                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------
                                                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Investments (3)..................  $  79,879  $  81,737  $  83,084  $  83,991  $  86,792  $  93,379   $
Total assets.....................    104,833    108,898    117,297    118,906    125,127    141,920
Unpaid losses and loss adjustment
  expenses.......................     66,170     62,629     60,473     57,049     55,720     64,972
Notes payable....................      3,966      3,370      4,205     10,824     11,279     11,468
Total liabilities................     93,058     95,793     90,384     93,301     99,151    113,602
Net stockholders' equity.........     11,775     13,105     26,913     25,605     25,976     28,318
 
ADJUSTED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Adjusted net stockholders' equity
  (4)............................                                                            41,213
Adjusted net stockholders' equity
  per share (4)..................                                                         $   20.88   $
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                             AS OF AND FOR THE
                                                                                           SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE
                                         AS OF AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                  30,
                                   -----------------------------------------------------  -----------------------
                                     1992       1993       1994       1995       1996       1996         1997
                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------
                                                               (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
PICO AND PACO GAAP RATIOS:
Loss ratio.......................       77.8%      60.5%      55.8%      65.9%      61.1%      62.7%        68.1%
Expense ratio....................       23.0       24.4       26.7       32.3       32.1       34.0         28.2
Policyholder dividend ratio......        4.4       11.4       12.1        7.7        2.9        2.8          0.7
                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------
  Combined ratio.................      105.2%      96.3%      94.6%     105.9%      96.1%      99.5%        97.0%
                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------
                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------
PICO STATUTORY DATA:
Statutory net income.............  $   1,787  $   2,079  $   5,217  $   3,175  $   5,051  $   1,918   $    2,902
Statutory surplus................     21,736     23,085     19,381     25,992     31,135     27,764       31,821
Premiums/surplus.................        2.1x       2.2x       2.6x       1.7x       1.9x       N/A          N/A
 
Loss ratio.......................       78.1%      66.0%      55.9%      65.9%      61.0%      62.7%        68.1%
Expense ratio....................       21.8       23.4       25.9       30.9       29.4       28.5         27.2
Policyholder dividend ratio......        5.2       11.4       12.2        7.8        3.0        2.8          0.7
                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------
  Combined ratio.................      105.1%     100.8%      94.0%     104.6%      93.4%      94.0%        96.0%
                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------
                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------
OTHER DATA:
Industry average statutory
  combined ratio (5).............      114.9%     109.0%     107.3%     107.6%     113.1%       N/A          N/A
Number of PICO policies (period-
  end)...........................      1,522      1,901      2,227      4,041      6,481      5,245        8,148
Number of Company employees
  (period-end)...................        248        247        272        237        242        228          249
PICO Estimated Annual Premium (6)
  (period-end)...................  $  41,134  $  44,133  $  41,929  $  41,176  $  61,316  $  49,296   $   77,634
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------
 
(1) See Note 1 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a
    description of the calculation of weighted average shares outstanding and
    earnings per share.
 
(2) Gives effect to the sale of the       shares offered by the Company hereby
    at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share and the
    initial application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom. Also gives
    effect to the elimination of the Company's contractual obligation to
    repurchase shares of Common Stock of separated employees under the terms of
    the ESOP and the exercise of warrants to purchase 82,353 shares of Common
    Stock.
 
(3) Investments as of December 31, 1992 and 1993 are reflected at amortized
    cost. As of December 31, 1994, a portion of the portfolio was classified as
    held to maturity and was therefore reflected at amortized cost and the
    remaining portfolio was shown at market value. Investments as of December
    31, 1995 and 1996 are reflected at market value.
 
   
(4) Adjusted to reflect (i) the elimination of the Company's contractual
    obligation to repurchase shares of Common Stock of separated employees under
    the terms of the PAULA Financial and Subsidiaries Employee Stock Ownership
    Plan and its companion PAULA Financial and Subsidiaries Employee Stock
    Ownership Trust (collectively, the "ESOP"); (ii) the automatic conversion of
    the Preferred Stock to Common Stock; and (iii) the exercise of all
    outstanding warrants, each of which will be effected upon consummation of
    the offering. In applying the described adjustments to years 1992, 1993,
    1994, 1995 and 1996, adjusted net stockholders' equity would be $23,118,
    $28,131, $38,350, $35,205 and $38,825, respectively, and adjusted net
    stockholders' equity per share would be $13.10, $15.93, $17.46, $17.97 and
    $19.66, respectively.
    
 
(5) National average for workers' compensation insurance companies. Source: A.M.
    Best; Best's Insurance Reports, Property/ Casualty, 1997 edition.
 
(6) "PICO Estimated Annual Premium" means, as of any date, the estimated total
    annualized premiums for all policies written by PICO in force on that date,
    whether earned prior to or after such date.
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
   
    INVESTORS SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE FOLLOWING RISK FACTORS, IN ADDITION
TO ALL THE OTHER INFORMATION APPEARING IN THIS PROSPECTUS, IN CONNECTION WITH AN
INVESTMENT IN THE COMMON STOCK. CERTAIN STATEMENTS INCLUDED IN THIS PROSPECTUS,
INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, STATEMENTS CONTAINING THE WORDS "BELIEVES",
"ANTICIPATES", "INTENDS", "EXPECTS" AND WORDS OF SIMILAR IMPORT, CONSTITUTE
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS INVOLVE KNOWN AND
UNKNOWN RISKS, UNCERTAINTIES AND OTHER FACTORS THAT MAY CAUSE THE ACTUAL
RESULTS, PERFORMANCE OR ACHIEVEMENTS OF THE COMPANY TO BE MATERIALLY DIFFERENT
FROM ANY FUTURE RESULTS, PERFORMANCE OR ACHIEVEMENTS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED BY
SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. SUCH FACTORS INCLUDE, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE
IMPORTANT FACTORS SET FORTH BELOW AND ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS. GIVEN THESE
UNCERTAINTIES, POTENTIAL PURCHASERS OF THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY ARE
CAUTIONED NOT TO PLACE UNDUE RELIANCE ON SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS.
    
 
   
RISKS RELATED TO THE VARIABILITY OF OPERATING RESULTS
    
 
    The Company operates in a cyclical industry affected by many factors that
may cause fluctuations in its results of operations. The factors that may
adversely affect the operations and profitability of the Company include: the
severity and frequency of claims; government regulations; court decisions and
the judicial climate, which could lead to escalating damage awards; the
incidence of fraudulent claims; competition; general economic and business
conditions and trends; and fluctuations in interest rates and other changes in
the investment environment which affect market prices of the Company's
investments and the income from those investments. Many of these factors are
beyond the control of the Company. The foregoing factors have contributed to
significant, industry-wide year-to-year and quarter-to-quarter fluctuations in
underwriting results and in net income, and could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See
"MD&A".
 
   
    In recent years, the Company's results of operations have been significantly
affected by the favorable development of PICO's loss experience. The Company's
income (loss) before taxes in calendar years 1994, 1995 and 1996 was positively
affected by reserve recoveries by PICO of $4.0 million, $3.9 million and $2.6
million, respectively. These reserve recoveries were primarily attributable to
the favorable development of the 1993, 1994 and 1995 accident years. There can
be no assurance that the Company will have any reserve recoveries in future
periods. See "MD&A" and "Business--Losses and Loss Reserves".
    
 
   
SIGNIFICANT GEOGRAPHIC AND INDUSTRY CONCENTRATION
    
 
    The Company's current business is concentrated geographically, with
approximately 67.8% of its premiums written in the first six months of 1997 in
California, 13.6% in Arizona, and 12.0% in Oregon, and a majority of the
Company's policyholders are in the agriculture industry. Due to the Company's
focus on the agribusiness industry, it is more exposed to the effects of
injuries and diseases more prevalent in this industry, as well as economic
conditions and regulatory changes affecting labor relations in this industry,
than its more diversified competitors. In addition, changes in the nature and
extent of regulation of workers' compensation insurance companies or adverse
economic or other conditions in the Company's geographic area of operations
would have a more severe impact on the Company than on a more diversified
insurance company. See "--Regulation".
 
   
RISKS RELATED TO THE ESTABLISHMENT OF LOSS RESERVES
    
 
    The Company's insurance subsidiaries are required to establish and maintain
reserves to cover their estimated ultimate liability for losses and loss
adjustment expenses ("LAE") with respect to reported claims and claims incurred
but not yet reported as of the end of each accounting period. These reserves do
not represent an exact calculation of liabilities but rather are estimates
involving actuarial projections at a given time of what the Company expects the
ultimate settlement and administration of
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
claims will cost. These estimates are based on facts and circumstances then
known, predictions of future events, estimates of future trends in claims
frequency and severity and judicial theories of liability, as well as other
factors such as inflation. In addition, because certain workers' compensation
claims may not be fully paid for a number of years, estimating reserves for such
claims can be more difficult and uncertain than estimating reserves in certain
other lines of insurance where the period between occurrence of the claim and
final determination of the loss is shorter.
 
   
    The establishment of appropriate reserves is an inherently uncertain
process, and there can be no assurance that ultimate losses will not exceed the
Company's loss reserves and have a material adverse effect on the Company's
results of operations and financial condition. If the Company's reserves should
be inadequate, the Company will be required to increase reserves with a
corresponding increase in losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred and
reduction in the Company's net income and stockholders' equity in the period in
which the deficiency is identified. See "MD&A" and "Business--Losses and Loss
Reserves".
    
 
   
HIGHLY COMPETITIVE INDUSTRY
    
 
    The insurance industry is highly competitive. The Company's competitors
include, among others, insurance companies, specialized provider groups,
in-house or multiple employer benefits administrators, and state insurance
pools. Many of the Company's existing or potential competitors are larger and
have considerably greater financial and other resources than the Company. To the
extent that any of these existing or potential competitors concentrates
increased resources in the Company's specific market segments, increases
commissions paid to producers or offers more or better services or lower premium
rates in any of the Company's market segments, the Company could be adversely
affected. The Company's largest competitor in its current markets is the state
insurance fund established by each of those states. Changes in marketing
practices by these not-for-profit competitors could adversely affect the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See
"Business-- Competition".
 
   
RISKS RELATED TO EXPANSION STRATEGY
    
 
    Since 1995, the Company has experienced significant growth in its revenues,
policyholders and scope of operations. This growth has required and will
continue to require the Company to obtain additional capital, primarily to
capitalize PICO, its principal insurance subsidiary. The Company intends to use
a significant portion of the net proceeds from this offering to increase the
capital of PICO. If the Company is unable to generate sufficient capital, either
internally or from outside sources, it could be required to reduce its growth.
The Company intends to pursue further growth opportunities through greater
penetration in existing markets and expansion into new jurisdictions. As the
Company expands, the Company will be underwriting policies for insureds in
industries and geographic areas less familiar to the Company. The Company's
workers' compensation insurance experience has been developed over many years
primarily in the agribusiness industry in California and Arizona and, more
recently, in Oregon, and there can be no assurance that this experience will
enable the Company to compete successfully in these new markets or underwrite or
price risks in these markets appropriately. In addition, the Company may rely to
a greater extent on third party providers for assistance in adjusting claims and
various administrative matters in its new markets. The Company's growth has also
resulted in, and is expected to continue to create, new and increased
responsibilities for management personnel, as well as additional demands on the
Company's operating and financial systems. The Company's future growth will
depend on the efforts of key management personnel and the Company's ability to
attract and retain qualified persons, to enhance managerial systems for its
operations, and to successfully integrate new employees and systems into its
existing operations. If the Company is unable to continue to manage growth
effectively, the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations could be materially adversely affected. See "MD&A" and
"Business--Business Strategy".
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
RELIANCE ON INDEPENDENT AGENTS
 
    The Company markets its workers' compensation products and services through
Pan Am, and, like other companies in its industry, through independent agents.
For the six months ended June 30, 1997, independent agents (including members of
the PTC other than Pan Am) accounted for approximately 53.6% of PICO's premiums
written. These agents are not obligated to promote the Company's products and
services and may sell competitors' insurance products. As a result, the
Company's business depends in part on the marketing effort of these agents and
on the Company's ability to continue to offer workers' compensation products and
services that meet the requirements of these agents and their customers. In
addition, as the Company expands into additional states and industries, it
expects to establish relationships with additional independent agents. Failure
of these independent insurance agents to market successfully the Company's
products and services could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Business--
Distribution".
 
   
RISKS RELATED TO GOVERNMENTAL REGULATIONS
    
 
   
    The Company and its insurance subsidiaries, as California-domiciled
insurers, are subject to extensive regulation by the California DOI, and by
departments of insurance in Alaska, Arizona, Florida, Idaho, New Mexico, Oregon
and Texas. The Company and its subsidiaries will also become subject to
regulation in each additional jurisdiction in which they become licensed to
transact business. Such regulation is primarily for the protection of
policyholders rather than stockholders and could limit the Company's ability to
react to changes in its marketplace or take advantage of new opportunities in a
timely manner. Changes in such regulation could materially and adversely effect
the Company's operations and financial condition. The nature and extent of such
regulation varies from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, but typically involves: (i)
standards of solvency and minimum amounts of capital and surplus which must be
maintained; (ii) limits on types and amounts of investments; (iii) restrictions
on the size of risks which may be insured by a single company; (iv) licensing of
insurers and their agents; (v) required deposits of securities for the benefit
of policyholders; (vi) approval of policy forms; (vii) establishment of
statutory reporting practices and the form and content of statutory financial
statements; (viii) establishment of methods for setting statutory loss and
expense reserves; (ix) review, and in some instances, prior approval of premium
rates; (x) limits on transactions among insurers and their affiliates; (xi)
approval of all proposed changes of control; (xii) approval of dividends; (xiii)
setting and collecting guarantee fund assessments; and (xiv) required filing of
annual and other reports with respect to the financial condition and operation
of insurers. In addition, state regulatory examiners perform periodic financial
and underwriting examinations of insurers. State insurance regulation is
intended for the benefit and protection of policyholders and claimants under
insurance policies, rather than stockholders.
    
 
   
    In recent years, the insurance regulatory framework has been subject to
increased scrutiny by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (the
"NAIC"), state legislatures and insurance regulators and the United States
Congress. The NAIC is a voluntary organization of state regulators. Its
principal mission is to encourage uniformity in state regulation of insurance
through the drafting of model laws and the continuing refinement of insurance
accounting practices and reporting procedures. None of the NAIC's pronouncements
has any legal effect unless enacted by individual states. The NAIC is currently
engaged in a project to codify statutory accounting practices that is likely to
change the definition of what constitutes prescribed versus permitted statutory
accounting practices and may result in changes to the accounting policies that
insurance enterprises use to prepare their statutory financial statements. At
this time, the Company is unable to predict how such project may affect its
insurance subsidiaries' statutory financial statements or how insurance rating
agencies will interpret or react to any such changes. No assurance can be given
that future legislative or regulatory changes resulting from such activities
will not adversely affect the Company and its subsidiaries. See
"Business--Regulation".
    
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
   
RISKS RELATED TO HOLDING COMPANY STRUCTURE AND RESTRICTIONS ON DIVIDENDS
    
 
    As a holding company with no significant business operations of its own,
PAULA Financial relies on dividends from its subsidiaries, which are primarily
domiciled in California, as the principal source of cash to meet its
obligations, including the payment of principal and interest on its debt
obligations and the payment of dividends to holders of its capital stock.
California law places significant restrictions on the ability of the Company's
insurance company subsidiaries to pay dividends to PAULA Financial. In
particular, all dividends from PICO and PACO, as California-domiciled insurers,
require prior notice to the California DOI. All "extraordinary" dividends must
be approved in advance by the California DOI. A dividend is deemed
"extraordinary" if, when aggregated with all other dividends paid within the
preceding twelve months, the dividend exceeds the greater of (i) PICO's
statutory net income or PACO's statutory net gain from operations (both
excluding unrealized capital gains) for the preceding calendar year or (ii) 10%
of policyholder surplus as of the preceding December 31st. Additionally, unless
approved in advance by the California DOI, no dividend may be paid by PICO or
PACO except from earned surplus. The California DOI may disallow the payment of
any dividend if, in the California DOI's opinion, the payment would in any way
violate the California Insurance Code or be hazardous to policyholders,
creditors or the public. Based on these limitations and statutory results, as of
December 31, 1996, PAULA Financial would be able to receive $5.4 million in
dividends in 1997 from its direct insurance subsidiaries without obtaining prior
regulatory approval from the California DOI. There can be no assurance that
dividends will be declared by PAULA Financial or its subsidiaries in the future
or that any required approvals for payment of dividends by the Company's
insurance subsidiaries will be obtained from the applicable state insurance
departments. See "Dividend Policy" and "Business-- Regulation".
 
IMPORTANCE OF MAINTAINING A.M. BEST RATING
 
    Ratings are an important factor in communicating the claims paying ability
and financial strength of insurance companies. PICO, the Company's principal
insurance subsidiary, is currently assigned a letter rating of "A- (Excellent)"
from A.M. Best, the leading national insurance rating agency. A.M. Best ratings
range from "A++ (Superior)" to "F (in liquidation)". The "A- (Excellent)" rating
is assigned to companies that, in the opinion of A.M. Best, have demonstrated
excellent overall financial condition and operating performance when compared to
the quantitative and qualitative standards established by A.M. Best. A.M. Best
considers "A-(Excellent)" rated companies to have a strong ability to meet their
obligations to policyholders over a long period of time. A.M. Best ratings are
based on a comparative analysis of the financial condition and operating
performance of insurance companies as determined by their publicly available
reports and meetings with such companies' officers. A.M. Best's ratings are
based on factors considered to be of concern to insureds and are not directed
toward the protection of investors and should not be relied upon by an investor
in making a decision to invest in shares of Common Stock offered hereby. A.M.
Best reviews its ratings periodically and there can be no assurance that PICO's
current rating will be maintained in the future. The Company believes that the
absence of a rating, or an unfavorable rating, is a competitive disadvantage
because certain potential clients will not purchase coverage from unrated or
lower rated companies and certain independent insurance agencies will not place
coverage with such companies. A downgrade in PICO's rating by A.M. Best could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition
and results of operations.
 
DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL
 
    The Company's success is largely dependent on the efforts of a number of key
employees, including Jeffrey Snider, its Chairman of the Board, President, and
Chief Executive Officer, Andrew Slavitt, its Chief Operating Officer, James
Nicholson, its Chief Financial Officer, and Victor Gloria, its Senior Vice
President of Claims Administration. See "Management". None of these employees
has a
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
written employment agreement with the Company. The loss of the services of any
of these key employees could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO EXPOSURE TO INTEREST RATE RISK
 
   
    The Company depends upon income from its investment portfolio for a
significant portion of its revenues and earnings. Substantially all of the
Company's investment portfolio is invested in investment-grade, fixed maturity
securities. The market value of these and the Company's other invested assets
fluctuates depending on general economic and market conditions and changes in
prevailing interest rates. In general, the market value of fixed maturity
securities held by the Company increases or decreases in inverse relationship
with fluctuations in interest rates. The Company has chosen not to invest in
interest rate hedges.
    
 
   
RISKS RELATED TO THE AVAILABILTY OF REINSURANCE
    
 
   
    Like many workers' compensation insurance companies, the Company uses
reinsurance to reduce its liability on individual claims and to protect against
catastrophic losses. Reinsurance is subject to prevailing market conditions,
both in terms of price, which can affect the Company's profitability, and
availability, which can affect the Company's ability to grow its underwriting
capacity. In addition, reinsurance does not relieve an insurer of direct
liability to policyholders. Accordingly, the Company is subject to the risk that
its reinsurers will not pay amounts owed by them as and when due. Since 1974,
General Reinsurance Corporation ("GenRe") has been the Company's primary
reinsurer. GenRe is currently assigned a letter rating of "A++ (Superior)" by
A.M. Best. No assurance can be given that alternative reinsurance treaties will
be available to the Company in the future or, if available, will be on terms
acceptable to the Company.
    
 
NO PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK; DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE
 
    Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock
and there can be no assurance that an active trading market will develop or be
sustained following the completion of this offering. The initial public offering
price of the Common Stock offered hereby will be determined by negotiations
between the Company and the representatives of the Underwriters and may not be
indicative of the market price of the Common Stock after this offering. See
"Underwriting" for a discussion of the factors to be considered in determining
the initial public offering price.
 
   
POTENTIAL ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECT OF REGULATION AND CERTAIN CHARTER PROVISIONS
    
 
    Under the terms of California law governing insurance holding companies, any
person or entity desiring to acquire 10% or more of the Company's outstanding
voting securities is required to obtain prior approval of the California DOI. In
addition, certain other factors may have the effect of deterring, delaying, or
preventing a change in control of the Company without further action by the
stockholders, may discourage bids for the Common Stock at a premium over the
market price of the Common Stock, and may adversely affect the market price of,
and the voting and other rights of the holders of, Common Stock. These include
the absence of cumulative voting, staggered terms for the Company's directors,
the ability of the Company's directors to issue "blank check" preferred stock
and provisions of Delaware law. See "Business--Regulation--Restrictions on
Acquisitions of Control" and "Description of Capital Stock".
 
SHARES AVAILABLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
    Upon completion of this offering, the Company will have outstanding
shares of Common Stock (after giving effect to the conversion of the Preferred
Stock into Common Stock and exercise of
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
outstanding warrants for Common Stock upon the closing of this offering). Of
these shares, the       shares of Common Stock offered hereby will be freely
tradable in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act.
Substantially all of the remaining         shares of outstanding Common Stock
will be eligible for sale in the public market pursuant to Rule 144 under the
Act and approximately    % of such shares, which are held by the Company's ESOP,
may be eligible for resale without compliance with Rule 144 upon the
distribution of such shares to participants in the ESOP upon termination of
employment. The Company, its executive officers and directors, the ESOP and
certain other holders of Common Stock, which in the aggregate will hold
approximately    % of the Common Stock outstanding after the offering, have
agreed that, during the period beginning from the date of this Prospectus and
continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date of this Prospectus,
they will not offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, or, with
certain exceptions, file or cause to be filed with the Commission a registration
statement with respect to, shares of Common Stock (other than, in the case of
the Company, pursuant to employee stock option plans existing on the date of
this Prospectus and, in the case of the ESOP, distributions of shares to
participants in the ESOP upon termination of such participants' employment with
the Company) or any securities of the Company which are substantially similar to
the shares of Common Stock or which are convertible into or exchangeable for
shares of Common Stock or securities which are substantially similar to the
shares of Common Stock without the prior written consent of the representatives
of the Underwriters, except for the shares of Common Stock offered in connection
with the offering. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" and "Underwriting".
Sales of substantial amounts of shares of Common Stock (or the prospect of such
sales) could adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock.
 
   
INMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION
    
 
   
    The initial public offering price is substantially higher than the net
tangible book value per share of Common Stock. Accordingly, purchasers of shares
of Common Stock offered hereby will suffer immediate dilution in pro forma net
tangible book value of $     per share of Common Stock. In addition, an integral
part of the Company's compensation policies has been the granting of employee
stock options. Purchasers of shares of Common Stock offered hereby will incur
additional dilution to the extent outstanding stock options are exercised. See
"Dilution".
    
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
    The net proceeds to be received by the Company from the sale of the
      shares of Common Stock offered by the Company hereby (based on an assumed
initial public offering price per share of $         and after deducting an
assumed underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by the
Company) are estimated to be $         ($      if the Underwriters'
over-allotment option is exercised in full). The Company expects that
approximately $         of such proceeds will be contributed to PICO as capital
to strengthen its capacity to underwrite insurance, approximately $9.5 million
will be used to repay outstanding bank debt bearing interest at a variable rate
(7.64% per annum as of June 30, 1997) and maturing on December 31, 1999 and $2.0
million will be used to repay notes due former stockholders bearing interest at
a weighted average rate, as of June 30, 1997, of 8.25% per annum and maturing on
January 10, 1998 and January 1, 2000. The balance of such proceeds will be used
for general corporate purposes. Pending the Company's application of the
proceeds from this offering, such proceeds will be invested primarily in
investment-grade, fixed maturity securities in accordance with the Company's
normal investment policy.
 
   
    The Company will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares
of Common Stock being sold by the Selling Stockholders.
    
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    The Company has not paid cash dividends to its stockholders in either of the
two most recent fiscal years. Subject to the declaration by the Board of
Directors, the Company intends to pay a quarterly dividend of $      per share
of Common Stock commencing in the fourth quarter of 1997.
 
    Although the Company currently intends to pay dividends, the declaration and
payment of dividends is subject to the discretion of the Company's Board of
Directors and will depend upon, among other things, the Company's results of
operations, financial condition, cash requirements, future prospects and capital
requirements, regulatory restrictions on the payment of dividends by the
Company's insurance company subsidiaries, general economic and business
conditions and other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors. There
can be no assurance that the Company will declare and pay any dividends. The
ability of the Company's subsidiaries to pay dividends to the Company is subject
to substantial regulation. In addition, the Company's line of credit restricts
the payment of dividends under certain circumstances. See "Risk
Factors--Regulation--Holding Company Structure; Restrictions on Dividends",
"MD&A--Liquidity and Capital Resources", "Business--Regulation" and Note 10 of
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
                                    DILUTION
 
    As of June 30, 1997, the pro forma net tangible book value of the Company
(after giving effect to the automatic conversion of the Preferred Stock into
Common Stock, the exercise of all outstanding warrants and elimination of the
Company's obligation to repurchase Common Stock of separated employees under the
terms of the ESOP as a result of this offering as described under
"Capitalization") would have been $    million, or $    per share. Net tangible
book value per share is determined by dividing the tangible net worth of the
Company (tangible assets minus total liabilities) by the number of shares of
Common Stock outstanding. After giving effect to the sale by the Company of
        shares of Common Stock at an assumed initial public offering price of
$    per share, the pro forma net tangible book value of the Company as of June
30, 1997 (after deducting an assumed underwriting discount and estimated
offering expenses payable by the Company) would have been $    million, or $
per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book
value of $    per share to the existing stockholders and an immediate dilution
of $    per share to new investors purchasing shares at the initial public
offering price as illustrated in the following table:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                     <C>        <C>
Assumed initial public offering price.................................             $
                                                                                   ---------
  Pro forma net tangible book value per share before offering.........  $
  Increase per share attributable to new investors....................
                                                                        ---------
Estimated pro forma net tangible book value per share after
  offering............................................................             $
                                                                                   ---------
Immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to
  new investors.......................................................             $
                                                                                   ---------
                                                                                   ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The following table sets forth, as of June 30, 1997, on a pro forma basis,
the respective positions of the Company's existing stockholders and new
investors with respect to the number of shares purchased from the Company, the
total consideration paid to the Company and the average price paid per share,
assuming an initial public offering price of $    per share without giving
effect to underwriting discounts and offering expenses payable by the Company.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         SHARES PURCHASED          CONSIDERATION PAID         AVERAGE
                                                     ------------------------  ---------------------------   PRICE PER
                                                       NUMBER       PERCENT        AMOUNT        PERCENT       SHARE
                                                     -----------  -----------  --------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>          <C>             <C>          <C>
New investors......................................                         %  $                         %   $
Existing stockholders..............................
                                                     -----------       -----   --------------       -----
    Total..........................................                    100.0%  $                    100.0%
                                                     -----------       -----   --------------       -----
                                                     -----------       -----   --------------       -----
</TABLE>
 
    The information set forth above does not give effect to the potential
exercise of options outstanding as of June 30, 1997 to purchase 390,325 shares
of Common Stock at a weighted average price of $18.02 per share. Purchasers of
shares of Common Stock offered hereby will incur additional dilution to the
extent outstanding stock options are exercised.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
    The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company as of June
30, 1997, and as adjusted to reflect (i) the sale of the shares of Common Stock
offered hereby; (ii) the application of the estimated net proceeds to the
Company of the offering as described under "Use of Proceeds"; (iii) the
elimination upon consummation of the offering of the Company's contractual
obligation to repurchase shares of Common Stock of separated employees under the
terms of the ESOP; (iv) the automatic conversion of the Preferred Stock to
Common Stock upon consummation of the offering; and (v) the exercise of all
outstanding warrants upon consummation of the offering.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            AS OF JUNE 30, 1997
                                                                                          -----------------------
                                                                                           ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED
                                                                                          ---------  ------------
<S>                                                                                       <C>        <C>
                                                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
Notes payable...........................................................................  $  11,468   $      196
Obligation on stock held by ESOP (1)....................................................     11,495       --
 
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred Stock, $.01 par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized;
    941,177 shares outstanding (0 as adjusted)..........................................     14,905       --
  Common Stock, $.01 par value, 15,000,000 shares authorized;
    950,488 outstanding (        as adjusted) (2).......................................         10
  Additional paid-in capital............................................................      1,724
  Retained earnings.....................................................................     23,994
  Net unrealized gain on investments....................................................        862
 
Less:
  Treasury Stock, at cost...............................................................      1,486       --
  Guarantee of notes payable of ESOP....................................................        196          196
  Obligation on stock held by ESOP (1)..................................................     11,495       --
                                                                                          ---------  ------------
  Net stockholders' equity..............................................................     28,318   $
                                                                                          ---------  ------------
      Total capitalization..............................................................  $  51,281   $
                                                                                          ---------  ------------
                                                                                          ---------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
- --------------
 
(1) Represents the Company's contractual obligation to repurchase shares of
    Common Stock of separated employees under the terms of the ESOP. Such
    obligation will be eliminated upon consummation of this offering. See Note 9
    of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(2) Excludes 390,325 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance upon exercise
    of options outstanding as of June 30, 1997 pursuant to grants to directors,
    officers and employees of the Company. See "Management--Stock Incentive
    Plans" and "--Other Management Stock Options". The as adjusted amount
    includes 941,177 shares of Common Stock issuable upon automatic conversion
    of the Preferred Stock into Common Stock and         shares of Common Stock
    to be issued upon exercise of all outstanding warrants.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
   
    The selected data presented below under the captions "Income Statement Data"
and "Balance Sheet Data" as of and for each of the years in the five-year period
ended December 31, 1996 and the six month period ended June 30, 1997, are
derived from the consolidated financial statements of the Company, which
financial statements have been audited by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent
certified public accountants. The consolidated financial statements as of
December 31, 1995 and 1996 and June 30, 1997 and for each of the years in the
three-year period ended December 31, 1996 and the six month period ended June
30, 1997, and the report thereon are included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The
selected data presented below under the captions "Income Statement Data" and
"Balance Sheet Data" for the six-month period ended June 30, 1996 are derived
from the unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Company included
elsewhere in this Prospectus and include, in the opinion of management, all
adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring accruals) necessary for a fair
presentation of the information for such periods. The information presented
below under the captions "Adjusted Balance Sheet Data" and "Other Data" is
unaudited. The results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 1997 are
not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year. The
selected financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with
"MD&A" and the Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto appearing
elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                       JUNE 30,
                                              -----------------------------------------------------  --------------------
                                                1992       1993       1994       1995       1996       1996       1997
                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Premiums written............................  $  62,658  $  53,502  $  53,545  $  46,762  $  63,606  $  27,745  $  45,871
                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Premiums earned:
  Workers' compensation.....................  $  47,235  $  50,857  $  50,977  $  44,224  $  54,563  $  21,751  $  41,303
  Group medical and life....................     13,496        163        312        307        941        471        475
Commissions.................................      3,187      3,514      4,299      3,964      4,213      2,061      1,716
Net investment income.......................      4,983      4,495      4,536      4,817      4,701      2,322      2,499
Net realized investment gains...............      1,585        132     --             37        444        427     --
Other.......................................        784      1,375      1,712      1,569        896        514        347
                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Total revenue.............................  $  71,270  $  60,536  $  61,836  $  54,918  $  65,758  $  27,546  $  46,340
Losses and loss adjustment expenses
  incurred..................................     47,238     30,852     28,618     29,363     33,900     13,937     28,447
Dividends provided for policyholders........      2,647      5,806      6,221      3,438      1,628        620        309
Operating expenses..........................     16,656     16,838     20,720     22,608     25,480     10,484     14,752
                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Total expenses............................  $  66,541  $  53,496  $  55,559  $  55,409  $  61,008  $  25,041  $  43,508
Income (loss) before taxes..................      4,729      7,040      6,277       (491)     4,750      2,505      2,832
Income tax expense (benefit)................      1,236      1,875      1,572       (791)       827        443        538
                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net income................................  $   3,493  $   5,165  $   4,705  $     300  $   3,923  $   2,062  $   2,294
                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Earnings per share (1)......................  $    1.92  $    2.83  $    2.39  $    0.15  $    1.95  $    1.05  $    1.14
Weighted average shares outstanding (1).....      1,824      1,824      1,972      1,940      2,007      1,970      2,006
</TABLE>
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    AS OF DECEMBER 31,                      AS OF JUNE 30, 1997
                                   -----------------------------------------------------  -----------------------
                                                                                                          AS
                                     1992       1993       1994       1995       1996      ACTUAL    ADJUSTED(2)
                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------
                                                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Investments (3)..................  $  79,879  $  81,737  $  83,084  $  83,991  $  86,792  $  93,379   $
Total assets.....................    104,833    108,898    117,297    118,906    125,127    141,920
Unpaid losses and loss adjustment
  expenses.......................     66,170     62,629     60,473     57,049     55,720     64,972
Notes payable....................      3,966      3,370      4,205     10,824     11,279     11,468
Total liabilities................     93,058     95,793     90,384     93,301     99,151    113,602
Net stockholders' equity.........     11,775     13,105     26,913     25,605     25,976     28,318
 
ADJUSTED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Adjusted net stockholders' equity
  (4)............................                                                            41,213
Adjusted net stockholders' equity
  per share (4)..................                                                         $   20.88   $
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                             AS OF AND FOR THE
                                                                                           SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE
                                         AS OF AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                  30,
                                   -----------------------------------------------------  -----------------------
                                     1992       1993       1994       1995       1996       1996         1997
                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------
                                                               (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
PICO AND PACO GAAP RATIOS:
Loss ratio.......................       77.8%      60.5%      55.8%      65.9%      61.1%      62.7%        68.1%
Expense ratio....................       23.0       24.4       26.7       32.3       32.1       34.0         28.2
Policyholder dividend ratio......        4.4       11.4       12.1        7.7        2.9        2.8          0.7
                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------
  Combined ratio.................      105.2%      96.3%      94.6%     105.9%      96.1%      99.5%        97.0%
                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------
                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------
PICO STATUTORY DATA:
Statutory net income.............  $   1,787  $   2,079  $   5,217  $   3,175  $   5,051  $   1,918   $    2,902
Statutory surplus................     21,736     23,085     19,381     25,992     31,135     27,764       31,821
Premiums/surplus.................        2.1x       2.2x       2.6x       1.7x       1.9x       N/A          N/A
 
Loss ratio.......................       78.1%      66.0%      55.9%      65.9%      61.0%      62.7%        68.1%
Expense ratio....................       21.8       23.4       25.9       30.9       29.4       28.5         27.2
Policyholder dividend ratio......        5.2       11.4       12.2        7.8        3.0        2.8          0.7
                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------
  Combined ratio.................      105.1%     100.8%      94.0%     104.6%      93.4%      94.0%        96.0%
                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------
                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------
OTHER DATA:
Industry average statutory
  combined ratio (5).............      114.9%     109.0%     107.3%     107.6%     113.1%       N/A          N/A
Number of PICO policies (period-
  end)...........................      1,522      1,901      2,227      4,041      6,481      5,245        8,148
Number of Company employees
  (period-end)...................        248        247        272        237        242        228          249
PICO Estimated Annual Premium (6)
  (period-end)...................  $  41,134  $  44,133  $  41,929  $  41,176  $  61,316  $  49,296   $   77,634
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------
 
(1) See Note 1 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a
    description of the calculation of weighted average shares outstanding and
    earnings per share.
 
(2) Gives effect to the sale of the       shares offered by the Company hereby
    at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share and the
    initial application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom. Also gives
    effect to the elimination of the Company's contractual obligation to
    repurchase shares of Common Stock of separated employees under the terms of
    the ESOP and the exercise of warrants to purchase 82,353 shares of Common
    Stock.
 
(3) Investments as of December 31, 1992 and 1993 are reflected at amortized
    cost. As of December 31, 1994, a portion of the portfolio was classified as
    held to maturity and was therefore reflected at amortized cost and the
    remaining portfolio was shown at market value. Investments as of December
    31, 1995 and 1996 are reflected at market value.
 
   
(4) Adjusted to reflect (i) the elimination of the Company's contractual
    obligation to repurchase shares of Common Stock of separated employees under
    the terms of the ESOP; (ii) the automatic conversion of the Preferred Stock
    to Common Stock; and (iii) the exercise of all outstanding warrants, each of
    which will be effected upon consummation of the offering. In applying the
    described adjustments to years 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995 and 1996, adjusted net
    stockholders' equity would be $23,118, $28,131, $38,350, $35,205 and
    $38,825, respectively, and adjusted net stockholders' equity per share would
    be $13.10, $15.93, $17.46, $17.97 and $19.66, respectively.
    
 
(5) National average for workers' compensation insurance companies. Source: A.M.
    Best; Best's Insurance Reports, Property/ Casualty, 1997 edition.
 
(6) "PICO Estimated Annual Premium" means, as of any date, the estimated total
    annualized premiums for all policies written by PICO in force on that date,
    whether earned prior to or after such date.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
OVERVIEW
 
   
    The Company is a California-based specialty underwriter and distributor of
commercial insurance products which, through its subsidiary PICO, is one of the
largest underwriters specializing in workers' compensation insurance products
and services for the agribusiness industry. The Company sells complementary
products through Pan Am, including group health and life products provided by
the Company's subsidiary PACO, and third-party claims administration services
provided by the Company's subsidiary Pan Pacific to self-insured group medical
benefit plans.
    
 
   
    The Company's revenues have consisted primarily of premiums earned from
workers' compensation insurance underwriting, premiums earned from group medical
insurance, commission income, net investment income and other income. Premiums
earned during a period are the direct premiums earned by the Company on in force
policies, net of reinsurance. Commission income is earned from Pan Am's
distribution of insurance for insurers other than PICO and PACO. Net investment
income represents earnings on the Company's investment portfolio, less
investment expenses. Other income consists of third party administration fees
and other miscellaneous items.
    
 
    The components of the Company's revenues are set forth below for the periods
presented:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,            JUNE 30,
                                                         -------------------------------  --------------------
                                                           1994       1995       1996       1996       1997
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Premiums earned
 
  Workers' compensation................................  $  50,977  $  44,224  $  54,563  $  21,751  $  41,303
 
  Group medical and life...............................        312        307        941        471        475
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
 
  Total premiums earned................................  $  51,289  $  44,531  $  55,504  $  22,222  $  41,778
 
Commissions............................................      4,299      3,964      4,213      2,061      1,716
 
Net investment income..................................      4,536      4,817      4,701      2,322      2,499
 
Net realized investment gains..........................     --             37        444        427     --
 
Other..................................................      1,712      1,569        896        514        347
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
 
  Total revenues.......................................  $  61,836  $  54,918  $  65,758  $  27,546  $  46,340
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The Company's expenses have consisted of losses and loss adjustment expenses
incurred, dividends provided for policyholders and operating expenses. Losses
include reserves for future payments for medical care and rehabilitation costs
and indemnity payments for lost wages. Loss adjustment expenses include expenses
incurred in connection with services provided by third parties, including
expenses of independent medical examinations, surveillance costs, and legal
expenses as well as staff and related expenses incurred to administer and settle
claims. Loss and loss adjustment expenses are offset in part by estimated
recoveries from reinsurers under excess of loss reinsurance treaties. Operating
expenses include commission expenses to third party insurance agencies and other
expenses that vary with premium volume, such as premium taxes, state guaranty
fund assessments and underwriting and marketing expenses, as well as general and
administrative expenses, which are less closely related to premium volume.
 
    The Company's results of operations are affected by, among other things, (i)
the amount of the Company's insurance in force, which the Company measures using
EAP; (ii) the Company's ability to select risks in which it is skilled in
underwriting; (iii) its ability to price these risks appropriately; (iv) the
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
frequency and severity of claims; (v) the cost of acquiring business; (vi) the
cost of providing service and meeting general operating expenses; (vii) net
investment income; (viii) the adequacy of loss reserves for prior year claims;
(ix) the general regulatory and competitive environment; and (x) the capital
structure or leverage of the Company. In addition, the Company's revenues are
seasonal, and have tended to be highest in the second and third quarters of each
year. This is due primarily to the seasonality of the size of the workforce
employed by the Company's agribusiness clients.
 
  RECENT OPERATING RESULTS
 
    The Company's recent operating results have been affected by additions to
its senior management team, the advent of open rating in California and changes
in California workers' compensation legislation in 1993. In late 1994, the
Company added to its management team and its board of directors and embarked on
a strategy of growth, including expansion into new states, while maintaining its
focus on the agribusiness market. For the six months ended June 30, 1997, the
Company's premiums earned were $41.8 million, an 88.0% increase over premiums
earned of $22.2 million in the comparable 1996 period. For the six month periods
ended June 30, 1997 and 1996, the Company's combined ratio remained relatively
constant at 97.0% and 99.5%, respectively.
 
    The Company's premiums earned depend in part on the amount of PICO's
insurance in force, which the Company measures using EAP. EAP as of any date
represents the estimated total annualized premiums for all policies in force on
that date, whether reflected in premiums earned prior to that date or to be
reflected in premiums earned thereafter. The extent to which EAP is reflected in
future premiums earned depends, among other things, on the persistency rate of
the Company's policies in force and changes in premium rates at renewal. PICO's
EAP increased from $49.3 million as of June 30, 1996 to $77.6 million as of June
30, 1997, an increase of 57.5%. The Company's growth has been achieved without
the acquisition of other insurance companies. The following table sets forth
selected information relating to the growth of PICO's workers' compensation
insurance book of business:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           AS OF AND FOR THE
                                                                AS OF AND FOR THE           SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,            JUNE 30,
                                                         -------------------------------  --------------------
                                                           1994       1995       1996       1996       1997
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
EAP (period-end).......................................  $  41,929  $  41,176  $  61,316  $  49,296  $  77,634
Premiums written.......................................     53,234     46,455     62,665     27,274     45,396
Premiums earned........................................     50,977     44,224     54,563     21,751     41,303
Policyholder persistency rate..........................       91.8%      87.8%      86.8%
Number of policies (period-end)........................      2,227      4,041      6,481      5,245      8,148
</TABLE>
 
   
    The Company's premiums earned are affected by changes in the competitive and
regulatory environment that impact workers' compensation insurance rates. Prior
to January 1, 1995, California had required workers' compensation insurers to
adhere to minimum rates approved by the California DOI. Under this system, price
competition among insurers had been generally restricted to the payment of
dividends under participating policies. Effective January 1, 1995, this system
was replaced with a file and use rate system, in which insurers may use any rate
after filing it with the California DOI unless such rate is specifically
disapproved. The repeal of the former minimum rate system in California has
resulted in increased competition among workers' compensation insurers in
California and has caused a material decrease in average rates charged by PICO.
According to statistics developed by the WCIRB, California workers' compensation
insurance premiums have declined from a high of approximately $9.0 billion for
1993 to approximately $5.9 billion for 1995 and $5.8 billion for 1996. The
Company's premiums written declined in 1995 compared to 1994 as a result of this
change in average rates, offset in part by increased coverage sold by the
Company in 1995.
    
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
   
    The Company's underwriting results are also affected by its loss experience.
The Company believes that legislation enacted in California in 1993 contributed
to an industry-wide reduction in claims frequency and led to a stabilization of
claims severity, which has helped improve the Company's loss experience. Among
other things, the 1993 legislation: (i) tightened standards relating to
stress-related claims; (ii) limited post-termination claims; (iii) placed
restrictions, including payment limitations, on vocational rehabilitation
claims; (iv) increased measures to reduce fraudulent claims; (v) increased the
ability of insurance companies and employers to contract with managed care
organizations and to direct claimants' medical care; and (vi) changed procedures
for second medical evaluations. The Company believes that the limitation of
post-termination claims was especially beneficial to the Company due to large
seasonal fluctuations and high turnover among farm workers. Due in part to the
effect of these reforms, as well as to PICO's continued improvement in claims
management and management of the medical and legal components of its workers'
compensation claims, PICO experienced favorable development of reserves for the
1993-1995 accident years and recovered reserves of $4.0 million, $3.9 million,
and $2.6 million in calendar years 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively. PICO
determined reserves for accident years 1993 and 1994, and to a lesser extent,
1995 and 1996, based on the relatively high incurred loss and LAE trends for the
1989 - 1992 accident years. PICO's actual incurred losses and LAE for the 1993 -
1995 accident years proved to be lower than anticipated and PICO's original
reserves for these periods were ultimately redundant. PICO determined its
reserve for recent accident years with the benefit of information indicating
favorable development in the immediately prior accident years. Accordingly,
there can be no assurance that the Company will have any reserve recoveries in
future periods. See "Business--Losses and Loss Reserves".
    
 
   
    Workers' compensation policies can be written on a participating or
non-participating basis. Participating policies allow the Company in its
discretion to declare and pay dividends to a policyholder after the expiration
of the policy based upon a policyholder's specific loss experience (or, if the
policyholder is part of a safety group, the group's specific loss experience),
the Company's overall loss experience and competitive conditions. Prior to the
advent of open rating in California, California's workers' compensation insurers
typically charged minimum rates for premiums and used policyholder dividends as
a means of competitive pricing. With the advent of open rating in California and
an emphasis on, among other things, competitive pricing at inception, the
Company's dividends provided for policyholders decreased significantly in 1996,
although the relative mix of the Company's participating and non-participating
policies has remained relatively constant (see Note 1 of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements). Although the Company believes policyholder
dividends are relatively insignificant as an element in workers' compensation in
California, the Company intends to continue to issue participating policies that
are eligible for policyholder dividend consideration in states outside of
California.
    
 
    PICO's and PACO's operating expenses as a percentage of premiums are an
important component of the Company's profitability. In this regard, the Company
has benefited from recent growth. For the six months ended June 30, 1997, PICO's
and PACO's expense ratio improved 5.8 percentage points from 34.0% for the
comparable 1996 period to 28.2%.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
    The following table provides information with respect to the Company's
insurance company subsidiaries for the periods presented:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,            JUNE 30,
                                                         -------------------------------  --------------------
                                                           1994       1995       1996       1996       1997
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Premiums written.......................................  $  53,545  $  46,762  $  63,606  $  27,745  $  45,871
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Premiums earned........................................  $  51,289  $  44,531  $  55,504  $  22,222  $  41,778
Losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred...........     28,618     29,363     33,900     13,937     28,447
Dividends provided for policyholders...................      6,221      3,438      1,628        620        309
Underwriting expenses..................................     13,697     14,367     17,828      7,546     11,769
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Underwriting income (loss)...........................  $   2,753  $  (2,637) $   2,148  $     119  $   1,253
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
 
PICO and PACO GAAP ratios:
  Loss ratio...........................................       55.8%      65.9%      61.1%      62.7%      68.1%
  Expense ratio........................................       26.7       32.3       32.1       34.0       28.2
  Policyholder dividend ratio..........................       12.1        7.7        2.9        2.8        0.7
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Combined ratio.....................................       94.6%     105.9%      96.1%      99.5%      97.0%
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
PICO SAP combined ratio................................       94.0%     104.6%      93.4%      94.0%      96.0%
Industry average statutory combined ratio(1)...........      107.3      107.6      113.1        N/A        N/A
</TABLE>
 
- --------------
 
(1) National average for worker's compensation insurance companies. Source: A.M.
    Best; Best's Insurance Reports, Property/Casualty, 1997 edition.
 
    Over the five year period ended December 31, 1996, PICO's SAP combined ratio
averaged 99.6%, approximately 10.7 percentage points below the California
average for the workers' compensation insurance industry (source: WCIRB) and
10.8 percentage points below the national average for the workers' compensation
insurance industry (source: A.M. Best; Best's Insurance Reports, Property/
Casualty, 1996 edition). The Company believes its strong underwriting results
have been due in part to its focus on underwriting and pricing insurance
policies with the objective of generating an underwriting profit, its
understanding of the risks in the agribusiness market and its integrated
distribution of products through Pan Am.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
  SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 COMPARED TO SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996
 
    PREMIUMS WRITTEN.  The Company's premiums written for the six months ended
June 30, 1997 increased 65.3% to $45.9 million from $27.7 million for the
comparable 1996 period. The growth in premiums written was primarily
attributable to the net addition of new policyholders and increased policyholder
payrolls, partially offset by lower premium rates resulting from increased price
competition.
 
    PREMIUMS EARNED.  For the reasons described above for premiums written, the
Company's premiums earned for the six months ended June 30, 1997 increased 88.0%
to $41.8 million from $22.2 million for the comparable 1996 period.
 
    COMMISSION INCOME.  Commission income decreased 16.7% to $1.7 million for
the six months ended June 30, 1997 from $2.1 million for the comparable 1996
period. The decrease was primarily the result of decreased premiums placed with
carriers other than PICO and PACO, a result of the Company's decision to focus
on writing PICO workers' compensation insurance. Commission income is earned on
premiums placed with carriers other than PICO and PACO. Commission income paid
by PICO and PACO to Pan Am are eliminated in consolidation.
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
    NET INVESTMENT INCOME.  Net investment income increased 7.6% to $2.5 million
for the six months ended June 30, 1997 from $2.3 million for the comparable 1996
period. The increase was the result of significant cash flow increases from
PICO's underwriting activity. Average invested assets increased to $88.8 million
for the six months ended June 30, 1997 from $82.4 million for the comparable
period in 1996. The Company's average yield on its portfolio was 5.6% in both
periods.
 
    NET REALIZED INVESTMENT GAINS.  The Company had no net realized investment
gains for the six months ended June 30, 1997 compared to $0.4 million for the
comparable 1996 period.
 
   
    OTHER INCOME.  Other income decreased 32.5% to $0.3 million for the six
months ended June 30, 1997 from $0.5 million for the comparable period in 1996
primarily as a result of decreased third party administration fees following the
termination of a large third party administration contract in early 1996.
    
 
    LOSSES AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES INCURRED.  The Company's loss ratio for
the six months ended June 30, 1997 increased to 68.1% from 62.7% for the
comparable 1996 period. The Company's loss ratio for the six months ended June
30, 1996 was positively impacted by net recoveries from loss and loss adjustment
expense reserves for prior years of $2.9 million compared with a positive impact
of net recoveries from prior years of $0.8 million for the comparable 1997
period.
 
   
    DIVIDENDS PROVIDED FOR POLICYHOLDERS.  Dividends provided for policyholders
decreased 50.2% to $0.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997 from $0.6
million for the comparable 1996 period and decreased as a percentage of premiums
earned for the six months ended June 30, 1997 to 0.7% from 2.8% for the
comparable 1996 period. With the advent of open rating in California and an
emphasis on, among other things, competitive pricing at inception, the Company's
dividends provided for policyholders decreased significantly commencing in late
1995.
    
 
    OPERATING EXPENSES.  Operating expenses increased 40.7% to $14.8 million for
the six months ended June 30, 1997 from $10.5 million for the comparable 1996
period due in part to a $1.9 million increase in commissions paid to
unaffiliated agencies.
 
    INCOME TAXES.  Income tax expense for the six months ended June 30, 1997
increased to $0.5 million from $0.4 million for the six months ended June 30,
1996. The effective combined income tax rates for the six months ended June 30,
1997 and June 30, 1996 were 19.0% and 17.7%, respectively. These rates are below
the combined statutory rate due to the significant portion of the Company's
investment portfolio consisting of tax-exempt securities.
 
  1996 COMPARED TO 1995
 
    PREMIUMS WRITTEN.  The Company's premiums written for 1996 increased 36.0%
to $63.6 million from $46.8 million for 1995. The increase was primarily
attributable to an increase in PICO's California writings of $11.4 million (an
increase of 39.8%) principally from newly-appointed independent agencies and the
establishment of the PTC, net of California reductions due to increased price
competition, and an increase of PICO's Oregon writings of $4.8 million (an
increase of 104.3%).
 
    PREMIUMS EARNED.  For the reasons described above for premiums written, the
Company's premiums earned for 1996 increased 24.6% to $55.5 million from $44.5
million for 1995.
 
    COMMISSION INCOME.  Commission income increased 6.3% to $4.2 million for
1996 from $4.0 million for 1995.
 
    NET INVESTMENT INCOME.  Net investment income decreased 2.4% to $4.7 million
for 1996 from $4.8 million for 1995. The Company's average yield on its
portfolio was 5.6% for 1996 compared to 5.8% for 1995, reflecting generally
lower market interest rates in 1996 compared to 1995. Average invested assets
increased $0.7 million to $83.6 million in 1996 from $82.9 million in 1995.
 
    NET REALIZED INVESTMENT GAINS.  During 1996, the Company sold $17.2 million
of its invested assets and realized $0.4 million of investment gains. There were
no material investment gains realized in
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
1995. During 1996, the Company repositioned $7.0 million of its portfolio into
AAA-rated agency-backed collateralized mortgage obligations to increase yield.
 
    OTHER INCOME.  Other income decreased 42.9% to $0.9 million for 1996 from
$1.6 million for 1995, primarily as a result of the termination of a large third
party administration client contract in early 1996 which was matched with a
comparable reduction in expenses.
 
    LOSSES AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES INCURRED.  The Company's loss ratio for
1996 improved to 61.1% from 65.9% for 1995. The improvement in this ratio is due
to several factors, including a reduction in the incidence and severity of
workers' compensation claims and the expedited closing of claims. Losses for
1996 include the effect of recoveries from prior years' reserves of $2.6
million, or 4.8% of 1996 premiums earned, compared with prior year recoveries of
$3.9 million for 1995, or 8.8% of 1995 premiums earned. The Company believes its
loss experience was improved by overall trends in the industry due to regulatory
reforms, a reduction and capitation of the Company's claims related legal
expenses, the implementation of early return to work programs by the Company's
clients and an aggressive program by the Company to combat workers' compensation
insurance fraud.
 
   
    DIVIDENDS PROVIDED FOR POLICYHOLDERS.  Dividends provided for policyholders
decreased to $1.6 million in 1996 from $3.4 million in 1995 and decreased as a
percentage of premiums earned for 1996 to 2.9% from 7.7% for 1995. With the
advent of open rating in California and an emphasis on, among other things,
competitive pricing at inception, the Company's dividends provided for
policyholders decreased significantly commencing in late 1995.
    
 
    OPERATING EXPENSES.  Operating expenses increased 12.7% to $25.5 million for
1996 from $22.6 million for 1995 due in part to a $2.2 million increase in
commissions paid to unaffiliated agencies.
 
    INCOME TAXES.  Income tax expense for 1996 was $0.8 million compared to a
$0.8 million tax recovery for 1995. The effective combined income tax rate for
1996 was 17.4%. These rates are below the combined statutory rate due to the
significant portion of the Company's investment portfolio consisting of
tax-exempt securities.
 
  1995 COMPARED TO 1994
 
    PREMIUMS WRITTEN.  The Company's premiums written for 1995 decreased 12.7%
to $46.8 million from $53.5 million for 1994. The decrease was primarily
attributable to a 29.7% decrease in PICO's California writings as a result of
the introduction of open rating effective January 1, 1995 and the related price
competition in the California marketplace. This reduction was offset in part by
increased writings in the Company's Arizona market in 1995 of 5.6% and $4.6
million of new premiums written in the Oregon market in 1995. During the initial
phases of open rating the Company chose to focus on smaller accounts and not to
aggressively compete for large account business which it perceived to be more
subject to price competition. The Company did not commence writing insurance in
Oregon until January 1, 1995.
 
    PREMIUMS EARNED.  For the reasons described above for premiums written, the
Company's premiums earned for 1995 decreased 13.2% to $44.5 million from $51.3
million for 1994.
 
    COMMISSION INCOME.  Commission income decreased 7.8% to $4.0 million for
1995 from $4.3 million for 1994.
 
    NET INVESTMENT INCOME.  Net investment income increased 6.2% to $4.8 million
for 1995 from $4.5 million for 1994. The Company's average yield on its
portfolio was 5.8% for 1995 and 5.5% for 1994. There was no significant change
in average invested assets between 1995 and 1994.
 
    NET REALIZED INVESTMENT GAINS.  There were no material realized capital
gains for 1995 or 1994.
 
    OTHER INCOME.  There was no material change in the amount of other income
from 1994 to 1995.
 
    LOSSES AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES INCURRED.  The loss ratio for 1995 was
65.9% compared to 55.8% in 1994. The 1995 loss ratio increase was primarily
attributable to a decline in average premium
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
rates in California as a result of open rating, which began in 1995. Losses for
1995 include the effect of recoveries from prior years' reserves of $3.9
million, or 8.8% of 1995 premiums earned, compared with prior year recoveries of
$4.0 million in 1994, or 7.9% of 1994 premiums earned. The reduction of prior
year reserves in 1995 and 1994 was due to favorable development as a result of
regulatory reform in California and an aggressive program by the industry to
combat workers' compensation insurance fraud.
 
    DIVIDENDS PROVIDED FOR POLICYHOLDERS.  Dividends provided for policyholders
decreased $2.8 million to $3.4 million for 1995 from $6.2 million for 1994 as a
result of open rating in California and decreased as a percentage of premiums
earned for 1995 to 7.7% from 12.1% for 1994. The 1995 dividend accrual included
additional dividend accruals of $0.9 million for the 1993 and 1994 policy years.
 
    OPERATING EXPENSES.  Operating expenses increased 9.1% to $22.6 million for
1995 from $20.7 million for 1994 primarily due to an increase in commissions and
commission rebates paid to third parties.
 
    INCOME TAXES.  The Company recorded an income tax benefit of $0.8 million
for 1995 compared to income tax expense of $1.6 million for 1994. The effective
combined income tax rate for 1994 was 25.0%. This rate is below the combined
statutory rate due to the significant portion of the Company's investment
portfolio consisting of tax-exempt securities.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
  THE PARENT COMPANY
 
    As a holding company, PAULA Financial's principal sources of funds are
dividends and expense reimbursements from its operating subsidiaries, proceeds
from loans, and proceeds from the sale of its capital stock. PAULA Financial's
principal uses of funds are capital contributions to its subsidiaries, payment
of operating expenses and, following the completion of this offering, dividends
to its stockholders. In the past, PAULA Financial has also used substantial
amounts of capital to repurchase its Common Stock from stockholders upon their
separation from employment. As of June 30, 1997, the primary obligations of the
Company were $9.4 million principal amount of borrowings under the Company's
$15.0 million revolving credit agreement (the "Credit Agreement"), $1.9 million
principal amount of notes due to former stockholders incurred to repurchase
their Common Stock and a liability of $11.5 million representing the Company's
commitments to repurchase Common Stock under the terms of the ESOP. Upon
consummation of the offering, the Company's obligation to the ESOP will be
eliminated and the Company will repay approximately $9.5 million in principal
and interest under the Credit Agreement and approximately $2.0 million of
principal and interest on stockholder notes.
 
    California law places significant restrictions on the ability of the
insurance subsidiaries to pay dividends to PAULA Financial. All dividends from
PICO and PACO, as California-domiciled insurers, require prior notice to the
California DOI. All "extraordinary" dividends must be approved in advance by the
California DOI. A dividend is deemed "extraordinary" if, when aggregated with
all other dividends paid within the preceding twelve months, the dividend
exceeds the greater of (i) PICO's statutory net income or PACO's statutory net
gain from operations (both excluding unrealized capital gains) for the preceding
calendar year or (ii) 10% of policyholder surplus as of the preceding December
31st. Additionally, unless approved in advance by the California DOI, no
dividend may be paid by PICO or PACO except from earned surplus. Dividends paid
from earned surplus which do not exceed the definition of "extraordinary" must
be reported to the California DOI within five business days after declaration.
Insurers are prohibited from paying such dividends until ten business days after
the California DOI's receipt of such notice. The California DOI may disallow
payment of any dividend if, in the California DOI's opinion, the payment would
in any way violate the California Insurance Code or be hazardous to
policyholders, creditors or the public. Based on these limitations and statutory
results, as of December 31, 1996, PAULA Financial would be able to receive $5.4
million in dividends in 1997 from its insurance subsidiaries without obtaining
prior regulatory approval from the California DOI.
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
   
    The Company expects to retain $         from the proceeds of the offering at
the parent company level. Management believes that this cash, funds available
under the Credit Agreement and expense reimbursements and dividends from its
operating subsidiaries will be sufficient to meet the parent company's operating
cash needs for at least three years.
    
 
    In March 1997, PAULA Financial entered into the Credit Agreement with a
commercial bank providing PAULA Financial with a revolving credit facility of
$15.0 million until December 31, 1999. At such time PAULA Financial may elect to
convert all or a portion of the borrowings then outstanding under such facility
into a term loan payable in quarterly installments and maturing on December 31,
2001. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest at variable interest
rates. The Credit Agreement limits the Company's ability to (i) enter new lines
of business; (ii) incur or assume debt; (iii) pay dividends and repurchase or
retire capital stock upon a default or event of default; and (iv) make
acquisitions, investments and capital expenditures. The Credit Agreement
contains financial covenants with respect to minimum stockholders' equity,
minimum statutory surplus, a ratio of debt to stockholders' equity, a ratio of
PICO's premiums written to statutory surplus and excess statutory reserves, a
debt service coverage ratio, A.M. Best rating and risk-based capital levels.
Each of PAULA Financial's non-insurance subsidiaries has guaranteed all
obligations of PAULA Financial under the Credit Agreement.
 
  OPERATING SUBSIDIARIES
 
    The sources of funds of the Company's operating subsidiaries are cash flows
from operating activities, investment income and capital contributions from
PAULA Financial. The insurance company operating subsidiaries' major uses of
funds are claim payments and underwriting and administrative expenses and
maintaining the required surplus to expand their insurance business. The agency
and TPA operating subsidiaries' major use of funds are operating expenses. The
nature of the workers' compensation insurance business is such that claim
payments are made over a longer period of time than the period over which
related premiums are collected. Operating cash flows and the portion of the
investment portfolio consisting of cash and liquid securities have historically
met the insurance company operating subsidiaries' liquidity requirements.
Operating cash flows and intercompany loans from PAULA Financial have
historically met the agency and TPA subsidiaries' liquidity requirements.
 
    The Company's investments consist primarily of taxable and tax-exempt United
States government and other investment grade securities and investment grade
fixed maturity commercial paper and, to a lesser extent, equity securities. The
Company does not generally invest in below investment grade fixed maturity
securities, mortgage loans or real estate. The Company has invested in the
equity securities of the two founders of PTC other than Pan Am as part of the
PICO investment portfolio. The Company's investments in fixed maturity
securities are carried at market value as such securities may be sold in
response to changes in interest rates, tax planning considerations or other
aspects of asset/liability management. As of June 30, 1997, the carrying value
of the Company's fixed maturity securities portfolio was $86.6 million and all
of the portfolio was rated "A" or better by S&P, Moody's or Fitch. See
"Business--Investments and Investment Results".
 
    California workers' compensation insurance companies are required to
maintain some of their investments on deposit with the California DOI for the
protection of policyholders. Other states in which PICO is licensed have also
required PICO to post deposits for the protection of those states'
policyholders. Pursuant to applicable state laws, PICO had, as of June 30, 1997,
securities with a book value of $67.8 million held by authorized depositories
pursuant to these deposit requirements. In addition to the deposits, the
insurance company operating subsidiaries must maintain capital and surplus
levels related to premiums written and the risks retained by the subsidiaries.
 
    Operating leverage for workers' compensation insurers is measured by the
ratio of net premiums written to surplus. Ratios in excess of 3 to 1 are
considered outside the usual range by the NAIC. In addition, insurance
regulators and rating agencies monitor this ratio. As of December 31, 1994, 1995
and 1996, PICO's ratio of net premiums written to statutory surplus was 2.6x,
1.7x, and 1.9x, respectively.
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
THE COMPANY
 
    The Company is a California-based specialty underwriter and distributor of
commercial insurance products which, through its subsidiary PICO, is one of the
largest underwriters specializing in workers' compensation insurance products
and services for the agribusiness industry. The Company began operations in 1946
as an insurance agency providing workers' compensation and group medical
employee benefits to agribusiness employers in underserved rural markets. In
1974, PICO was formed to underwrite the workers' compensation portion of the
business distributed by Pan Am, the Company's insurance agency. In late 1994,
the Company added to its management team and its board of directors and embarked
on a strategy of growth, including expansion into new states, while maintaining
its focus on the agribusiness market.
 
    For the six months ended June 30, 1997, the Company had $45.9 million of
premiums written, compared to $27.7 million for the comparable period in 1996,
an increase of 65.3%. For the year ended December 31, 1996, the Company had
premiums written of $63.6 million. The Company's primary geographic markets are
California, Arizona, and Oregon, which accounted for approximately 67.8%, 13.6%
and 12.0%, respectively, of premiums written for the six months ended June 30,
1997. Since 1995, the Company has commenced operations in Idaho, Texas, Florida
and Alaska and has been licensed in New Mexico.
 
    The Company believes that its cumulative experience serving the agribusiness
industry has led to superior underwriting results and strong growth in
stockholders' equity per share. PICO's SAP combined ratio for the five years
ended December 31, 1996 averaged 99.6%, approximately 10.7 percentage points
below the California average for the workers' compensation insurance industry
(source: WCIRB) and 10.8 percentage points below the national average for the
workers' compensation insurance industry (source: A.M. Best; Best's Insurance
Reports, Property/Casualty, 1997 edition). The Company's adjusted net
stockholders' equity per share has grown at a compound annual growth rate of
19.3% from January 1, 1981 to June 30, 1997 (21.5% over the 10 years ended June
30, 1997).
 
    The Company's primary insurance subsidiary, PICO, is currently rated "A-
(Excellent)" by A.M. Best. As of June 30, 1997, the Company had total assets of
$      million and net stockholders' equity of $      million (both on a pro
forma basis after giving effect to the offering and other adjustments described
under "Capitalization"). As of June 30, 1997, 92.7% of the Company's investment
portfolio was invested in fixed maturity securities, all of which were rated "A"
or better by S&P, Moody's or Fitch as of such date. The Company's other
principal subsidiaries include PACO, a life and health carrier, and Pan Pacific,
a third party administrator.
 
WORKERS' COMPENSATION SYSTEM
 
    Workers' compensation is a statutory system under which an employer is
required to reimburse its employees for the costs of medical care and other
specified benefits for work-related injuries or illnesses. Most employers comply
with this requirement by purchasing workers' compensation insurance. The
principal concept underlying workers' compensation laws is that an employee
injured in the course of his employment has only the legal remedies for that
injury available under workers' compensation law and does not have any other
claims against his or her employer. Generally, workers are covered for injuries
which occur in the course and scope of their employment. The obligation to pay
such compensation does not depend on any negligence or wrong on the part of the
employer and exists even for injuries that result from the negligence or wrongs
of another person, including the employee.
 
    Workers' compensation insurance policies obligate the carrier to pay all
benefits which the insured employer may become obligated to pay under applicable
workers' compensation laws. Each individual state has its own workers'
compensation regulatory system that determines the level of wage replacement to
be paid, the level of medical care required to be provided and the cost of
permanent impairment.
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
For instance, there are four types of benefits payable under California workers'
compensation policies: (i) temporary or permanent disability benefits (either in
the form of short-term to life-term payments or lump sum payments); (ii)
vocational rehabilitation benefits; (iii) medical benefits; and (iv) death
benefits. The amount of benefits payable for various types of claims is
determined by regulation and varies with the severity and nature of the injury
or illness and the wage, occupation and age of the employee.
 
BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
   
    The Company believes that its differentiated approach as a provider of
insurance services to the agribusiness industry and its expertise with immigrant
employee groups, partial year workforces and businesses in rural communities
have been critical to its success. The Company views its key strengths as: (i)
its integrated distribution and underwriting activities; (ii) the distinctive
labor relations and cost containment services it provides; and (iii) its
underwriting and risk management expertise with respect to agribusiness risks.
The Company intends to leverage these strengths to grow profitably while
continuing its specialty of focusing on small- and medium-sized agribusiness
employers. PICO's book of business, as measured by EAP, has grown from $49.3
million as of June 30, 1996 to $77.6 million as of June 30, 1997, an increase of
57.5%. The Company's growth has been achieved without the acquisition of other
insurance companies.
    
 
    The Company's target agribusiness market includes those employers who farm,
harvest, transport, pack and process tree fruit, vegetables, fiber, flowers,
vine fruit and dairy products. Labor intensive agribusiness employers rely on
their workforces performing to maximum productivity in order to deliver their
fresh product to market at the best price. Agribusiness insurance risks are
generally characterized by: (i) monolingual Spanish speaking workforces; (ii)
moving work sites and a relative lack of machinery and equipment, making loss
control engineering more difficult; (iii) large seasonal fluctuations and high
turnover in the employee pool, making timely and frequent safety training more
critical and increasing the opportunity for filing fraudulent claims; (iv) fewer
opportunities for discounts from health providers in rural locations; and (v) a
relatively young workforce performing physically demanding labor for low hourly
or piece-work wages. The Company's knowledge of these risk characteristics has
enabled the Company to help its clients satisfy the benefits needs of their
workforces and assisted it to achieve underwriting profitability.
 
  INTEGRATED DISTRIBUTION
 
    The Company has developed an expertise in the agribusiness industry through
its long history of both distributing and underwriting insurance and through a
focus on the agent-customer relationship. PICO was formed by the owners of Pan
Am in 1974 to underwrite the workers' compensation portion of the business
distributed by Pan Am. The Company believes that Pan Am's direct interest in the
Company's success results in a cooperative relationship among the agent, the
underwriter, loss control consultants, claims management personnel and the
customer and its employees. Pan Am, which has 17 locations in California, Oregon
and Arizona, is the largest distributor for PICO, accounting for 46.4% of PICO's
premiums written for the six months ended June 30, 1997.
 
    To enhance the Company's presence in rural areas not served by Pan Am, the
Company affiliates with insurance agencies of similar size and operating
histories to Pan Am. In late 1996 and early 1997, the Company made minority
equity investments aggregating $1.9 million in two regional commercial insurance
agencies, Parker, headquartered in Fresno, California, and CAPAX, headquartered
in Modesto, California. In 1996, the Company, Parker and CAPAX formed the PTC to
affiliate with other independent agencies. Typically, PTC member agencies have
extensive operating histories, a significant commercial insurance presence in
rural communities and historically high client persistency rates. As of June 30,
1997, ten agencies, including Parker and CAPAX, have affiliated with the PTC.
Pan Am and the other PTC agencies together distributed 70.8% of PICO's EAP as of
June 30, 1997. The Company
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
believes that its close relationships with PTC member agencies assist it in
lowering its loss ratio, raising persistency rates and lowering acquisition
costs.
 
   
    The Company believes it gains significant marketing benefits from the
endorsements Pan Am has developed for the Company. These endorsements by 22
prominent agribusiness trade associations have allowed the Company to be
identified with brand names significant to agribusiness customers. Trade
associations which have endorsed the Company have recommended the Company's
products and services to their members. Endorsements provide the Company with
access to large groups of potential customers without the usual sales process of
prospecting individual clients. The Company believes that solicitation of
association members results in a higher percentage of sales than do individual
unaffiliated solicitations.
    
 
   
    LOWER LOSS RATIOS.  The Company believes its ownership of Pan Am and its
coordinated operating activities with CAPAX and Parker provide the agencies with
a vested interest in the success of the Company and thereby result in the
submission of better risks by such agencies to PICO. Moreover, the Company
believes that these agencies better assist PICO in developing direct
relationships with their customers, aiding the Company's loss control efforts.
    
 
    HIGHER PERSISTENCY RATES.  For the five years ended December 31, 1996, the
Company retained an average of 89.4% of its customers annually, based on policy
count. In 1996, the Company retained 86.8% of its customers, based on policy
count. The Company believes this persistency rate is attributable in part to the
tailored services the Company provides to its agribusiness customers and its
integrated distribution strategy, which reduces the likelihood that agents will
move business to other insurers.
 
   
    LOWER ACQUISITION COSTS.  The Company believes that in order to compete for
business, many insurance companies have increased commission rates. Rather than
competing primarily based on commission rates, the Company attracts agencies to
the PTC by offering innovative products and distinctive services to agribusiness
employers. The commission the Company pays to Pan Am is eliminated when the
Company's operations are consolidated. The Company's adjusted acquisition costs
(defined as (i) commissions paid to third parties plus Pan Am's total expenses
less revenues from third parties divided by (ii) premiums earned) was 13.4% for
the six months ended June 30, 1997. Pan Am third party revenues are generated
primarily from the sale of group medical, general liability, life and disability
insurance products on behalf of unaffiliated insurance companies.
    
 
  DISTINCTIVE SERVICES TO AGRIBUSINESS EMPLOYERS
 
    Throughout its history, the Company has tailored its labor relations and
cost containment services to the unique needs of the agribusiness employer. From
the initial reporting of a claim to the careful explanation of benefits to the
medical treatment delivery to the return of an employee to work, the Company's
capabilities are field-based, bilingual, cross-cultural and sensitive to the
unique fraud-prevention and cost-containment issues present in agribusiness. The
Company's safety training, early return to work efforts, case management and
case settlement operations are tailored specifically to the labor relations and
cost containment needs of agribusiness employers and to the needs of Hispanic
and other immigrant laborers.
 
    LOSS PREVENTION.  Since employee turnover is high among agribusiness
employers and labor intensive agribusiness requires little fixed equipment, the
Company's field representatives hold employee safety training, forklift training
and tail-gate sessions for the Company's clients and their employees. In
addition, the Company's field representatives train crew foremen and field
supervisors on safety practices, visit the workplace to help prevent fraudulent
claims and report safety concerns to the Company's loss control consultants and
underwriters. The Company's field representatives are a team of 16
community-based bilingual employees with agribusiness employment backgrounds.
 
    CLAIMS REPORTING AND FRAUD DETECTION.  The Company's Special Investigation
Unit reviews each claim for potential fraud as it is reported to the Company
rather than only those claims referred to the unit
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
by claims adjusters after they suspect fraud, as the Company believes is more
typical in the industry. By reviewing every claim at an early stage, the Company
is able to take advantage of its experience in identifying the principal
indicators of fraud and thereby mitigate its exposure to fraudulent claims. The
Company has also implemented a toll-free injury reporting telephone number which
allows employers and injured workers to report claims more quickly.
 
    CLAIMS MANAGEMENT EXPERTISE.  The Company commits significant resources to
its claims operations. The Company's claims staff is bilingual, has an average
of 13 years of claims experience and typically manages 125 open claims per
examiner, which the Company believes is lower than the industry average.
 
    BENEFIT DELIVERY AND EXPLANATION OF BENEFITS TO FARM WORKERS.  It has been a
long-standing and distinctive practice of the Company's field representatives to
hand deliver first-time benefit checks and explain benefits in the language of
preference of the claimant. The Company believes this helps to reduce the cost
of claims, particularly by reducing the number of litigated claims. The
Company's field representatives also assist in returning employees to modified
duty as part of the Company's early return to work program.
 
    RURAL MEDICAL CARE DELIVERY.  The ability of an insurer to influence medical
costs is substantially different in rural areas than in metropolitan areas where
insurers can negotiate for meaningful discounts to physicians' fee schedules.
The Company believes that its longstanding relationships with rural medical
providers and its claims management approach, which emphasizes proper medical
protocol and utilization rather than significant fee discounting, allows it to
operate at a lower cost and return workers to the job more quickly.
 
    MEDICAL DELIVERY IN MEXICO.  The Company offers occupational medical
treatment options in Mexico in three approved clinics in Tijuana, Mexicali and
San Luis. The Company believes it is the only carrier to provide this service,
which allows covered employees to obtain culturally-compatible care in
sought-after private medical facilities in Mexico. The Company realizes
significant average cost savings from Mexico-based medical care compared with
comparable care in the United States.
 
  AGRIBUSINESS UNDERWRITING EXPERTISE
 
   
    The Company underwrites and prices its products with the objective of
earning an underwriting profit. The Company believes that its expertise and long
history serving agribusiness employers assist it in achieving this objective.
Though agribusiness is widely considered to be a "substandard" class of
insurance, the Company has consistently reported underwriting profitability
above both the California and national workers' compensation insurance industry
averages for all classes of business. For the five years ended December 31,
1996, PICO's SAP combined ratios have averaged 99.6% as compared to workers'
compensation insurance industry averages in California and nationally of 110.3%
and 110.4%, respectively, for the same time period (source: WCIRB and A.M. Best,
respectively). The Company's in-depth understanding of the risks in its target
market and its ability to price its product appropriately are the keys to these
results.
    
 
   
    KNOWLEDGE OF AGRIBUSINESS RISKS.  The Company's proprietary loss experience
database, its trade association endorsements and its understanding of the risk
management needs of agribusiness employers are the key elements of its
underwriting capabilities. The Company's rate making process benefits
significantly from more than 50 years of claim experience in the agribusiness
industry and a proprietary database built over 23 years. This database includes
experience by class of business and by subclass within those business classes in
which the Company specializes. The information in the database has been
developed over 20 years since PICO's inception and is relevant today in that the
Company continues to specialize in the same classes of business in which it has
historically focused. This experience has enabled the Company to differentiate
risks by creating more than 35 farm classes and subclasses, reflecting the
unique characteristics of job classifications and differences in farming
    
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
operations. In comparison, the WCIRB publishes only 15 payroll classifications
in its schedule of farm rating reports.
 
   
    TRADE ASSOCIATION ENDORSEMENTS AND SAFETY GROUPS.  The Company enjoys the
endorsement of 22 agribusiness trade associations and has promoted the formation
and operation of 40 other safety groups that purchase workers' compensation
insurance from the Company. Each employer participating in these groups is
individually underwritten and then pooled with other homogeneous employers for
the purpose of rating experience. These groups help the Company to achieve the
actuarial benefit of writing larger pools, to provide safety training and
services to small accounts more efficiently and to promote the selection of good
risks and safety practices by linking the self interest of each group member.
The Company believes that the loss ratios of its trade association and safety
group customers have been lower than that of its customers as a whole. The trade
association endorsements, in particular, are also a good source of marketing and
provide penetration opportunities through access to association mailing lists.
As of June 30, 1997, approximately 64.2% of the Company's policies and 44.0% of
the Company's EAP were in trade associations and safety groups.
    
 
    RISK MANAGEMENT.  Risk management is the process of identifying and
analyzing loss exposures and taking steps to minimize the financial impact of
those exposures. The Company's loss control consultants, all of whom are
bilingual and are trained and certified in various farm safety practices, assist
the underwriters in reviewing new accounts and in initiating safety programs
based on industry best practices for each type of customer. The Company runs a
customized software system which networks the underwriters to field
representatives, loss control consultants, premium auditors, credit and
collections personnel and claims supervisors to provide renewal data and
schedule service visits. A record of all customer interaction is maintained for
review by the applicable underwriter, agent and customer.
 
GROWTH STRATEGY
 
    The Company plans to grow its workers' compensation insurance business
further by: (i) expanding the Company's agribusiness franchise outside of
California and Arizona; (ii) increasing the Company's penetration of rural
communities within California and Arizona; and (iii) expanding into other
industries whose risk characteristics and service requirements are similar to
those of agribusiness. The Company intends to support its growth strategy by
continuing to affiliate with well-regarded, rural-focused insurance agencies and
by developing additional relationships with trade associations and safety
groups.
 
  EXPANSION INTO NEW STATES
 
    The Company believes that it has significant growth opportunities outside of
its historic California and Arizona markets. In 1994, the Company began its
expansion by entering the Oregon market. Since then, it has entered five
additional states: Idaho, Texas, Florida, Alaska and New Mexico. Between January
1, 1995 and June 30, 1997, the Company added approximately 2,600 new customers,
as measured by policy count, outside of California and Arizona. In new states,
the Company targets the same types of small- to medium-sized agribusiness
operations that it has historically served. With the addition of New Mexico and
Texas, the Company is now licensed in all states that share a border with
Mexico. Migrant labor pools, however, stretch into Oregon, Idaho and any other
location where fresh food is hand harvested in the United States.
 
  INCREASED PENETRATION WITHIN CALIFORNIA AND ARIZONA AGRIBUSINESS MARKETS
 
    The Company believes that there are opportunities to grow within its
historic markets. The agribusiness economy in California is very large.
According to data compiled by the California Farm Bureau in 1996, California
farming enterprises, which are a portion of the Company's target market,
generated 9.5% of the state's total annual income and supported 1.4 million
jobs, or nearly 10% of the state total. The California Farm Bureau estimates
that California has over 80,000 farms, widely distributed in rural areas
throughout the state. The Company believes that these agribusiness employers
prefer to build
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
long-term relationships with agents and to trade locally. Accordingly, the
Company has focused on building market share within well-defined rural
communities rather than broadly throughout the state. The Company has offices in
12 communities in California and has identified over 75 additional communities
in California that it believes represent significant growth opportunities for
the Company.
 
  EXPANSION INTO RELATED INDUSTRIES
 
    The Company has capitalized on its experience working in the agribusiness
industry by expanding into other industries with immigrant workforces,
including, grocery stores, restaurants and garment manufacturers. As of June 30,
1997, the Company insured 288 employers in the grocery industry, 789 employers
in the restaurant industry, and 511 employers in the garment industry. Like
agribusiness employers, these businesses typically hire low-wage immigrant labor
forces to perform semi-skilled labor and have risk characteristics and service
requirements similar to those of the Company's agribusiness client base. PTC
member agencies with expertise in these industries have been the key factor
behind the Company's growth in non-agribusiness industries. As of June 30, 1997,
the Company's non-agribusiness clients had EAP of $27.1 million, or 34.9% of the
Company's total EAP.
 
CUSTOMERS
 
  AGRIBUSINESS
 
    The Company has served the insurance needs of western agribusiness employers
and other employers of immigrant workers for over 50 years. The Company defines
"agribusiness" to include those employers who farm, harvest, transport, pack and
process tree fruit, vegetables, fiber, flowers, vine fruit, and dairy products.
Because the Company focuses on clients in a limited number of industries, it
believes it has developed expertise in assessing the risks associated with those
industries.
 
   
    The agribusiness employer is typically a small, rural business with a
preference for building long-term relationships. These insurance buyers tend to
exhibit a high degree of loyalty to their insurance agent and typically transact
business locally. For the five years ended December 31, 1996, the Company
retained an average of 89.4% of its customers annually, based on policy count,
and an average of 83.0% of its EAP. Employers involved in the growing and
harvesting of fresh food are dependent on the productive employment of their
typically lower-wage, non-English speaking work force. Only with well-
supervised, high performing workers can agribusiness employers take advantage of
the short window of opportunity to sell their product for its highest price
during its "season". The Company's knowledge of these issues and its ability to
provide value-added benefits to these employers, such as bilingual supervisor
and foreman training and early return to work programs, have enabled the Company
to help its clients satisfy the benefits needs of their work forces and thereby
help to keep those laborers productive.
    
 
    Labor intensive agribusiness insurance risks are generally characterized by:
(i) monolingual Spanish speaking workforces; (ii) moving work sites and a
relative lack of machinery and equipment, making loss control engineering more
difficult; (iii) large seasonal fluctuations and high turnover in the employee
pool, making timely and frequent safety training more critical and increasing
the opportunity for filing fraudulent claims; (iv) fewer opportunities for
discounts from health providers in rural locations; and (v) a relatively young
workforce performing physically demanding labor for low hourly or piece-work
wages. The Company's knowledge of these risk characteristics has enabled the
Company to help its clients satisfy the benefits needs of their workforces and
assisted it to achieve underwriting profitability.
 
    The Company believes that the experience level required to be successful in
serving the agribusiness industry makes it difficult for competitors to enter
this market. In each state in which it operates, the Company's single largest
competitor for agribusiness is that state's workers' compensation insurance
fund. Due in part to the limited number of non-governmental carriers, state
funds have built substantial market share in the states where they exist.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
  TRADE ASSOCIATIONS AND SAFETY GROUPS
 
   
    Two significant factors in the Company's recent growth and profitability
have been the success of Pan Am in obtaining endorsements from agricultural
trade associations and in promoting the formation and operation of successful
safety groups. As of June 30, 1997, the Company had 62 such relationships,
including 22 trade association endorsements and 40 safety groups. As of June 30,
1997, EAP from the members of these organizations totaled $34.2 million, or
44.0% of the Company's total EAP (64.2% of total policies). The Company believes
that it gains significant marketing and underwriting benefits from these
relationships.
    
 
   
    Trade association endorsements are made and renewed on an annual basis. As
of June 30, 1997, no single trade association accounted for more than 2% of the
Company's EAP. Trade associations offer the Company's products and services as a
benefit of membership. However, the Company individually underwrites each policy
and is not obligated to offer insurance to any trade association member. Trade
association endorsements give the Company visibility and recognition through
association with a brand name significant to its customers. They also allow the
Company actuarial benefits from the pooling of homogenous insurance risks and
access to large groups of potential customers without the usual sales process of
prospecting individual clients. The Company believes that once the Company has
obtained an association's endorsement, solicitation of association members
results in a higher percentage of sales than do individual unaffiliated
solicitations. In connection with the Company's recent entry into the Idaho
workers' compensation insurance marketplace, the Company's product was endorsed
by some of the principal agricultural associations in the state, including
potato, cattle, dairy, and grain associations. These endorsements were a
significant factor in the Company's early success in this market.
    
 
    The Company works with significant independent employers or groups of
employers in selected crops or industries to form safety groups for group
insurance purchasing and safety training purposes. Safety groups are chartered
business entities which are registered with the applicable Department of
Insurance and formed primarily to encourage workplace safety among employer
members of the group and to purchase workers' compensation insurance as a group.
Generally, safety groups do not charge membership fees. Safety groups and trade
associations help the Company to achieve the actuarial benefit of writing larger
pools, to provide safety training and services to small accounts more
efficiently and to promote the selection of good risks and safety practices by
linking the self interest of each employer.
 
  OTHER EMPLOYERS OF HISPANIC AND IMMIGRANT LABORERS
 
    In recent years, the Company has leveraged its experience working with
non-English speaking immigrant workers into serving the needs of other
businesses employing low-wage, Hispanic workers and other immigrant populations.
Examples include Company programs focused on grocery stores, restaurants and
garment manufacturers. The Company has hired completely bi-cultural (of Hispanic
or Asian descent) loss control personnel and works closely with ethnic insurance
agency forces in these programs.
 
DISTRIBUTION
 
  DIRECT
 
    The Company, operating through its wholly-owned subsidiary Pan Am,
distributes its workers' compensation products to employers in California,
Arizona and Oregon. Management believes Pan Am is one of the largest agency
operations specializing in offering employee benefit products to
agribusiness-related employers in California and Arizona. Pan Am primarily has
grown internally, to a current full-time sales force of approximately 40, with
commission revenues (before intercompany eliminations) of $10.0 million in 1996
and $4.5 million in the six months ended June 30, 1997. Pan Am, as agent and
broker, offers its customers a wide range of insurance products tailored to
agribusiness employers' specific needs.
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
    Pan Am's revenues are derived from commissions from the placement of
insurance with insurance carriers, including PICO and PACO. In 1996, Pan Am
placed 48.3% of its total insurance premiums with PICO and PACO. The Company's
integration of the sales and underwriting elements of the workers' compensation
insurance business sold through Pan Am enhances the Company's ability to retain
this business. PICO's insurance business sold through Pan Am is not subject to
being moved at the sole discretion of the agent, although PICO's insurance sold
through Pan Am is still subject to competition from other insurance carriers.
For the six months ended June 30, 1997, approximately 46.4% of PICO's premiums
written was sold through Pan Am.
 
    Pan Am has approximately 70 full-time equivalent employees operating from 17
offices in California, Arizona and Oregon. Many of these locations also house
PICO personnel and operations. This provides Pan Am sales personnel with direct
access to insurance company underwriting and claims personnel which, the Company
believes, improves the effectiveness of Pan Am's sales and servicing efforts.
 
  PAULA TRADING COMPANY
 
    To enhance the Company's presence in rural areas not served by Pan Am, the
Company affiliates with insurance agencies of similar size and operating
histories to Pan Am. In late 1996 and early 1997, the Company made minority
equity investments aggregating $1.9 million in Parker and CAPAX, two regional
commercial insurance agencies. In 1996, the Company, Parker and CAPAX formed the
PTC to affiliate with other independent agencies. Typically, PTC member agencies
have extensive operating histories, a significant commercial insurance presence
in rural communities and historically high client persistency rates. As of June
30, 1997, ten agencies, including Parker and CAPAX, have affiliated with the
PTC. Pan Am and the other PTC agencies together distributed 70.8% of PICO's EAP
as of June 30, 1997. The Company believes that its close relationships with PTC
member agencies assist it in lowering its loss ratio, raising persistency rates
and lowering acquisition costs.
 
    The insurance agencies that have been selected to join the PTC are expected
to submit applications on risks where there is a high likelihood of PICO
successfully writing the business. PICO also typically expects the first and
last chance to quote agribusiness or Hispanic-focused workers' compensation
business written by a PTC member. The agencies also pay an annual fee to the
PTC. PTC members have access to PAULA's innovative product features such as the
employment practices liability insurance products described below and have the
potential to join an insurance agency marketing arrangement established by the
founders of the PTC. The Company believes the PTC allows the Company to receive
better quality insurance submissions, face less price competition and maintain
relatively low insurance business acquisition costs.
 
  INDEPENDENT INSURANCE AGENTS
 
    The Company has appointed a limited number of independent insurance agents
to sell its workers' compensation insurance, primarily in jurisdictions not well
covered by PTC members. The Company favors appointing independent agents who
will primarily represent the Company in its desired agribusiness focused markets
rather than presenting the Company as one of many competing quotes together in a
pricing comparison. As of June 30, 1997, independent insurance agencies,
exclusive of the PTC agencies, accounted for 29.2% of PICO's EAP.
 
  OTHER AGENCY OPERATIONS
 
    Other products and services offered by Pan Am include group health
insurance, third party administration, managed care programs, property and
casualty insurance, crop insurance, life and disability insurance and other
financial services.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
SCOPE OF OPERATIONS
 
    The Company has operated successfully in California for more than 50 years
and Arizona for more than 40 years. In 1994, the Company commenced operations in
Oregon to test whether its business formula would prove successful in other
jurisdictions. The Company wrote its first policy in Oregon on January 1, 1995.
For the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996 and for the six months ended June
30, 1997, the Company recorded premiums written in Oregon of $4.6 million, $9.5
million, and $5.5 million, respectively. The Company next commenced operations
in Idaho, where it wrote its first policy on July 1, 1996, just prior to the
legislative requirement that workers' compensation insurance become mandatory
for agricultural employers for the first time in January 1997. For the year
ended December 31, 1996 and the six months ended June 30, 1997, the Company
recorded premiums written in Idaho of $0.7 million and $2.2 million,
respectively. As of June 30, 1997, the Company had approximately 1,750 policies
in Oregon and approximately 730 policies in Idaho. Most recently, based on the
success of the Company's Oregon and Idaho expansion, the Company has expanded
into Texas, Florida, Alaska and New Mexico.
 
    The Company believes that a positive reception in new states depends, in
large part, on its ability to: (i) communicate its agribusiness expertise; (ii)
establish strong relationships with local agents; (iii) leverage its current
endorsements and attract new endorsements from agribusiness associations; and
(iv) deliver a high level of service to employers. The Company has focused its
expansion in states with significant labor-intensive agribusiness insurance
opportunities. The Company anticipates that it will continue to expand into
additional states with significant labor-intensive agribusiness payrolls in
future years, although no particular expansion is planned. The Company plans to
grow its business within each of these new states by identifying and marketing
its products to agribusiness employers in rural areas.
 
    The Company wrote its first policy in Texas in early 1997. The Company was
admitted to write workers' compensation insurance in New Mexico and Florida in
early 1997, wrote its first policy in Florida in July 1997 and has not yet
commenced writing insurance in New Mexico. The Company commenced writing
policies in Alaska in 1996. The Company believes it is the only carrier
primarily focused on the workers' compensation insurance needs of agribusiness
employers in Arizona, Oregon, Idaho and Texas.
 
    The following table sets forth the geographic distribution of premiums
written:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         YEAR ENDED             SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                     DECEMBER 31, 1996           JUNE 30, 1997
                                                                  ------------------------  ------------------------
                                                                               % OF TOTAL                % OF TOTAL
                                                                   PREMIUMS     PREMIUMS     PREMIUMS     PREMIUMS
STATE                                                               WRITTEN      WRITTEN      WRITTEN      WRITTEN
- ----------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                               <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
California......................................................   $  40,811         64.2%   $  31,086         67.8%
Arizona.........................................................      12,473         19.6        6,256         13.6
Oregon..........................................................       9,472         14.9        5,500         12.0
Idaho...........................................................         685          1.1        2,199          4.8
Alaska..........................................................         165          0.2          660          1.4
Texas...........................................................      --           --              170          0.4
                                                                  -----------       -----   -----------       -----
  Total.........................................................   $  63,606        100.0%   $  45,871        100.0%
                                                                  -----------       -----   -----------       -----
                                                                  -----------       -----   -----------       -----
</TABLE>
 
PRODUCTS AND SERVICES
 
    The Company's principal product consists of workers' compensation insurance
policies sold primarily to agribusiness employers. For the year ended December
31, 1996 and the six months ended
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
June 30, 1997, workers' compensation premiums earned accounted for 83.0% and
89.1%, respectively, of the Company's revenues.
 
   
    In order to differentiate its product from its competitors and provide the
members of the PTC with points of difference to aid them with the sale and
retention of business, the Company has developed a number of innovative product
features, including: (i) automatic coverage in California for discrimination
claims based on an employee's intent to file a workers' compensation claim; (ii)
employment practices liability insurance in California ("EPL"), which provides
coverage for sexual harassment, wrongful termination and discrimination; (iii)
automatic benefits for the provision of occupational medicine to workers'
compensation claimants in Mexico; and (iv) additional premium credit to the
insured employer in California when the agent provides both the workers'
compensation and health insurance to the employer client and its employees. The
Company has entered into a quota-share reinsurance agreement with the Venton
Syndicate of Lloyd's of London with respect to the underwriting risk of its EPL
product. The Company's EPL product was introduced in April 1997 and generated
only nominal premiums written for the six months ended June 30, 1997.
    
 
    The Company sells "AmeriMex", a product underwritten by PACO, which is
typically sold alongside PICO's workers' compensation product in California, and
which provides group medical benefits for services rendered at three provider
hospitals in Mexico. PACO also offers low limit group term life and accidental
death and dismemberment insurance to employer groups. The Company's TPA services
consist of the independent administration of claims and related matters for
self-insured employers' health benefit plans. For the six months ended June 30,
1997, TPA, group medical and group life products accounted for an aggregate of
less than 2% of the Company's revenues. These products are typically sold to the
same employers that purchase the Company's workers' compensation products.
 
    As a general commercial agent, Pan Am distributes group health insurance,
property and casualty insurance, life and disability insurance and other
products underwritten by unaffiliated insurance companies to the Company's
agribusiness clients. The Company believes that the ability of Pan Am to offer
these products and the ability of Pan Am and the PTC member agencies to offer
the Company's distinctive products strengthen the relationship between the agent
and the Company's policyholders.
 
UNDERWRITING
 
  RISK SELECTION
 
    The Company's proprietary loss experience database, its trade association
endorsements and its understanding of the risk management needs of agribusiness
employers are the key elements of its underwriting and marketing capabilities.
The Company's rate making process benefits significantly from more than 50 years
of claim experience in the agribusiness industry and a proprietary database
built over 23 years. This experience has enabled the Company to differentiate
risks by creating more than 35 farm classes and subclasses, reflecting the
unique characteristics of job classifications and differences in farming
operations. In comparison, the WCIRB publishes only 15 payroll classifications
in its schedule of farm rating reports.
 
    The Company's focus allows it to concentrate on agribusiness in rural areas
where litigation, fraud and abuse, which tend to increase the frequency of
claims as well as the Company's LAE, are less pronounced. The Company believes
the historically lower claim frequency and LAE in these areas are due in large
part to the stronger work ethic and lower wage level in these areas coupled with
a lower density of attorneys and medical-legal injury evaluation clinics.
 
    Substantially all of PICO's business is produced through Pan Am and a group
of selected independent agents which have a local presence in the major
agricultural areas throughout the Company's operating markets. The Company
believes that this local involvement in rural communities allows its agents to
gain insight into the insureds' financial stability, ability to run their
business, attitudes toward
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
safety and loss control and willingness to work as partners with the Company in
the management of their workers' compensation program.
 
    The Company focuses on small- to medium-sized accounts which make up the
broadest segment of agribusiness employers. PICO's average annual workers'
compensation policy premium, as measured by EAP, was approximately $9,500 as of
December 31, 1996. The Company has found that smaller businesses tend to be
supervised by the owner rather than management staff. The Company believes that
an employer's claims experience directly depends on the owner's commitment to
workplace safety and its hiring practices. By underwriting small- to
medium-sized accounts, the Company has an opportunity to assess directly the
owners' commitment to workplace safety rather than trying to assess such
commitment through interaction with management staff.
 
  UNDERWRITING PROCESS
 
    PICO's relationship with Pan Am and other agents allows the pre-screening by
such agents of new workers' compensation accounts according to criteria
established by PICO, including the employers' prior loss experience, hiring
practices, safety record, credit history, geographic location and types of job
assignments within employment classifications. The Company's agents also meet
with the employer's management to assess the extent to which management is
committed to safety in the workplace. The Company believes that this initial
screening of potential clients improves risk selection.
 
    Once an account passes this initial screening process and prior to approving
an application, the Company's underwriting department reviews each employer
applicant's prior loss experience, safety record, operations, geographic
location and payroll classifications and the types of job assignments within
employment classifications. If necessary, and in most cases for accounts with
EAP of $250,000 or greater, a pre-inspection is conducted by the Company's loss
control department to evaluate safety in the workplace, hiring practices,
industrial health hazards and the potential insured's enthusiasm for loss
control and workplace safety. The Company's underwriters evaluate the potential
profitability of each insurance application by analyzing the various potential
loss exposures related to that particular risk compared to the standard
exposures in that classification. The Company's concentration in the
agribusiness industry permits this comparison to be done in a more thorough and
cost effective manner.
 
    The Company runs a customized software system which networks the
underwriters to field representatives, loss control consultants, premium
auditors, credit and collections personnel and claims supervisors to provide
renewal data and schedule service visits. A record of all customer interaction
is maintained for the underwriters' review. On larger risks, the Company's
underwriters consult with the Company's senior claims management personnel
during the underwriting process. For new business submissions, this process
improves the Company's ability to estimate an employer's expected claims
experience. For renewing businesses, this process informs the underwriters of
the Company's experience handling claims for the particular employer and the
employer's attitude toward safety, cooperation in the claims settlement process,
return to work efforts and collection payment history. Any expected change in
reserves is also discussed in the renewal business claims review.
 
    Once an account is written, a service plan is put into place utilizing a
team of bilingual field representatives, certified loss control specialists and
employer personnel to establish and periodically review formal and informal
safety programs, safety committees, conformity with OSHA standards, procedures
for reporting injuries, medical cost containment, anti-fraud information,
accident investigation, safety incentive/rewards programs and claims review
procedures. A service call by claims and field personnel is scheduled with each
account with EAP in excess of $25,000. The Company's field representatives
provide a number of valuable services for the Company's underwriting and claims
personnel as well as to the Company's insured employers. All of the field
representatives speak English and Spanish. The field representatives spend their
working hours making periodic visits to the Company's insured employers and
their workers. Among other things, the field representatives provide feedback to
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
the Company's underwriting personnel about particular accounts and their
attitude toward, and actions to implement, workplace safety. Input from the
field representatives influences rating and pricing decisions by the Company's
underwriters. The Company uses its bilingual, state-certified loss control
personnel to hold safety seminars to train insureds' employees.
 
    The Company has established an underwriting referral policy designed to
allow the Company's senior underwriting officer to review all large and unusual
underwriting opportunities. All accounts with (i) high EAP, (ii) high experience
modifications (indicating poor prior claims experience), (iii) a projected
overall rate reduction at renewal, or (iv) large variations from the Company's
standard rates are reviewed by the senior underwriting officer, together with
the senior claims officer, senior loss control officer and chief operating
officer.
 
  UNDERWRITING PERSONNEL
 
    The Company's underwriting department consists of nine senior underwriters
with an average of 22 years experience in property/casualty underwriting and
eight other underwriting staff members. Each of the senior underwriters is given
individually determined binding authority. All of the Company's underwriters are
expected to spend a significant portion of their time out of the office visiting
agents and policyholders.
 
PRICING
 
    The amount of premium the Company charges for workers' compensation
insurance is dependent on the size of an employer's payroll, the job
classifications of its employees and the application of the Company's rating
plan to each individual employer. The Company's rating plan varies from state to
state due to differences in regulatory environments. In certain states, the
premium rate charged to a particular employer may be affected by a risk premium
modifier if the employer is a member of a safety group or meets certain safety
or other requirements. Each employer's indicated premium is then adjusted based
on the employer's experience modification, which is determined by a third party
rating bureau. Application of the experience modification factor results in an
increase or decrease to the indicated premium rate based on the employer's loss
experience and, therefore, provides an incentive to employers to reduce
work-related injuries and illnesses.
 
    In certain states, at the time the Company issues a policy to an employer,
the Company is paid a deposit premium, which is a percentage of the EAP of the
policy at the time of issuance. The percentage ranges from 10% to 100% of the
EAP depending, among other things, on the premium payment schedule, the
employer's credit history and employment classifications. The employer remits
its premiums either in installments based on a payment plan or in amounts
calculated from periodic reports of its payrolls. At the end of the policy term,
or when the policy is cancelled, a final audit of the employer's records is
conducted by the Company to determine the correct amount of premium due to the
Company.
 
    For a description of regulation of workers' compensation insurance premium
rates, see
"Business--Regulation--Regulation of PICO's Business in Each State in Which it
is Licensed".
 
CLAIMS
 
    The Company's policy is to protect injured workers or their dependents and
policyholders by promptly investigating each loss occurrence, administering
benefits in a prompt, efficient and cost effective manner and maintaining an
appropriate reserve estimate on each claim through closure. The Company expends
significant efforts to improve its insureds' claim experience. Because the
Company charges insurance rates based in part on an insured's claims experience
over a three-year period, improvements in an insured's claims experience are not
immediately reflected in lower rates, thereby
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
providing an opportunity for the Company's loss ratio to improve as each
accounts' claims experience is reduced.
 
  MANAGEMENT OF CLAIMS COSTS
 
    The Company's Special Investigation Unit reviews each claim for potential
fraud as it is reported to the Company rather than only those claims referred to
the unit by claims adjusters after they suspect fraud, as the Company believes
is more typical in the industry. By reviewing every claim at an early stage, the
Company is able to take advantage of its experience in identifying the principal
indicators of fraud and thereby mitigate its exposure to fraudulent claims. The
Company believes its Special Investigation Unit's review of every claim
diminishes the number of fraudulent claims paid by the Company and is
responsible in part for lowering the Company's loss ratio. The Company has also
established a separate litigation management unit, utilizing its own
administrative hearing representatives, which makes extensive use of alternative
dispute resolution techniques to settle claims prior to these claims going
before local workers' compensation appeals boards. The Company holds special
one-day arbitration conferences with retired workers' compensation judges at
least quarterly and attempts to settle pending claims at these conferences.
 
   
    In addition, the Company has taken significant steps to reduce its outside
legal fee expenses when litigated claims cannot be resolved by the Company's
in-house litigation personnel. The Company has entered into capitation
arrangements with each of the members of its panel of outside law firms. These
arrangements limit the amount the Company will be charged by its attorneys for
given legal actions. The Company believes these capitation arrangements have
reduced its LAE.
    
 
    As an integral part of its claims operations, PICO utilizes specially
trained personnel, both employees and independent contractors, to carry out cost
containment techniques in the areas of medical management, litigation
management, vocational rehabilitation management, subrogation management, fraud
investigation, bill review, utilization review and benefit delivery compliance.
The Company's medical management efforts are devoted to providing medical
utilization review and quality assurance with the objectives of controlling unit
cost, volume of services and lost work days due to work-related injury and
illness. In particular, due to its long experience in rural markets, the Company
understands how the delivery of occupational medical services varies in rural
areas from metropolitan areas, allowing the Company, it believes, to more
effectively utilize its rights to direct injured workers to medical providers
approved by the Company during the first weeks after an injury occurs.
 
    Claims management is further enhanced by the Company's bilingual field
representatives who assist in the benefit-delivery process and the explanation
of benefits to injured workers in their language of preference. A substantial
majority of the Company's loss control and field representatives have prior work
experience in the businesses in which the Company's clients operate. The Company
believes that it can mitigate claim incidence and duration and prevent the
settlement of claims from becoming an adversarial process by maintaining open
communication with the farm worker communities. To that end, the Company's field
representatives personally deliver the first claims payment to each injured
worker, which the Company believes leads to greater cooperation in the ultimate
settlement of claims and fulfills a fraud prevention function by allowing
Company personnel to meet and evaluate the injured worker. In addition, the
Company's claims department has operated for many years with a bilingual and
cross-cultural claims examination workforce, which facilitates more rapid
explanation of benefits and settlement of claims with Spanish speaking
claimants.
 
    The Company has implemented a toll-free injury reporting telephone number
which allows employers and injured workers to report claims more quickly.
Callers receive assistance reporting their claim and the Company's claims
personnel receive a "head start" on the management of the costs of that claim.
The head start allows the Company to investigate the circumstances of the injury
to determine the claim status, assist the injured worker in the selection of
medical providers approved by the Company
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
and assist the injured party through the claims process in a manner designed to
reduce the likelihood that the injured party will need to seek the assistance of
legal counsel with the claims process. The Company believes that there is a
direct relationship between the speed with which it learns of a claim and its
ability to reduce the cost of the claim to its lowest possible value.
 
    The Company has created a panel of medical providers practicing in three
facilities in Mexico who are skilled in delivering occupational medicine in a
manner consistent with the requirements of the California workers' compensation
system at less cost than United States providers for those workers more
comfortable with Mexico clinics and hospitals. For instance, a common inguinal
hernia repair which may cost over $4,000 in the United States costs as little as
$1,600 in one of these medical-provider facilities.
 
  CLAIMS PERSONNEL
 
    The Company's claims management is conducted under the direction of 14
claims management personnel with an average of 18 years of experience in the
industry. The Company's claims examiners are responsible for the management of
caseloads typically averaging below 125 claims per examiner, which the Company
believes is lower than the industry average. Due to the combination of
experience and manageable caseloads, the Company's claims personnel can be
effective at managing claims through frequent contact with policyholders,
injured workers and medical providers. Moreover, the Company's claims personnel
are able to quickly and cost effectively respond to changes in mandated workers'
compensation benefits. The Company maintains claims processing offices with
Spanish-speaking bilingual staff in seven of its 21 offices.
 
LOSSES AND LOSS RESERVES
 
    In many cases, significant periods of time may elapse between the occurrence
of an insured loss, the reporting of the loss to the insurer and the insurer's
payment of that loss. To recognize liabilities for unpaid losses, insurers
establish reserves, which are balance sheet liabilities representing estimates
of future amounts needed to pay claims with respect to insured events that have
occurred, including events that have occurred but have not yet been reported to
the insurer. Reserves are also established for LAE representing the estimated
expenses of settling claims, including legal and other fees, and general
expenses of administering the claims adjustment process.
 
    Reserves for losses and LAE are based not only on historical experience but
also on management's judgment of the effects of factors such as future economic
and social forces likely to impact the insurer's experience relative to the type
of risk involved, benefit changes, circumstances surrounding individual claims
and trends that may affect the probable number and nature of claims arising from
losses not yet reported. Consequently, loss reserves are inherently subject to a
number of highly variable circumstances.
 
    Reserves for losses and LAE are evaluated quarterly using a variety of
actuarial and statistical techniques for producing current estimates of expected
claim costs. Claim frequency and severity and other economic and social factors
are considered in the evaluation process. Since the Company relies on both
actual historical data, which reflect past inflation, and on other factors which
are judged to be appropriate modifiers of past experience, the Company uses an
implied, rather than explicit, provision for inflation in its calculation of
estimated future claim costs. Adjustments to reserves are reflected in operating
results for the periods in which they are made.
 
    The Company sets an initial case reserve upon being notified of an insured
injury. Since 1992, the Company has employed automated computer technology
utilizing a database comprised of data from participating unaffiliated workers'
compensation carriers to assist the Company in setting such initial reserves. As
more facts regarding the loss become known, the Company reviews and, if
appropriate, revises the initial case loss reserve.
 
    In addition to case reserves, the Company also establishes bulk reserves.
Bulk reserves are established on an aggregate basis to provide for losses
incurred but not yet reported to the insurer and
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
   
to supplement the overall adequacy of individual case reserves established by
claims adjusters and estimated expenses of settling such claims, including legal
and other fees and general expenses of administering the claims adjustment
process. The Company establishes bulk reserves by estimating the ultimate net
liability for losses and LAE by using actuarial reserving techniques. Such
techniques are used to adjust, in the aggregate, the amount estimated for
individually established case reserves, as well as to establish estimates for
reserves for unreported claims. Adjustments are made for changes in the volume
and mix of business, mix of claim categories, claims processing and other items
which affect the development patterns over time.
    
 
   
    On the basis of the Company's internal procedures which analyze, among other
things, the Company's experience with similar cases and historical trends such
as reserving patterns, loss payments and pending levels of unpaid claims, as
well as court decisions, economic conditions and public attitudes, management
has made its best estimate of the Company's liabilities for unpaid losses and
LAE and believes that adequate provision has been made for such items. However,
because the establishment of loss reserves is an inherently uncertain process,
there can be no assurance that ultimate losses and LAE will not exceed the
Company's reserves. There can be no assurance that future loss development will
not require reserves for prior periods to be increased, which would adversely
affect earnings in future periods.
    
 
    The following table sets forth a reconciliation of beginning and ending
reserves for losses and LAE after reinsurance deductions for the periods
indicated. There are no material differences between the Company's reserves for
losses and LAE shown below calculated in accordance with GAAP and those
calculated in accordance with SAP. The Company does not discount claim reserves
on either a GAAP basis or under SAP.
 
                 RECONCILIATION OF RESERVES FOR LOSSES AND LAE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,        SIX MONTHS
                                                               -------------------------------  ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                 1994       1995       1996          1997
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------
                                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                            <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Unpaid loss and loss adjustment expenses beginning of
  period.....................................................  $  62,629  $  60,473  $  57,049     $  55,720
Less: reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses and LAE.......      5,402      6,886      6,775         6,427
    PACO reserves............................................        435        300        292           533
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------
  Net PICO balance, beginning of period......................  $  56,792  $  53,287  $  49,982     $  48,760
 
Incurred related to:
  Current period.............................................     32,469     33,048     35,938        28,937
  Prior periods..............................................     (3,955)    (3,884)    (2,646)         (800)
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------
                                                               $  28,514  $  29,164  $  33,292     $  28,137
 
Paid related to:
  Current period.............................................     10,307     10,727     12,833         4,948
  Prior periods..............................................     21,712     21,742     21,681        13,997
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------
                                                               $  32,019  $  32,469  $  34,514     $  18,945
 
  Net PICO balance, end of period............................     53,287     49,982     48,760        57,952
Plus: reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses and LAE.......      6,886      6,775      6,427         6,437
    PACO reserves............................................        300        292        533           583
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------
 
Unpaid loss and loss adjustment expenses, end of period......  $  60,473  $  57,049  $  55,720     $  64,972
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------
</TABLE>
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
    The table below shows changes in historical workers' compensation net loss
and LAE reserves for PICO for each year since 1986. Reported reserve development
is derived from information included in PICO's statutory financial statements.
The first line of the upper portion of the table shows the net reserves as of
December 31 of each of the indicated years, representing the estimated amounts
of net outstanding losses and LAE for claims arising during that year and in all
prior years that are unpaid, including losses that have been incurred but not
yet reported to the Company. The upper portion of the table shows the
reestimated amount of the previously recorded net reserves for each year based
on experience as of the end of each succeeding year. The estimate changes as
more information becomes known about claims for individual years. The lower
portion of the table shows the cumulative net amounts paid as of December 31 of
successive years with respect to the net reserve liability for each year.
 
    In evaluating the information in the table below, it should be noted that
each amount includes the effects of all changes in amounts for prior periods.
For example, if a loss determined in 1990 to be $10,000 was first reserved in
1987 at $8,000, the $2,000 deficiency would be included in the cumulative
redundancy (deficiency) for each of the years 1987 through 1990 shown below.
This table, unlike the table headed "Calendar Year Development by Accident Year"
that follows, does not present accident or policy year development data.
Conditions and trends that have affected the development of liability in the
past may not necessarily occur in the future. Accordingly, it may not be
appropriate to extrapolate future redundancies or deficiencies based on this
table.
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
             CHANGES IN HISTORICAL NET RESERVES FOR LOSSES AND LAE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     DECEMBER 31,
                           -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
                             1986       1987       1988       1989       1990       1991       1992       1993       1994
                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
Unpaid losses and loss
adjustment expenses at
end of year..............  $  43,620  $  49,221  $  52,893  $  49,994  $  49,104  $  57,909  $  59,492  $  56,792  $  53,287
 
Reserve reestimated as
of:
  One year later.........     43,278     46,450     47,061     47,833     52,209     58,618     57,000     52,837     49,403
  Two years later........     41,175     44,777     46,462     50,060     53,491     60,095     57,115     50,480     48,189
  Three years later......     40,020     44,294     47,725     49,970     54,316     60,733     55,305     50,647
  Four years later.......     39,564     44,507     47,473     50,321     55,269     59,806     56,725
  Five years later.......     39,619     44,336     47,064     51,095     54,808     60,286
  Six years later........     39,192     43,948     47,444     51,025     55,184
  Seven years later......     38,889     44,092     47,346     51,348
  Eight years later......     39,111     44,077     47,847
  Nine years later.......     39,074     44,468
  Ten years later........     39,434
 
Cumulative redundancy
(deficiency).............      4,186      4,753      5,046     (1,354)    (6,080)    (2,377)     2,767      6,145      5,098
Cumulative paid as of:
  One year later.........     12,587     14,289     16,761     19,757     21,736     25,543     23,464     21,711     21,742
  Two years later........     21,466     25,290     29,212     32,602     36,021     40,328     37,040     34,721     33,601
  Three years later......     27,965     33,298     36,832     40,456     43,482     48,429     45,529     41,855
  Four years later.......     32,536     37,758     41,251     44,254     47,923     53,416     50,395
  Five years later.......     35,124     40,320     43,271     46,682     50,713     56,250
  Six years later........     36,632     41,295     44,676     48,430     52,442
  Seven years later......     37,046     42,083     45,562     49,406
  Eight years later......     37,675     42,723     46,465
  Nine years later.......     38,105     43,388
  Ten years later........     38,641
 
Net unpaid losses and
loss adjustment
expenses--December 31....                                                                               $  56,792  $  53,287
Reinsurance Recoverable..                                                                                   5,402      6,886
                                                                                                        ---------  ---------
Gross unpaid losses and
loss adjustment
expenses--December 31....                                                                               $  62,194  $  60,173
                                                                                                        ---------  ---------
                                                                                                        ---------  ---------
Re-estimated net unpaid
losses and loss
adjustment expenses......                                                                               $  50,647  $  48,189
Re-estimated reinsurance
recoverable..............                                                                                   6,497      5,947
                                                                                                        ---------  ---------
Re-estimated gross unpaid
losses and loss
adjustment expenses......                                                                               $  57,144  $  54,136
                                                                                                        ---------  ---------
                                                                                                        ---------  ---------
Gross cumulative
redundancy
(deficiency).............                                                                               $   5,050  $   6,037
                                                                                                        ---------  ---------
                                                                                                        ---------  ---------
 
<CAPTION>
 
<S>                        <C>        <C>
                             1995       1996
                           ---------  ---------
 
Unpaid losses and loss
adjustment expenses at
end of year..............  $  49,982  $  48,760
Reserve reestimated as
of:
  One year later.........     47,335
  Two years later........
  Three years later......
  Four years later.......
  Five years later.......
  Six years later........
  Seven years later......
  Eight years later......
  Nine years later.......
  Ten years later........
Cumulative redundancy
(deficiency).............      2,647
Cumulative paid as of:
  One year later.........     21,680
  Two years later........
  Three years later......
  Four years later.......
  Five years later.......
  Six years later........
  Seven years later......
  Eight years later......
  Nine years later.......
  Ten years later........
Net unpaid losses and
loss adjustment
expenses--December 31....  $  49,982  $  48,760
Reinsurance Recoverable..      6,775      6,427
                           ---------  ---------
Gross unpaid losses and
loss adjustment
expenses--December 31....  $  56,757  $  55,187
                           ---------  ---------
                           ---------  ---------
Re-estimated net unpaid
losses and loss
adjustment expenses......  $  47,335
Re-estimated reinsurance
recoverable..............      5,786
                           ---------
Re-estimated gross unpaid
losses and loss
adjustment expenses......  $  53,121
                           ---------
                           ---------
Gross cumulative
redundancy
(deficiency).............  $   3,636
                           ---------
                           ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
    The following table is derived from the table above and summarizes the
effect of reserve reestimates net of ceded reinsurance on calendar year
operations for the same ten-year period ended December 31, 1996. The total of
each row details the amount of reserve reestimates made in the indicated
calendar year and shows the accident years to which the reestimates are
applicable. The total of each accident year column represents the cumulative
reserve reestimates for the indicated accident year(s).
 
                   CALENDAR YEAR DEVELOPMENT BY ACCIDENT YEAR
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       ACCIDENT YEAR
                        ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                     <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
                          1986
                           AND
                          PRIOR      1987       1988       1989       1990       1991       1992       1993       1994       1995
                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                       (INCREASE) DECREASE IN RESERVES (IN THOUSANDS)
Calendar
Years        ---------
1996..................  $    (360) $     (31) $    (110) $     178  $     (53) $    (104) $    (940) $   1,253  $   1,381  $   1,433
1995..................         37        (22)        83        (28)       391        466        883        547      1,527
1994..................       (222)        78       (236)      (394)      (179)       315        523      4,070
1993..................        303         85         21       (760)      (474)      (652)     3,969
1992..................        427       (256)        81       (162)    (1,372)       573
1991..................        (55)      (158)    (1,050)      (964)      (878)
1990..................        456         27        116      1,562
1989..................      1,155        518      4,159
1988..................      2,103        668
1987..................        342
Cumulative Reestimates
  For Each Accident
                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Year................  $   4,186  $     909  $   3,064  $    (568) $  (2,565) $     598  $   4,435  $   5,870  $   2,908  $   1,433
                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
 
<CAPTION>
 
<S>                     <C>
                           TOTAL
                         CALENDAR
                        YEAR EFFECT
                        -----------
 
Calendar
Years        ---------
1996..................   $   2,647
1995..................       3,884
1994..................       3,955
1993..................       2,492
1992..................        (709)
1991..................      (3,105)
1990..................       2,161
1989..................       5,832
1988..................       2,771
1987..................         342
Cumulative Reestimates
  For Each Accident
                        -----------
  Year................   $  20,270
                        -----------
                        -----------
</TABLE>
 
   
    As illustrated by this table, there have been no significant adverse
developments in PICO's reserve for any accident year from 1986 through 1995
except for 1990 which is discussed below. While PICO has historically applied,
and continues to apply, a consistent methodology in establishing its reserves,
there can be no assurance that significant adverse developments in PICO's
reserves will not occur in the future.
    
 
   
    PICO and the California workers' compensation industry as a whole
experienced relatively high incurred losses and LAE during accident years 1989 -
1992 as a result of laws enacted in 1989 which had the unintended effect of
permitting the filing of fraudulent and abusive workers' compensation claims.
Those laws included, among others, a law allowing an injured employee to visit a
physician without giving the employer prior notice of a claim and a law
shortening the time during which a carrier had to approve or deny a claim, which
hindered carriers' ability to investigate claims suspected of involving fraud.
PICO determined reserves for accident years 1993 and 1994, and to a lesser
extent, 1995 and 1996, based on the relatively high incurred loss and LAE trends
for the 1989 - 1992 accident years. PICO's actual incurred losses and LAE for
the 1993 - 1995 accident years proved to be lower than anticipated and PICO's
original reserves for these periods were ultimately redundant. PICO's favorable
development of reserves for the 1993 and 1994 accident years and, to a lesser
extent, for the 1995 accident year is attributable to the implementation of
significant workers' compensation reform in California in 1993 and aggressive
fraud enforcement by PICO, the industry and California authorities beginning
around the same time.
    
 
    PICO determined its reserves for the 1994 - 1996 accident years with the
benefit of information indicating favorable development in the immediate prior
accident years. Development of the 1994 and 1995 accident years has more closely
approximated the development anticipated when reserves for those years were
initially established.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
    In 1996, PICO experienced an aggregate of approximately $2.6 million in
reserve recoveries attributable primarily to favorable development on losses and
LAE for the 1993 - 1995 accident years, offset in part by mildly negative
development for the 1990 - 1992 accident years. PICO attributes this favorable
development in part to favorable industry trends as well as to PICO's continued
improvement in claims management and management of the medical and legal
components of its workers' compensation claims. In particular, in late 1995 PICO
implemented a change in the manner in which it pays legal counsel for work
performed in connection with litigated claims which had the effect of
significantly reducing PICO's LAE reserves for open claims from prior years.
 
    During 1995, PICO experienced an aggregate of approximately $3.9 million in
reserve recoveries attributable primarily to favorable development on losses and
LAE for accident years 1990 - 1994. During 1994, PICO experienced an aggregate
of approximately $4.0 million in reserve recoveries, primarily attributable to
favorable development for the 1993 accident year. PICO's reserve recoveries
during 1994 and 1995 are directly related to the more favorable loss patterns
experienced by PICO in 1993 and 1994 compared with those anticipated by PICO
based on the patterns exhibited during 1990 - 1992. PICO recognized the
favorable development associated with the California reforms and related fraud
abatement activities in the early 1990's over time as more credible loss
development information became available confirming the existence of a favorable
trend.
 
    During the six months ended June 30, 1997, PICO recorded losses and LAE of
$28.1 million, consisting of paid losses and LAE of $18.9 million and an
increase in reserves for losses and LAE for 1997 and all prior years of $9.2
million. The 1997 increase in reserves is net of recoveries of an aggregate of
approximately $0.8 million of reserves for accident years 1991 - 1993.
 
POLICYHOLDER DIVIDENDS
 
    Workers' compensation policies can be written on a participating or
non-participating basis. Participating policies allow the Company to declare and
pay dividends to a policyholder after the expiration of the policy based upon a
policyholder's specific loss experience (or, if the policyholder is part of a
safety group, the group's specific loss experience), the Company's overall loss
experience and competitive conditions. Since January 1, 1997, substantially all
workers' compensation insurance underwritten by the Company in California,
Alaska and Texas has been written on non-participating policy forms.
Substantially all of the insurance underwritten by the Company in Arizona,
Oregon, Idaho and Florida is written on participating policy forms. Currently,
workers' compensation insurers in Arizona and Florida generally use policyholder
dividends to reward favorable loss experience as a means of competitive pricing.
In Oregon and Idaho, dividends are sometimes used as a competitive pricing tool,
although rates are more flexible in those states. Dividends play little role in
Alaska and Texas, due to the flexibility in the rating plans in those states.
The Company makes the determination of the amount of the dividends it chooses to
pay on its participating policies generally 12 to 30 months after policy
expiration, and such payments require approval by PICO's board of directors. The
Company intends to continue to issue policies in Arizona, Oregon, Idaho and
Florida that are eligible for policyholder dividend consideration.
 
REINSURANCE
 
    Insurance risk is ceded primarily to reduce the liability on individual
claims and to protect against catastrophic losses. The Company follows the
industry practice of reinsuring a portion of its risks on an excess of loss
reinsurance basis. For this coverage, the Company pays the reinsurer a portion
of the premiums received on all policies. In return, the reinsurer agrees to
reimburse the Company for all losses in excess of a predetermined amount,
commonly referred to as the insurance company's retention.
 
   
    The Company maintains excess of loss reinsurance treaties with various
reinsurers for workers' compensation. Since 1974, GenRe has been the Company's
primary reinsurer. GenRe is currently assigned a letter rating of "A++
(Superior)" by A.M. Best. The Company's upper layers of reinsurance
    
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
   
coverage are currently provided by a group of 15 companies contracted through a
reinsurance intermediary owned by GenRe. All such carriers are currently
assigned a rating of "A-" or better by A.M. Best. Reinsurance receivables
reflected in the Consolidated Financial Statements are due from GenRe. Under the
current workers' compensation reinsurance treaties, various reinsurers assume
liability on that portion of the loss that exceeds $250,000 per accident, up to
a maximum of $30 million per accident. The Company's per accident retention was
$150,000 until October 1993 and $200,000 thereafter until July 1, 1996. An
accident is defined as a single event, whether it affects one or more persons.
Although reinsurance makes the assuming reinsurer liable to PICO to the extent
of the reinsurance ceded, it does not legally discharge PICO from its primary
liability for the full amount of the policy liability. The Company has
encountered no disputes with its reinsurers and has not experienced any
difficulty on the part of reinsurers to fulfill their obligations under
reinsurance treaties. The Company believes that suitable alternative reinsurance
treaties are readily obtainable at the present time.
    
 
INVESTMENTS AND INVESTMENT RESULTS
 
    The Company employs a conservative investment strategy emphasizing asset
quality and the matching of maturities of its fixed maturity investments to the
Company's anticipated claim payments and expenditures or other liabilities. The
Company employs Conning Asset Management Company ("Conning Asset Management") to
act as its independent investment advisor pursuant to the terms of a written
agreement with Conning Asset Management and the Company's written investment
guidelines.
 
    Conning Asset Management has discretion to enter into investment
transactions within the Company's investment guidelines. In practice, this
discretion is generally exercised only with respect to the reinvestment of
maturing securities in similar securities. In the case of sales of securities
prior to maturity, or the acquisition of securities which differ from the types
of securities already present in the portfolio, Conning Asset Management will
routinely consult with the Company's Chief Financial Officer, who chairs the
Company's investment committee, prior to entering into such transactions. Among
other things, Conning Asset Management seeks to match the average duration of
the portfolio's assets with the estimated average duration of the Company's
liabilities. Conning Asset Management's fee is based on the amount of assets in
the portfolio and is not dependent upon investment results or portfolio
turnover. Conning Asset Management is affiliated with one of the Company's
principal stockholders. See "Certain Transactions".
 
    The amount and types of investments that may be made by the Company's
insurance subsidiaries are regulated under the California Insurance Code and
related rules and regulations promulgated by the California DOI. Subject to such
applicable state laws and regulations, investment policies and investment
decisions are approved by the Company's investment committee and are reviewed by
the Board of Directors. The Company modifies its mix of tax-exempt and taxable
securities from time to time based in large part on effective after-tax yield
considerations. Management intends to hold all of the Company's fixed maturity
investments for indefinite periods of time but these investments are available
for sale in response to changes in interest rates, tax planning considerations
or other aspects of asset/liability management.
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
    As of June 30, 1997, the carrying value of the Company's investment
portfolio was approximately $93.4 million and amortized cost was approximately
$92.1 million. The diversification of the Company's investment portfolio as of
December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997 is shown in the table below:
 
                        CONSOLIDATED INVESTMENT POSITION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1996                AS OF JUNE 30, 1997
                                          -----------------------------------  -----------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>
                                                                  PERCENT OF                           PERCENT OF
                                          CARRYING    AMORTIZED    CARRYING    CARRYING    AMORTIZED    CARRYING
TYPE OF INVESTMENT                        VALUE (1)     COST         VALUE     VALUE (1)     COST         VALUE
- ----------------------------------------  ---------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------  -----------
                                                                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Fixed maturities: (2)
  United States government agencies and
    authorities.........................  $  16,799   $  16,619         19.4%  $  13,761   $  13,676         14.7%
  States, municipalities and political
    subdivisions........................     48,008      47,238         55.3      55,860      54,957         59.8
  Corporate securities..................      9,560       9,370         11.0       9,364       9,215         10.0
  Collateralized mortgage obligations...      7,004       7,025          8.1       7,620       7,637          8.2
                                          ---------  -----------       -----   ---------  -----------       -----
  Total fixed maturities................  $  81,371   $  80,252         93.8%  $  86,605   $  85,485         92.7%
Equity securities (3)...................      1,810       1,748          2.1       2,929       2,741          3.2
Invested cash...........................      3,611       3,611          4.1       3,845       3,845          4.1
                                          ---------  -----------       -----   ---------  -----------       -----
  Total investments.....................  $  86,792   $  85,611        100.0%  $  93,379   $  92,071        100.0%
                                          ---------  -----------       -----   ---------  -----------       -----
                                          ---------  -----------       -----   ---------  -----------       -----
</TABLE>
 
- --------------
 
(1) All securities are carried at market value except invested cash is carried
    at cost, which approximates market value.
 
(2) All fixed maturity securities have been designated as available for sale.
 
(3) Excludes the Company's minority investments in Parker and CAPAX, which had a
    carrying value as of December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997 of $1.9 million.
 
    It is the Company's practice to purchase almost exclusively investment grade
fixed maturity securities. As of June 30, 1997, the Company did not own any
below investment grade or non-performing fixed maturity securities, or any
mortgages or real estate. As of June 30, 1997, all of the Company's fixed
maturity securities carried a NAIC Class 1 designation (or a comparable rating
agency designation).
 
    At June 30, 1997, the Company owned a total of $7.6 million amortized cost
of AAA-rated Collateralized Mortgage Obligations ("CMOs"). The Company's
holdings of CMOs consist of Planned Amortization Class CMOs, which are
structured to have a higher degree of cash flow certainty over a variety of
prepayment scenarios, and have remaining average lives from six months to three
years.
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the investment
ratings of the Company's fixed maturity investment portfolio as of June 30,
1997:
 
         LONG TERM FIXED MATURITY PORTFOLIO BY STANDARD & POOR'S RATING
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       PERCENTAGE
                                                                             CARRYING     AMORTIZED    OF CARRYING
RATINGS (1)                                                                    VALUE        COST          VALUE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -------------
                                                                                    (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                         <C>          <C>          <C>
AAA (2)...................................................................   $  58,903    $  58,207          68.0%
AA........................................................................      10,636       10,474          12.3
A.........................................................................      17,066       16,804          19.7
                                                                            -----------  -----------        -----
Total.....................................................................   $  86,605    $  85,485         100.0%
                                                                            -----------  -----------        -----
                                                                            -----------  -----------        -----
</TABLE>
 
- --------------
 
   
(1) Ratings assigned by S&P when available, otherwise equivalent ratings
    assigned by Moody's or Fitch. S&P assigns ratings ranging from "AAA" to "D"
    reflecting its current opinion of the creditworthiness of the obligor with
    respect to the specific security rated. The following ratings reflect S&P's
    opinion of the obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the
    relevant obligation: AAA-Extremely Strong; AA-Very Strong; and A-Strong.
    
 
(2) Includes $2.0 million of United States government securities which are not
    rated by the rating agencies but are generally considered "AAA".
 
    The following table sets forth certain information regarding the maturity
profile of the Company's fixed maturity securities as of June 30, 1997 based on
the earlier of the pre-escrowed date or the scheduled maturity date:
 
                   INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO BY YEARS TO MATURITY
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     PERCENTAGE OF
MATURITY                                                                          CARRYING VALUE    CARRYING VALUE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------  -----------------
                                                                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                               <C>              <C>
One year or less................................................................     $  10,993              12.7%
After one year through five years...............................................        48,979              56.5
After five years through ten years..............................................        19,013              22.0
Mortgage and asset backed securities (1)........................................         7,620               8.8
                                                                                  ---------------          -----
Total...........................................................................     $  86,605             100.0%
                                                                                  ---------------          -----
                                                                                  ---------------          -----
</TABLE>
 
- --------------
 
(1) Mortgage-backed securities generally are more likely to be prepaid than
    other fixed maturity securities. Therefore, contractual maturities are
    excluded from this table since they may not be indicative of actual
    maturities.
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
    The Company's investment results for each of the three years ended December
31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and for the six months ended June 30, 1997 were as
follows:
 
                          INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO RESULTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                            -------------------------------   SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                              1994       1995       1996       JUNE 30, 1997
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------------
                                                                          (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Net pre-tax investment income (1).........................  $   4,536  $   4,817  $   4,701      $    2,499
Average total invested assets (2).........................     82,858     82,851     83,644          88,840
Annual pre-tax yield on average total invested assets
  (3).....................................................        5.5%       5.8%       5.6%            5.6%
Net pre-tax realized investment gains.....................  $  --      $      37  $     444      $   --
</TABLE>
 
- --------------
(1) Calculated net of investment expenses and excluding capital gains and losses
    and provision for income taxes.
 
(2) Calculated based on an average of the beginning and end of period total
    investments. For the purpose of this calculation, investment balances were
    at cost (fixed income securities at amortized cost).
 
(3) Pre-tax yield is calculated as investment income (including dividend income
    in the case of equities) divided by average total invested assets. The yield
    for the six months ended June 30, 1997 is on an annualized basis.
 
    The following table summarizes net investment income from the Company's
portfolio for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and for the six
months ended June 30, 1997:
 
                    NET INVESTMENT INCOME BY INVESTMENT TYPE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      1994                                      1995                                1996
                     ---------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------  --------------------------
                                        %         REALIZED                       %          REALIZED                        %
                                     PRE-TAX        GAINS                     PRE-TAX         GAINS                      PRE-TAX
                       INCOME       YIELD (1)     (LOSSES)      INCOME       YIELD (1)      (LOSSES)       INCOME       YIELD (1)
                     -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------  -------------  -------------  -----------  -------------
                                                                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                  <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>
Fixed maturity
  securities:
  Tax-exempt (2)...   $   1,868           4.4%    $      16    $   2,383           5.1%     $     (10)    $   2,660           5.5%
 
  Taxable..........       2,384           6.4        --            2,302           7.0             47         1,841           6.0
 
Equities (3).......          87          10.9           (16)          51           6.9         --                62           5.8
 
Short-term.........         417           8.4        --              278           5.9         --               338           8.6
                     -----------                 -----------  -----------                         ---    -----------
 
  Total............   $   4,756           5.7%    $  --        $   5,014           6.1%     $      37     $   4,901           5.9%
                     -----------                 -----------  -----------                         ---    -----------
 
Less investment
  expense..........         220                      --              197                       --               200
                     -----------                 -----------  -----------                         ---    -----------
 
  Total............   $   4,536           5.5%    $  --        $   4,817           5.8%     $      37     $   4,701           5.6%
                     -----------                 -----------  -----------                         ---    -----------
                     -----------                 -----------  -----------                         ---    -----------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                              SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                JUNE 30, 1997
                                    -------------------------------------
                       REALIZED                       %        REALIZED
                         GAINS                     PRE-TAX       GAINS
                       (LOSSES)       INCOME      YIELD (1)    (LOSSES)
                     -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------
 
<S>                  <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>
Fixed maturity
  securities:
  Tax-exempt (2)...    $     248     $   1,234          4.8%   $  --
  Taxable..........          196         1,018          6.4       --
Equities (3).......       --                74          6.6       --
Short-term.........       --               266         13.0       --
                           -----    -----------               -----------
  Total............    $     444     $   2,592          5.8%   $  --
                           -----    -----------               -----------
Less investment
  expense..........       --                93                    --
                           -----    -----------               -----------
  Total............    $     444     $   2,499          5.6%   $  --
                           -----    -----------               -----------
                           -----    -----------               -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------
(1) Pre-tax yield is calculated as investment income (including dividend income
    in the case of equities) divided by the average of the beginning and end of
    year investment balances. For the purpose of this calculation, investment
    balances were at cost (fixed income securities at amortized cost). The
    yields for the six months ended June 30, 1997 are on an annualized basis.
 
(2) For purposes of comparison to yields on taxable securities, those yields on
    tax-exempt securities are equivalent to average pre-tax yields of 5.6% for
    1994, 6.5% for 1995, 7.1% for 1996, and 6.2% for the six months ended June
    30, 1997 assuming that the tax rate was 34% and further assuming that 15% of
    a portion of the tax-exempt interest was subject to federal income tax under
    certain provisions applicable only to insurance companies.
 
(3) Excludes the Company's minority investments in Parker and CAPAX, which had a
    carrying value as of June 30, 1997 of $1.9 million.
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
REGULATION
 
  GENERAL
 
    PAULA Financial and its subsidiaries are subject to regulation by the
departments of insurance in each jurisdiction in which they transact insurance.
These departments of insurance have broad regulatory, supervisory and
administrative powers over the insurance subsidiaries. Primary regulatory
authority, however, rests with the California DOI, the regulator in the
Company's insurance subsidiaries' state of domicile. While the exercise of their
authority may have company-wide ramifications, regulators in non-domiciliary
states focus primarily on the operation of an insurer within their respective
states.
 
    State insurance regulation is generally intended for the benefit and
protection of policyholders and claimants under insurance policies rather than
stockholders. The nature and extent of such regulation varies from jurisdiction
to jurisdiction, but typically involve: (i) standards of solvency and minimum
amounts of capital and surplus which must be maintained; (ii) limits on types
and amounts of investments; (iii) restrictions on the size of risks which may be
insured by a single company; (iv) licensing of insurers and their agents; (v)
required deposits of securities for the benefit of policyholders; (vi) approval
of policy forms; (vii) establishment of statutory reporting practices and the
form and content of statutory financial statements; (viii) establishment of
methods for setting statutory loss and expense reserves; (ix) review, and in
certain instances prior-approval, of premium rates; (x) limits on transactions
among insurers and their affiliates; (xi) approval of all proposed changes of
control; (xii) approval of dividends; (xiii) setting and collecting guarantee
fund assessments; and (xiv) required filing of annual and other reports with
respect to the financial condition and operation of insurers. In addition, state
regulatory examiners perform periodic financial and underwriting examinations of
insurers.
 
  DOMICILE AND LICENSING
 
    PICO and PACO are domiciled in California. PICO is licensed to transact
insurance in Alaska, Arizona, California, Florida, Idaho, New Mexico, Oregon and
Texas. PACO is licensed to transact insurance in Arizona and California. PICO
and PACO may seek to become licensed in additional states.
 
  RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITIONS OF CONTROL
 
    The California Insurance Code provides that any direct or indirect
acquisition or change in "control" of a domestic insurer cannot be consummated
without the prior approval of the California DOI. The California Insurance Code
provides further that, unless the California DOI upon application determines
otherwise, a presumption of "control" arises from the ownership, control,
possession with the power to vote or possession of proxies with respect to 10%
or more of the voting securities of a domestic insurer or of a person or entity
that controls a domestic insurer.
 
    Any person who purchases in this offering, or through any other transaction,
shares of the Common Stock which, when combined with all other voting securities
owned or otherwise controlled by that person, total 10% or more of the voting
securities of the Company, will be deemed to have acquired control of the
insurance subsidiaries unless the California DOI, upon application determines
otherwise. Any such acquisition of control is prohibited under the California
Insurance Code unless prior approval of the California DOI is obtained or the
California DOI does not disapprove the acquisition within 60 days after an
application has been filed. The California DOI is authorized to disapprove any
acquisition which (i) would cause the insurance subsidiaries to cease to qualify
for their licenses to transact insurance, (ii) would substantially lessen
competition or tend to create a monopoly, (iii) might, due to the financial
condition of the acquiring person, jeopardize the financial stability of the
insurance subsidiaries or prejudice the interests of their policyholders, (iv)
would result in a major change in the insurance subsidiaries' business or
corporate structure or management which is not fair and reasonable to
policyholders, or (v) would result in control over the insurance subsidiaries by
persons whose competence, experience and integrity indicate that it is not in
the interest of policyholders or the public to permit them to assume control.
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
    The need for such action, and the possibility of disapproval by the
California DOI, could deter, delay or prevent certain transactions affecting the
control of the Company or the ownership of the Company's Common Stock. Since the
statutory disapproval criteria focus primarily on policyholder, rather than
stockholder, interests, these requirements could deter, delay or prevent
transactions which could be advantageous to the stockholders of the Company.
 
  RESTRICTIONS ON STOCKHOLDER DIVIDENDS PAYABLE BY THE INSURANCE SUBSIDIARIES TO
    THE COMPANY
 
    PAULA Financial, as a non-insurer, is generally not restricted directly
under applicable insurance laws with respect to the payment of dividends to
stockholders or the acquisition of non-regulated businesses. PAULA Financial,
however, is subject to regulation with respect to all transactions involving the
insurance subsidiaries. Additionally, as a nonoperating holding company, a
principal source of the PAULA Financial's liquidity is cash dividends received
from its subsidiaries, including the insurance subsidiaries.
 
    California law places significant restrictions on the ability of the
insurance subsidiaries to pay dividends to PAULA Financial. All dividends from
PICO and PACO, as California-domiciled insurers, require prior notice to the
California DOI. All "extraordinary" dividends must be approved in advance by the
California DOI. A dividend is deemed "extraordinary" if, when aggregated with
all other dividends paid within the preceding twelve months, the dividend
exceeds the greater of (i) PICO's statutory net income or PACO's statutory net
gain from operations (both excluding unrealized capital gains) for the preceding
calendar year or (ii) 10% of policyholder surplus as of the preceding December
31st. Additionally, unless approved in advance by the California DOI, no
dividend may be paid by PICO or PACO except from earned surplus. Dividends paid
from earned surplus which do not exceed the definition of "extraordinary" must
be reported to the California DOI within five business days after declaration.
Insurers are prohibited from paying such dividends until ten business days after
the California DOI's receipt of such notice. The California DOI may disallow
payment of any dividend if, in the California DOI's opinion, the payment would
in any way violate the California Insurance Code or be hazardous to
policyholders, creditors or the public. Based on these limitations and statutory
results, as of December 31, 1996, PAULA Financial would be able to receive $5.4
million in dividends in 1997 from its insurance subsidiaries without obtaining
prior regulatory approval from the California DOI.
 
  RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSACTIONS AMONG AFFILIATES OF THE INSURANCE SUBSIDIARIES
 
    In addition to dividend restrictions, California law restricts the ability
of the insurance subsidiaries to make other types of payments to their
affiliates, including PAULA Financial. Certain material transactions between an
insurance company and its affiliates, including sales, loans or investments
which in any twelve month period aggregate at least 3% of its admitted assets or
25% of policyholders' surplus, whichever is less, are subject to thirty day
prior notice to the California DOI during which period the California DOI may
disapprove the transaction. All management, administrative, cost-sharing and
similar agreements between an insurance company and its affiliates are also
subject to thirty day prior notice and non-disapproval by the California DOI.
The California Insurance Code requires that all affiliate transactions be fair
and reasonable to the insurer, that such transactions be documented according to
specified standards, and that the insurer's surplus after the transaction
remains reasonable in relation to the insurer's liabilities and adequate to its
financial needs.
 
  EXAMINATIONS
 
    The accounts and businesses of PICO and PACO are subject to periodic
statutory examination by the California DOI and by the Departments of Insurance
in each jurisdiction in which they transact business. The California DOI has
completed its examination of PICO and PACO for the three-year period ended
December 31, 1993. The report disclosed no material problems or adjustments to
statutory
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
surplus. PICO is currently undergoing a routine statutory examination for the
three-year period ended December 31, 1996. While the examination is not yet
complete, the California DOI has not indicated to PICO's management the
existence of any material deficiency. In addition, the Internal Revenue Service
has requested information from the Company relating to a net operating loss
carryback with regard to its 1995 federal income tax return. The Company
supplied the requested information and the Service has not advised the Company
of any disagreements over the matter.
 
  NAIC STATUTORY ACCOUNTING INITIATIVE
 
    The NAIC currently has a project to codify accounting practices that is
likely to change the definition of what constitutes prescribed versus permitted
statutory accounting practices and may result in changes to the accounting
policies that insurance enterprises use to prepare their statutory financial
statements. The Company is unable to predict how such project will affect its
insurance subsidiaries' statutory financial statements or how insurance rating
agencies will interpret or react to any such changes. No assurance can be given
that future legislative or regulatory changes resulting from such activities
will not adversely affect the Company and its subsidiaries.
 
  RISK-BASED CAPITAL AND IRIS RATIOS
 
   
    California, as well as numerous other states, uses analytical tools
developed by the NAIC in the course of its financial surveillance of insurers.
Among these is a recently developed methodology for assessing the adequacy of
statutory surplus of property/casualty insurers and life/health insurers using a
risk-based capital ("RBC") formula. The RBC formula attempts to measure
statutory capital and surplus needs based on the risks in a company's mix of
products and investment portfolio. The formula is designed to allow state
regulators to identify potentially under-capitalized companies. Under the
formula, a company determines its RBC by taking into account certain risks
related to the insurer's assets (including risks related to its investment
portfolio and ceded reinsurance) and the insurer's liabilities (including
underwriting risks related to the nature and experience of its insurance
business). The RBC rules provide for different levels of regulatory attention
depending upon the ratio of the company's total adjusted capital to its
"authorized control level" of RBC. An insurer is obligated to submit a detailed
financial plan to regulators if its RBC falls below 2.0 times its authorized
control level. Enhanced regulatory scrutiny, including possible corrective
orders, are required if an insurer's RBC falls below 1.5 times its authorized
control level, with mandatory regulatory intervention, including possible
seizure, if an insurer's RBC falls below its authorized control level (seizure
is mandatory if RBC falls below 0.7 times authorized control level). As of
December 31, 1996, PICO's RBC was $27.8 million in excess of the threshold
requiring the least regulatory attention, which amount was $3.3 million. As of
December 31, 1996, PACO's RBC was $3.9 million in excess of the threshold
requiring the least regulatory attention, which amount was $0.1 million. Neither
PICO nor PACO has ever triggered any RBC level requiring a financial plan or
regulatory action.
    
 
   
    California and other states also utilize the NAIC Insurance Regulatory
Information System ("IRIS"). IRIS identifies eleven ratios for property/casualty
insurance companies and twelve ratios for life/health insurance companies. IRIS
specifies a range of "usual values" for each ratio. No statutory requirements
exist which determine regulators' response to unusual IRIS ratios. Regulators
generally allow insurers to provide written explanations for any unusual values.
If the explanations are accepted as reasonable, no regulatory action is
generally taken. If regulators remain concerned, an insurer may be subject to
regulatory examination, corrective orders, and possible seizure. Departure from
the "usual value" range on four or more ratios may lead to increased regulatory
oversight from individual state insurance commissioners. In 1996, PICO had one
ratio outside its usual value, which was caused by excess premium growth. The
range for this ratio is (-33%) to 33%. PICO experienced a 36% growth in 1996. In
1996, PACO had three ratios outside their usual values, which were caused by (i)
206% premium growth,
    
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
   
(ii) change in product mix of 9.9% and (iii) excess adequacy of investment
income. PICO and PACO are unaware of any increased regulatory scrutiny as a
result of their 1996 IRIS values.
    
 
  REGULATION OF PICO'S BUSINESS IN EACH STATE IN WHICH IT IS LICENSED
 
   
    PICO's transaction of workers' compensation insurance is closely regulated
by departments of insurance in Alaska, Arizona, California, Florida, Idaho, New
Mexico, Oregon and Texas. In each of these states, the workers' compensation
system is a mechanism to promptly compensate and rehabilitate injured workers
without regard to fault. In each state where PICO is licensed, other than New
Mexico (with respect to agricultural workers) and Texas, employer participation
in the workers' compensation system is compulsory. Employers are required by law
either to obtain workers' compensation insurance from a licensed insurer or to
comply with specific requirements to self-insure.
    
 
    Workers' compensation benefits are established by law in each of the states
where PICO is licensed. While benefit levels vary from state to state, they fall
generally into three categories: (1) medical benefits for treatment of covered
injuries or diseases; (2) disability benefits that indemnify covered claimants
for loss of income, and (3) death benefits to compensate statutorily enumerated
dependents of workers who have died because of covered accidents or diseases.
Individual state statutes, regulations, administrative rulings and judicial
opinions have created a complex body of law to determine when an injury, disease
or death is employment related, when and to what extent it is compensable, and
whether employees may sue employers, coworkers or other parties for damages
outside of the no-fault workers' compensation system.
 
    Workers' compensation has been the subject of significant reform efforts in
recent years, particularly in the areas of cost management and fraud detection.
For example, legislation enacted in California in 1993 significantly reformed
many areas of the workers' compensation system. Among other things, the 1993
legislation (i) granted employer's rights regarding disclosure of insurer claims
information; (ii) required insurers to provide minimum levels of occupational
safety and health loss control consultation services; (iii) increased benefits,
phased in over a three-year period commencing July 1, 1994; (iv) tightened
standards relating to stress-related claims; (v) limited post-termination
claims; (vi) placed restrictions, including payment limitations, on vocational
rehabilitation claims, (vii) increased measures to reduce fraudulent claims;
(viii) increased the ability of insurance companies and employers to contract
with managed care organizations and to direct claimants' medical care; and (ix)
changed procedures for medical-legal evaluations. Similarly, legislation adopted
in Oregon in 1995, among other things, reformed requirements pertaining to
pre-existing conditions, vocational rehabilitation, payment of death benefits,
review of benefit awards and dispute resolution.
 
   
    To protect persons covered under policies of workers' compensation
insurance, several states impose special deposit requirements on insurers. In
the event of an insurer insolvency, special deposits made by insurers are
utilized by the relevant department of insurance to provide a pool of funds upon
which workers' compensation claimants domiciled exclusively in that state
possess a first priority claim and can be used by the regulators to pay those
claimants. Under these requirements, PICO maintains special deposits in Arizona,
California, Idaho, Oregon and New Mexico. Additional special deposits may be
required if PICO becomes licensed in additional states, or if Alaska, Florida or
Texas enact deposit requirements.
    
 
    While deposit requirements vary somewhat, they generally require insurers to
deposit cash or securities with each states' treasurer, or an approved
depository, in an amount based on a company's loss and loss expense reserves
plus a percentage of its unearned premium reserves on workers' compensation
insurance business transacted in each individual state. Thus, the size of the
required deposit correlates positively with the amount of workers' compensation
insurance sold by PICO in such state. PICO maintains deposits of securities in
California, Arizona, Oregon, Idaho and New Mexico,
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
having a book value as of June 30, 1997 of $47.6 million, $14.5 million, $5.3
million, $0.3 million and $0.1 million, respectively.
 
    An important aspect of workers' compensation insurance regulated by
individual states is the setting of premiums. Among the states where it is
currently licensed, PICO is allowed to establish its own rates under a "file and
use" system in Alaska, California and Texas. Prior approval by insurance
regulators is required for workers' compensation insurance rates in Florida, New
Mexico and Oregon. Hybrid systems exist in Arizona and Idaho, where workers'
compensation insurance rates are determined initially by the National Council on
Compensation Insurance ("NCCI"), a rating organization. Upon the request of an
individual insurer, the Arizona or Idaho DOI, as applicable, may approve rates
that deviate from those recommended by the NCCI.
 
    Prior to January 1, 1995, California had required workers' compensation
insurers to adhere to minimum rates approved by the California DOI. Under this
system, price competition among insurers had been generally restricted to the
payment of dividends under participating policies. This system was replaced with
a file and use system, in which insurers may use any rate within 30 days after
filing it with the California DOI unless such rate is specifically disapproved.
The repeal of the former minimum rate system in California has resulted in
increased competition among workers' compensation insurers in California and has
caused a material decrease in average rates charged by PICO.
 
    Competition among workers' compensation insurers is also affected in several
states by the presence of quasi-public workers' compensation insurance funds,
which compete against private insurers and which frequently serve as insurers of
last resort to employers unable to secure coverage elsewhere. Among the states
where PICO is licensed, active state funds exist in Arizona, California, Idaho,
New Mexico, Oregon and Texas.
 
   
  REGULATION OF PACO'S BUSINESS IN EACH STATE IN WHICH IT IS LICENSED
    
 
   
    PACO, a California-domiciled insurer, is licensed in California and Arizona.
The transaction of life and health insurance is closely regulated in these
states. Such regulation includes statutorily mandated benefits, sales
disclosures, and claims settlement requirements. In 1996, PACO wrote less than
$1.0 million in life and health premiums written in California and Arizona
combined.
    
 
  MEMBERSHIP IN INSOLVENCY FUNDS AND ASSOCIATIONS
 
    The Company's insurance subsidiaries, like other insurers, are required to
participate in insolvency funds and associations and may be subject to
assessments from time to time to cover unpaid policyholder claims of insolvent
insurers participating in the same lines of business as the Company. The maximum
assessment required by law in any one year has varied between 1% and 2% of
annual premiums written in that state. Most of these payments are recoverable
through future policy surcharges and premium tax reductions. No material
assessments have been made on the Company's insurance subsidiaries since prior
to December 31, 1990.
 
COMPETITION
 
    The workers' compensation insurance industry is highly competitive. Although
there are 260 companies licensed to write workers' compensation insurance
policies in California, the 20 largest companies accounted for more than 79% of
the workers' compensation premiums written in California during 1996 (source:
A.M. Best, State/Line Report, Property/Casualty, 1997 Edition). In each state in
which the Company operates, the Company's single largest competitor in its
targeted agricultural markets is the applicable state fund.
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
    Periodically, the Company competes with alternative risk funding
arrangements such as self-insurance or captive insurance programs. Captive
insurance companies are insurance or reinsurance companies in which an insured
or a group of insureds holds significant ownership. Employers have the option of
self insuring against workers' compensation liabilities. Normally, those
companies who choose to self insure are very large employers and are not among
the targeted insurance underwriting prospects of the Company.
 
    In those states without minimum premium laws, such as California, Oregon,
Idaho, Alaska and Texas, the Company faces competition on the basis of price as
well as on the services which it delivers to policyholders. As a result of
Arizona's single deviated rate plan and Florida's minimum rate law, there has
been no significant price competition in those states in terms of premiums
charged. Competition among workers' compensation insurance carriers in those
states has been based in large part on emphasizing dividends to policyholders,
loss control and claims management services and maintaining relations with and
varying commission rates paid to brokers and agents. The Company believes that
its ability to compete successfully with larger carriers and to obtain and
retain its accounts is due to its claims expertise, extensive experience in the
agribusiness market and emphasis on service to policyholders. See "Risk
Factors--Competition".
 
EMPLOYEES
 
    As of June 30, 1997, the Company employed approximately 250 full-time
employees including 78 in its agency and TPA operations, 165 in its underwriting
operations and six in corporate administration and finance. The Company
considers its relationship with its employees to be excellent. All employees
with at least one year of service are eligible to participate in the ESOP except
for those employees employed on an hourly basis. See "Management--Employee Stock
Ownership Plan".
 
FACILITIES
 
    The Company's principal executive offices, comprised of approximately 34,000
square feet of office space leased through April 1999, are located in Pasadena,
California. The Company holds an option to extend its home office lease through
April 2004. In addition, the Company maintains 20 branch offices in various
locations in the western United States and Florida in leased facilities with
various lease terms. Management believes that the Company's facilities are
suitable and adequate for their intended uses.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
    Except for ordinary, routine litigation incidental to the Company's
business, there are no pending legal proceedings to which the Company is a party
or which any of its properties are subject. The nature of the Company's business
subjects it to claims or litigation relating to policies of insurance it has
issued. Management believes that the Company is not a party to, and none of its
properties is the subject of, any pending legal proceedings which are likely to
have a material adverse effect on its business, financial conditions or results
of operations.
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
    The following table sets forth certain information concerning the Company's
directors and executive officers:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                           DIRECTOR CLASS        AGE                        POSITION
- --------------------------------------------  -----------------      ---      --------------------------------------------
<S>                                           <C>                <C>          <C>
Jeffrey A. Snider...........................         III                 45   Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President
                                                                              and Director of the Company and all of its
                                                                              subsidiaries
 
Andrew M. Slavitt...........................         III                 30   Chief Operating Officer, Senior Vice
                                                                              President and Director of the Company and
                                                                              all of its subsidiaries
 
James A. Nicholson..........................         II                  52   Chief Financial Officer, Senior Vice
                                                                              President and Director of the Company and
                                                                              all of its subsidiaries
 
Bradley K. Serwin...........................          I                  36   General Counsel, Senior Vice President,
                                                                              Secretary and Director of the Company and
                                                                              all of its subsidiaries
 
John B. Clinton.............................         III                 42   Director of the Company
 
Owen S. Crihfield (1).......................         II                  44   Director of the Company
 
Jerry M. Miller (1)(2)......................         II                  56   Director of the Company
 
Gerard Vecchio (2)..........................          I                  36   Director of the Company
 
Ronald W. Waisner (1)(2)....................          I                  59   Director of the Company
 
Victor Gloria III...........................         N/A                 43   Senior Vice President and Director of PICO
 
James M. Hannah.............................         N/A                 49   Vice President and Director of PICO
</TABLE>
 
- --------------
 
(1) Member of the Executive Compensation Committee.
 
(2) Member of the Audit Committee.
 
    Officers are appointed by and serve at the discretion of the Board of
Directors.
 
    Mr. Jeffrey A. Snider has been Chairman of the Board of Directors, President
and Chief Executive Officer of the Company since December 1994. Mr. Snider
joined the Company in 1975 and served as President and Chief Executive Officer
of the Company and a member of its Board of Directors from 1984 to 1988. Mr.
Snider resigned from the Company and its Board of Directors in June 1988. From
January 1989 until July 1990, Mr. Snider served as director of the Jimmy Carter
Work Project of Habitat for Humanity International Inc. in San Diego, California
and Tijuana, Mexico. In July 1990, Mr. Snider accepted a position as the first
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Habitat, serving in that
position until December 1993, when he returned as President and Chief Executive
Officer of the Company's insurance subsidiaries. Mr. Snider was re-elected to
the Company's Board of Directors in November 1992.
 
    Mr. Andrew M. Slavitt has served as the Chief Operating Officer of the
Company since November 1995 and as a Senior Vice President and Director of the
Company since July 1995 when he joined
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
the Company. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Slavitt served as a consultant
with McKinsey & Company, an international management consulting firm, for two
years and prior to that time attended the Harvard Business School where he
received an M.B.A. degree in 1993. From 1988 to 1991, Mr. Slavitt worked for
Goldman, Sachs & Co. as an investment banker.
 
    Mr. James A. Nicholson has served as a Senior Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer of the Company since April 1988. He was first elected to the
Company's Board of Directors in 1986. Mr. Nicholson has been with the Company
since 1972.
 
    Mr. Bradley K. Serwin has served as General Counsel, Senior Vice President,
Secretary and director of the Company since March 1995 when he joined the
Company. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Serwin practiced law for nine years
with Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher, a nationwide law firm.
 
    Mr. John B. Clinton has served as an outside director of the Company since
August 1994 as a representative of Conning & Company, the general partner of
four partnerships, each of which is a holder of Preferred Stock. Mr. Clinton has
been a Senior Vice President of Conning & Company, an insurance asset management
and research firm, since February 1992.
 
    Mr. Owen S. Crihfield has served as an outside director of the Company since
August 1994 as a representative of Saugatuck Capital Company, a holder of
Preferred Stock. Mr. Crihfield has been a general partner of Saugatuck Capital
Company L.P., an investment firm, for more than the last five years.
 
    Mr. Jerry M. Miller has served as an outside director of the Company since
his election to the Board of Directors in November 1992. Mr. Miller is a
Certified Public Accountant and was an audit partner with KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
from 1974 until his retirement in 1991.
 
    Mr. Gerard Vecchio has served as an outside director of the Company since
August 1994 as a representative of Conning & Company, the general partner of
four partnerships, each of which is a holder of preferred stock. Mr. Vecchio has
been a Vice President of Conning & Company, an insurance asset management and
research firm, since October 1992 and served as a Vice President of Firemark,
Inc., an insurance research and investment firm, from January 1992 until October
1992.
 
    Mr. Ronald W. Waisner has served as an outside director of the Company since
his election to the Board of Directors in November 1992. Prior to his retirement
in 1991, Mr. Waisner worked for Continental Insurance Company beginning in 1959.
His last position with Continental prior to retirement was Senior Vice President
and Regional Manager of the Pacific Region responsible for insurance operations
and marketing. He has served on the Boards of Directors of National Automobile
Club, California Insurance Guarantee Association, Maryland Fair Plan and the
Maryland Auto Insurance Fund.
 
    Mr. Victor Gloria has been with the Company since 1972 and has served in
PICO's Workers' Compensation Claims Department for the majority of that time. He
has served as Manager of that Department since 1987 and was appointed Senior
Vice President of PICO in 1987. Mr. Gloria has obtained the certificated
designation of Associate in Claims. Mr. Gloria was first elected to the PICO
Board of Directors in April 1987.
 
    Mr. James M. Hannah joined the Company in March 1995, assuming the position
of Vice President and Chief Underwriting Officer of PICO. Prior to joining the
Company, Mr. Hannah served as Vice President of American Home Assurance Co., a
property and casualty insurance company, Manager of New Hampshire Insurance Co.
from January 1993 to November 1993 and as Vice President of SAIF Corporation,
the Oregon State insurance fund, for nine years prior to that time. Mr. Hannah
was first elected to the PICO Board of Directors in April 1995.
 
    Messrs. Clinton, Crihfield and Vecchio were nominated to the Board of
Directors pursuant to the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock Purchase
Agreement entered into in connection with the Company's offering of Preferred
Stock. See "Certain Transactions".
 
                                       59
<PAGE>
    The Board of Directors currently has an Audit Committee comprised of Messrs.
Miller, Vecchio and Waisner; an Executive Compensation Committee comprised of
Messrs. Crihfield, Miller and Waisner; an Executive Committee comprised of
Messrs. Snider, Slavitt, Nicholson and Serwin; and a Capital Finance Committee
comprised of Messrs. Snider, Slavitt, Nicholson and Serwin.
 
STAGGERED BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
    The Board of Directors has nine members. Pursuant to the Company's Bylaws,
the Board is divided into three classes. Class I Directors serve for a term
ending at the first annual meeting held after the date of the Company's
reincorporation in Delaware (the "Incorporation Date"), Class II Directors serve
for a term ending at the second annual meeting held after the Incorporation
Date, and Class III Directors serve for a term ending at the third annual
meeting held after the Incorporation Date.
 
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
 
    Each member of the holding company's Board of Directors who is not an
employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries receives a director fee of
$10,000 per year, plus a $500 fee per meeting and has received a grant of stock
options and is eligible for grants under the Company's 1997 Stock Incentive
Plan. See "--Stock Incentive Plans". These directors are reimbursed for
out-of-pocket expenses reasonably incurred for attending meetings. It is
expected that at least four board meetings will be held during each calendar
year.
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    The following table sets forth summary information regarding the annual and
long-term compensation for services in all capacities to the Company for the
three years ended December 31, 1996 for those persons who were, as of December
31, 1996, the Chief Executive Officer and the four other most highly compensated
named officers of the Company who received in excess of $100,000 for the year
ended December 31, 1996 (the "Named Executive Officers"):
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                LONG-TERM COMPENSATION
                                                                                        AWARDS
                                                                               ------------------------      ALL
                                                       ANNUAL COMPENSATION     RESTRICTED   SECURITIES      OTHER
                                                     ------------------------     STOCK     UNDERLYING     COMPEN-
      NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION           YEAR     SALARY ($)    BONUS ($)   AWARDS ($)   OPTIONS (#)  SATION (1)
- ----------------------------------------  ---------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                       <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Jeffrey A. Snider.......................       1996  $   250,000   $  25,000(2)  $  --         150,000    $  25,347
  Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive       1995      250,000      --           --           --           24,440
  Officer, and President                       1994      183,000      50,000       --           50,000        5,925
 
Andrew M. Slavitt.......................       1996      145,000      10,000(2)     23,640      57,000        5,050
  Chief Operating Officer (3)                  1995       73,000      31,500       --           10,000       --
                                               1994      --           --           --           --           --
 
James A. Nicholson......................       1996      180,000      10,000(2)     --          11,500        8,190
  Chief Financial Officer                      1995      180,000      --           --           --            7,469
                                               1994      164,000      50,000       --           20,000
 
Bradley K. Serwin.......................       1996      135,000      10,000(2)     15,760      28,500        5,936
  General Counsel (4)                          1995      102,500      27,000       --           --           --
                                               1994      --           --           --           --           --
 
Victor Gloria III.......................       1996      126,000      40,000       15,760       13,000        7,590
  Senior Vice President--Claims                1995      123,500      25,000       --           --            5,939
  Administration                               1994      113,000      45,000       10,836          600        5,344
</TABLE>
 
- --------------
 
(1) Amounts in this column consist of contributions by the Company to the ESOP,
    matching contributions to the PAULA Financial and Subsidiaries 401K
    Retirement Savings Plan and split dollar life insurance paid by the Company
    on behalf of the Named Executive Officers.
 
(2) Since January 1, 1996, the annual bonuses paid to Messrs. Snider, Slavitt,
    Nicholson and Serwin have been determined and paid in March of the year
    following the year to which the bonus relates since the bonus is based on
    company-wide results for the previous year. Bonuses paid in 1996 related to
    1995 results. Bonuses paid to such persons in 1997 were $175,000, $80,000,
    $50,000 and $45,000, respectively.
 
(3) Mr. Slavitt joined the Company in July 1995.
 
(4) Mr. Serwin joined the Company in March 1995.
 
                                       61
<PAGE>
OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
 
    The following table provides information with respect to stock options
granted during the year ended December 31, 1996 to the Named Executive Officers:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                          POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                        --------------------------------------------------------        VALUE AT ASSUMED
                                         NUMBER OF       PERCENT OF                                  ANNUAL RATES OF STOCK
                                         SECURITIES     TOTAL OPTIONS                                PRICE APPRECIATION FOR
                                         UNDERLYING      GRANTED TO       EXERCISE                        OPTION TERM
                                          OPTIONS       EMPLOYEES IN      PRICE PER   EXPIRATION  ----------------------------
NAME                                    GRANTED (#)      FISCAL YEAR      SHARE ($)      DATE        5% ($)         10% ($)
- --------------------------------------  ------------  -----------------  -----------  ----------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                     <C>           <C>                <C>          <C>         <C>            <C>
Jeffrey A. Snider.....................       25,000             8.3%      $   15.76     02/01/06  $     247,784  $     627,935
                                            125,000            41.3           19.00     10/26/06      1,493,625      3,785,138
Andrew M. Slavitt.....................       10,000             3.3           15.76     02/01/06         99,114        251,174
                                             47,000            15.5           19.00     10/26/06        561,603      1,423,212
James A. Nicholson....................        7,500             2.5           15.76     02/01/06         74,335        188,380
                                              4,000             1.3           19.00     10/26/06         47,796        121,124
Bradley K. Serwin.....................        7,500             2.5           15.76     02/01/06         74,335        188,380
                                             21,000             6.9           19.00     10/26/06        250,929        635,903
Victor Gloria III.....................        5,000             1.7           15.76     02/01/06         49,557        125,587
                                              8,000             2.6           19.00     10/26/06         95,592        242,249
</TABLE>
 
FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
 
    The following table contains certain information regarding options to
purchase shares of Common Stock held as of December 31, 1996 by each of the
Named Executive Officers. None of such Named Executive Officers exercised any
options during 1996.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           NUMBER OF SECURITIES
                                                          UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED         VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                            OPTIONS AT FISCAL          IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS AT
                                                               YEAR-END (#)            FISCAL YEAR-END ($) (1)
                                                       ----------------------------  ----------------------------
NAME                                                   EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE   EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE
- -----------------------------------------------------  ------------  --------------  ------------  --------------
<S>                                                    <C>           <C>             <C>           <C>
Jeffrey A. Snider....................................      106,250         93,750     $  463,625    $    249,375
Andrew M. Slavitt....................................       31,750         35,250        126,255          93,765
James A. Nicholson...................................       28,500          3,000        140,110           7,980
Bradley K. Serwin....................................       12,750         15,750         58,215          41,895
Victor Gloria III....................................        7,240          6,360         35,684          17,256
</TABLE>
 
- --------------
 
(1) Based on the fair market value of the Common Stock as of December 31, 1996
    (as determined by an independent valuation firm) less the exercise price
    payable for such shares.
 
STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS
 
    The Board of Directors and Stockholders of the Company have adopted the 1994
Stock Incentive Plan (the "1994 Plan") and the 1997 Stock Incentive Plan (the
"1997 Plan" and, collectively with the 1994 Plan, the "Plans") pursuant to which
officers, directors, employees and independent consultants of the Company or any
of its subsidiaries or affiliates are eligible to receive options and other
awards tied to the value of the Common Stock. The purpose of the Plans is to
enable the Company to attract, retain and motivate employees by providing for or
increasing their proprietary interests in the Company and, in the case of
non-employee directors and consultants, to attract such directors and key
consultants and further align their interests with those of the Company's
stockholders by providing for or increasing their proprietary interest in the
Company. Of the 275,000 shares of Common Stock authorized for grant under the
1994 Plan, 12,625 shares were available for grant as of June 30, 1997. All of
the 100,000 shares of Common Stock authorized for grant under the 1997 Plan were
available for grant as of June 30, 1997.
 
                                       62
<PAGE>
    The 1994 Plan is administered by a committee of three disinterested,
non-employee directors appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company (the
"Committee"), except that grants to non-employee directors will be made by the
Board of Directors pursuant to a predetermined formula. The 1997 Plan is also
administered by the Committee, but no predetermined grants will be made under
the 1997 Plan. The Committee has final and conclusive authority to select the
employees, directors and consultants to receive awards and to grant such awards.
Subject to the provisions of the Plans, the Committee has a wide degree of
flexibility in determining the terms and conditions of awards, including the
number of shares to be issued pursuant thereto, the exercise price thereof and
conditioning the receipt or vesting of awards upon achievement by the Company of
specified performance criteria.
 
OTHER MANAGEMENT STOCK OPTIONS
 
    In addition to awards available for grant under the Plans, the Company has
granted options to purchase an aggregate of 188,000 shares of Common Stock to
eight executive officers and directors of the Company. These grants were made
pursuant to written agreements with terms substantially similar to those set
forth in the Plans.
 
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
 
    The Company and each of its subsidiaries has adopted the ESOP. The ESOP was
established for the benefit of all of the employees of the Company and each of
its subsidiaries who have completed one year of service with the Company or its
subsidiaries except for those employees who are paid on an hourly basis (each,
an "Eligible Employee"). The ESOP is intended to qualify under Sections 401(a)
and 4975(e)(7) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").
 
    The ESOP provides that the amount of the contribution by the Company and
each of its subsidiaries each year is discretionary with the Board of Directors
of each separate corporation. Under the terms of the ESOP, neither the Company
nor any of its subsidiaries is obligated to make any contribution to the ESOP
for any year. However, in practice, the Company's contribution to the ESOP each
year has been not less than the amount, if any, needed to provide the ESOP with
sufficient cash assets to permit the ESOP to meet its distribution obligations
to plan participants and, when shares of the Company's stock have been
distributed instead of cash, to meet its repurchase obligations for stock
reacquired by it from terminated plan participants.
 
    Contributions to the ESOP by the Company and its subsidiaries are allocated
among plan participants who are employed as Eligible Employees on the last day
of the year in the same ratio to the total contribution as each such
participant's units for the year bear to the total units of all participants
entitled to share in the allocation. Under the ESOP, each participant receives
units based on their compensation during the year, subject to specified
limitations, and their years of service.
 
    Separate accounts are maintained for each participant in the ESOP. Each
participant's benefits become fully vested upon termination of employment due to
death, disability (as defined in the ESOP) or attainment of normal retirement
age (as defined in the ESOP). Otherwise, participants become vested based on
their years of service in accordance with the following schedule:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   YEARS OF        PERCENTAGE
    SERVICE          VESTED
- ---------------  ---------------
<S>              <C>
1...........               10%
2...........               20
3...........               30
4...........               40
5...........               60
6...........               80
7...........              100
</TABLE>
 
                                       63
<PAGE>
    The ESOP is designed so that the Trustee may invest the trust assets
primarily in shares of the Company's Common Stock which meets the definition of
"Employer Securities" as set forth in Section 409(e) of the Code. As of December
31, 1996, the ESOP held assets having an overall value of approximately $14.2
million. Among these assets were 547,063 shares of Common Stock having an
aggregate fair market value, as determined by the ESOP's independent appraisal
firm, of $11.8 million, as of December 31, 1996.
 
    When a participant terminates employment with the Company or a subsidiary,
he will receive a distribution of his account balance. The distribution will
normally be made to the participant as soon as it is administratively feasible
during the plan year following the plan year in which the participant incurs a
break in service. A break in service is a plan year during which the participant
is credited with less than 501 hours of service. The distribution will either be
in cash or shares of Common Stock, with each participant having the right to
demand that his distribution be made in shares of Common Stock. If a Participant
receives a distribution of shares of Common Stock, and if the shares are not
publicly traded, he will have the right for limited designated periods of time
to require that either the Company or the ESOP repurchase the shares. Under
these circumstances, the ESOP has the first right to repurchase the shares and,
if the ESOP declines, the Company must purchase the shares.
 
    This right to require that either the Company or the ESOP repurchase shares
of Common Stock distributed to a terminated participant is called a "put
option," and if the participant elects to exercise the put option, the purchase
price for the shares may, at the election of the Company or the ESOP, whichever
is the purchaser, be paid with an installment note ("Note"). The ESOP currently
is obligated under six such Notes, executed in favor of terminated participants
who sold shares of Common Stock to the ESOP upon exercise of a put option. In
each case, the shares purchased by the ESOP were pledged to each respective
former participant as security for the payment of the ESOP Note and the shares
were held in an unallocated suspense account pending payment of the Note
pursuant to the terms of the ESOP. As the ESOP Trustee repays the Note each year
with contributions made to the ESOP by the Company and the subsidiaries, a
portion of the shares held in the suspense account are released and allocated to
ESOP participants in the same manner as other cash contributions are allocated.
The number of shares released each year, in general, bears the same relationship
to the total number of shares held in the suspense account as the principal
portion of the Note repaid for the year bears to the total principal balance of
the Note as of the date the payment is made. Under the terms of the Note, the
ESOP's indebtedness is nonrecourse and, except for the Common Stock pledged as
security, the only assets of the ESOP which can be used to repay the Notes are
contributions made to the ESOP by the Company and the subsidiaries, and earnings
on such contributions.
 
    If the shares of Common Stock distributed to plan participants are publicly
traded, then the foregoing repurchase obligations will not apply, except to the
extent the shares are subject to certain trading limitations, and, for this
reason, the Company believes that the repurchase obligations will terminate upon
the consummation of this offering.
 
    Presently, Company stock held by the ESOP is voted by the Trustee in
accordance with the directions of the Committee (as defined in the ESOP), except
when a vote concerns a corporate matter involving a merger, consolidation,
recapitalization, reclassification, liquidation, dissolution, sale of
substantially all assets of a trade or business, or other similar transactions.
In such an event, the Trustee will vote Company stock allocated to participants'
accounts in accordance with their instructions. Company stock allocated to
participants' accounts for which the Trustee does not receive voting
instructions will be voted by the Trustee, as it determines, in its sole
discretion. Following the consummation of this offering, the ESOP will be
amended to conform with Section 409(e)(2) of the Code, and ESOP participants
will be entitled to direct the Trustee as to the manner in which all shares
allocated to their respective accounts will be voted with respect to all matters
subject to shareholder vote. The Trustee will continue to vote Company stock
held in the suspense account in accordance with the directions of the Committee.
 
                                       64
<PAGE>
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
   
    The Company completed an offering of Preferred Stock in 1994. As a result of
such offering, Conning & Company (as the direct or indirect general partner of
four investment partnerships), RFE Investment Partners IV, L.P. ("RFE") and
Saugatuck Capital Company ("Saugatuck") acquired beneficial ownership of 25.4%,
12.0% and 12.0%, respectively, of the Common Stock as of June 30, 1997. See
"Principal and Selling Stockholders". In connection with the Preferred Stock
offering, the Company entered into the Series A Preferred Stock Purchase
Agreement (the "Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement") with the purchasers of the
Preferred Stock. Pursuant to the Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, among other
things, (i) the four affiliates of Conning & Company, as purchasers of Preferred
Stock, were granted the right to designate two members of the Company's Board of
Directors and RFE and Saugatuck, collectively, were granted the right to
designate one member of the Board of Directors (see "Management--Directors and
Executive Officers"); (ii) the purchasers of Preferred Stock were collectively
granted the right to designate one member to each of the Executive Compensation
and Stock Option Committee and Audit Committee of the Board of Directors; (iii)
the purchasers of the Preferred Stock were granted certain rights of first
refusal with respect to issuances of Common Stock and certain other securities
by the Company; and (iv) the purchasers of the Preferred Stock were granted
certain "demand" and "incidental" registration rights. The provisions of the
Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement relating to Board of Directors and committee
membership and rights of first refusal will terminate as a result of
consummation of this offering. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" for a
description of the registration rights provisions of the Preferred Stock
Purchase Agreement, which will continue in effect following consummation of this
offering. The Preferred Stock is convertible on a one-for-one basis into Common
Stock at the option of the holders and automatically upon the closing of a
qualified public offering by the Company (which includes the offering made
hereby). Conning & Company and Prudential Securities Incorporated acted as
placement agents in connection with the sale of the Preferred Stock, for which
they received cash compensation of $800,000 ($266,400 to Conning & Company), and
warrants to purchase 82,353 shares of Common Stock (27,451 to Conning & Company)
at an exercise price of $17.00 per share. Conning & Company will exercise its
warrants in a cashless transaction upon consummation of the offering made
hereby.
    
 
    Since February 1995, the Company's investment portfolio manager has been
Conning Asset Management, an affiliate of Conning & Company. The Company paid
Conning Asset Management fees for services in such capacity of $119,000,
$146,000 and $81,000 in 1995, 1996 and for the six months ended June 30, 1997,
respectively. In addition, Conning & Company is acting as a representative of
the Underwriters in connection with this offering, for which it will receive
customary underwriting discounts and commissions. See "Underwriting".
 
    The Company believes that the terms of the transactions described above are
no less favorable to the Company than terms that could have been obtained from
unaffiliated third parties.
 
                                       65
<PAGE>
                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
 
   
    The following table, which gives effect to the conversion of all outstanding
shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock upon the consummation of the
offering, sets forth information as to the ownership of Common Stock as of June
30, 1997, and after giving effect to the sale of the Common Stock offered hereby
by the Company and the Selling Stockholders, by (i) each person who is known to
the Company to own beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the
Common Stock of the Company, (ii) each director, (iii) each Named Executive
Officer, (iv) executive officers and directors as a group and (v) the Selling
Stockholders.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             SHARES OF COMMON STOCK                                  SHARES OF COMMON
                                                  BENEFICIALLY                                          STOCK TO BE
                                                 OWNED PRIOR TO              SHARES TO BE           BENEFICIALLY OWNED
                                                THE OFFERING (1)                 SOLD               AFTER THE OFFERING
                                          ----------------------------  ----------------------  ---------------------------
<S>                                       <C>               <C>         <C>          <C>        <C>               <C>
NAME                                           NUMBER           %         NUMBER         %           NUMBER           %
- ----------------------------------------  ----------------  ----------  -----------  ---------  ----------------  ---------
NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
Jeffrey A. Snider ......................    230,713(2)           10.7%      --              --%   230,713(2)             --%
  300 N. Lake Ave., Ste. 300
  Pasadena, CA 91101
Andrew M. Slavitt.......................     68,624(3)            3.5       --          --         68,624(3)
James A. Nicholson......................     91,181(4)            4.6       --          --         91,181(4)
Bradley K Serwin........................     29,624(5)            1.5       --          --         29,624(5)
Victor Gloria, III......................     52,847(6)            2.7       --          --         52,847(6)
Jerry M. Miller.........................      8,500(7)          *           --          --          8,500(7)
Ronald W. Waisner.......................      7,500(7)          *           --          --          7,500(7)
John B. Clinton.........................      2,000(8)          *           --          --          2,000(8)
Gerard Vecchio..........................      2,000(8)          *           --          --          2,000(8)
Owen S. Crihfield.......................      2,000(8)          *           --          --          2,000(8)
OTHER BENEFICIAL OWNERS
PAULA Financial and Subsidiaries            547,063              27.9       --          --        547,063
  Employee Stock Ownership Plan(9)......
Conning & Company ......................    498,040(10)(11)      25.4       --          --        498,040(10)(11)
  City Place II
  185 Asylum Street
  Hartford, CT 06103
RFE Investment Partners IV, L.P. .......    237,294(10)(12)      12.0       --          --        237,294(10)(12)
  36 Grove Street
  New Canaan, CT 06840
Saugatuck Capital Company ..............    237,294(10)(12)      12.0       --          --        237,294(10)
  One Canterbury Green
  Stamford, CT 06901
All executive officers and directors as     492,989(13)          21.3       --          --        492,989(13)
  a group (10 persons)..................
SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
Alban F. Barkley........................     89,016(14)           4.7       89,016       100.0         --            --
Prudential Securities Incorporated......     54,902(15)           2.9       54,902       100.0         --            --
</TABLE>
    
 
- ----------------
 
*   Less than 1%
 
 (1)Such holder directly or indirectly has sole voting and investment power with
    respect to the shares listed except for shares allocated to the employee in
    the ESOP pursuant to the last allocation of shares in the ESOP which was
    December 31, 1996.
 
 (2)Includes (i) options to purchase 200,000 shares of Common Stock and (ii) 513
    shares of Common Stock allocated to Mr. Snider in the ESOP with respect to
    which he currently has shared voting power, and, upon the consummation of
    the offering, will have sole voting power.
 
 (3)Includes (i) options to purchase 67,000 shares of Common Stock and (ii) 124
    shares of Common Stock allocated to Mr. Slavitt in the ESOP with respect to
    which he currently has shared voting power, and, upon the consummation of
    the offering, will have sole voting power.
 
                                       66
<PAGE>
 (4)Includes (i) options to purchase 31,500 shares of Common Stock and (ii)
    27,501 shares of Common Stock allocated to Mr. Nicholson in the ESOP with
    respect to which he currently has shared voting power, and, upon the
    consummation of the offering, will have sole voting power.
 
 (5)Includes (i) options to purchase 28,500 shares of Common Stock and (ii) 124
    shares of Common Stock allocated to Mr. Serwin in the ESOP with respect to
    which he currently has shared voting power, and, upon the consummation of
    the offering, will have sole voting power.
 
 (6)Includes (i) options to purchase 13,600 shares of Common Stock and (ii)
    20,311 shares of Common Stock allocated to Mr. Gloria in the ESOP with
    respect to which he currently has shared voting power, and, upon the
    consummation of the offering, will have sole voting power.
 
 (7)Includes options to purchase 7,500 shares of Common Stock.
 
 (8)Includes options to purchase 2,000 shares of Common Stock. Mr. Crihfield's
    options are held of record by Saugatuck Capital Company.
 
 (9)Pursuant to the terms of the ESOP, shares of the ESOP are voted by the
    Trustee pursuant to instructions from the PAULA Financial and Subsidiaries
    Employee Stock Ownership Plan Administrative Committee. Participants have
    limited voting power concerning specified issues set forth in the ESOP with
    respect to the shares held in the ESOP.
 
(10)Represents shares of Preferred Stock. Upon the consummation of the offering,
    each share of Preferred Stock will convert into one share of Common Stock.
 
(11)Includes warrants to purchase 27,451 shares which will be exercised without
    the payment of cash upon consummation of the offering resulting in the
    issuance of       shares of Common Stock to the holder. Conning Insurance
    Capital Limited Partnership II is the owner of 110,588 shares of Preferred
    Stock, Conning Insurance Capital International Partners II is the owner of
    124,706 shares of Preferred Stock, Conning Insurance Capital Limited
    Partnership III is the owner of 193,271 shares of Preferred Stock and
    Conning Insurance Capital International Partners III, L.P. is the owner of
    42,024 shares of Preferred Stock and Conning Corporation is the owner of
    warrants to purchase 27,451 shares of Common Stock. Each of the foregoing
    entities is an affiliate of Conning & Company.
 
(12)Includes options to purchase 2,000 shares of Common Stock.
 
(13)Includes options to purchase 361,600 shares of Common Stock and 78,573
    shares of Common Stock allocated to such executive officers and directors in
    the ESOP with respect to which such holders have shared voting power, and,
    upon the consummation of the offering, will have sole voting power.
 
   
(14)Consists of (i) 2,901 shares held as co-trustee with Rebecca H. Barkley of
    the Barkley Family Trust DTD 12/14/93, (ii) 53,000 shares held as co-trustee
    with Mrs. Barkley of the Barkley Charitable Remainder Unitrust DTD 12/16/96
    and (iii) 33,115 shares held by Smith Barney Inc. as Trustee for the benefit
    of Mr. Barkley in his individual retirement account. Mr. Barkley is a former
    Senior Vice President of Pan Am.
    
 
   
(15)Consists of warrants to purchase 54,902 shares for $17.00 per share.
    
 
                                       67
<PAGE>
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
    The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 15,000,000 shares of
Common Stock, $.01 par value and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $.01 par
value. As of June 30, 1997, 950,488 shares of Common Stock were outstanding and
were held of record by 179 stockholders and 941,177 shares of Preferred Stock
were issued and outstanding and were held of record by six stockholders. The
following statements are summaries of certain provisions relating to the
Company's Common Stock and preferred stock.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
    The holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of
record on each matter submitted to a vote of stockholders. In general, the
approval of proposals submitted to a vote of stockholders requires a favorable
vote of either the majority of the voting power of the holders of Common Stock
or the majority of the voting power of the shares represented and voting at a
duly held meeting at which a quorum is present.
 
    Shares of Common Stock do not have cumulative voting rights with respect to
the election of directors.
 
    Holders of Common Stock do not have any preemptive rights or rights to
subscribe for additional securities of the Company. Shares of Common Stock are
not redeemable and there are no sinking fund provisions. The shares of Common
Stock are not convertible into any other series or class of the Company's
securities.
 
    Subject to the preferences applicable to preferred stock outstanding at the
time, holders of shares of Common Stock are entitled to dividends if, when and
as declared by the Board of Directors from funds legally available therefor, and
are entitled, in the event of liquidation, to share ratably in all assets
remaining after payment of liabilities and preferred stock preferences, if any.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
    Upon the consummation of the offering, the Company will have no outstanding
preferred stock, but the Board of Directors of the Company, without further
action by the holders of the Common Stock, is authorized to fix the dividend
rights and terms, conversion or exchange rights, voting rights, redemption
rights and terms, liquidation preferences, sinking fund and any other
designations, powers, rights, preferences, privileges, qualifications,
limitations and restrictions applicable to each series of preferred stock. The
issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power and other
rights of the holders of Common Stock.
 
    The authority possessed by the Board of Directors to issue preferred stock
could potentially be used to discourage attempts by others to obtain control of
the Company through a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise by making
such attempts more difficult or more costly to successfully complete. The Board
of Directors may issue preferred stock with voting, dividend or liquidation and
conversion rights that could adversely affect the rights of the holders of
Common Stock. There are no agreements or understandings for the issuance of
preferred stock, and the Board of Directors has no present intention to issue
any preferred stock.
 
    As of June 30, 1997 the Board of Directors had designated one series of
preferred stock, comprised of 941,177 shares of the Preferred Stock, all of
which were outstanding. Each share of the Preferred Stock has a stated value of
$17.00. Upon the consummation of the offering, each share of the Preferred Stock
will, pursuant to the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock Certificate of
Designations, automatically be converted into one share of Common Stock.
 
                                       68
<PAGE>
CERTAIN CHARTER AND BYLAWS PROVISIONS
 
    The Company's Certificate of Incorporation provides that, subject to the
rights of preferred stockholders to take action by written consent, no action
required to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders may be taken by written
consent, unless the board unanimously consents thereto.
 
    The Company's bylaws provide that the Board be divided into three classes.
Class I Directors serve for a term ending at the first annual meeting held after
the Incorporation Date, Class II Directors serve for a term ending at the second
annual meeting held after the Incorporation Date, and Class III Directors serve
for a term ending at the third annual meeting held after the Incorporation Date.
The Company's bylaws also require stockholders to provide advance notice of any
stockholder nominations for directors and of any business to be brought before
any meeting of stockholders.
 
CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF DELAWARE LAW
 
    The Company is incorporated under the Delaware General Corporation law (the
"DGCL"). The Company is subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, which, subject to
certain exceptions, restricts certain transactions and "business combinations"
between a Delaware corporation and an "interested stockholder" (defined
generally as any person who beneficially owns 15% or more of the outstanding
voting stock of the Company or any person affiliated with such person), for a
period of three years following the time that such stockholder becomes an
interested stockholder, unless (i) prior to such time the board of directors of
the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that
resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; (ii) upon
consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an
interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the
voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction
commenced (excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares
outstanding those shares owned (x) by persons who are directors and also
officers of the corporation and (y) by employee stock plans in which employee
participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares
held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer); or
(iii) at or subsequent to such time the business combination is approved by the
board of directors of the corporation and authorized at a meeting of the
stockholders (and not by written consent) by the affirmative vote of at least
66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation that is not owned by
the interested stockholder.
 
    Section 203 and the provisions of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation
and Bylaws described above may make it more difficult for a third party to
acquire, or discourage acquisition bids for, the Company. Section 203 and these
provisions could have the effect of inhibiting attempts to change the membership
of the Company's Board of Directors.
 
TRANSFER AGENT
 
   
    The transfer agent and registrar for the Common Stock is ChaseMellon
Shareholder Services, L.L.C.
    
 
QUOTATION
 
    The Common Stock will be quoted on the Nasdaq National Market under the
symbol "PFCO".
 
INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
    Section 102 of the DGCL authorizes a Delaware corporation to include a
provision in its certificate of incorporation limiting or eliminating the
personal liability of its directors to the corporation and its stockholders for
monetary damages for breach of the directors' fiduciary duty of care. The duty
of care requires that, when acting on behalf of the corporation, directors
exercise an informed business judgment based on all material information
reasonably available to them. Absent the limitations authorized
 
                                       69
<PAGE>
by such provision, directors are accountable to corporations and their
stockholders for monetary damages for conduct constituting gross negligence in
the exercise of their duty of care. Although Section 102 of the DGCL does not
change a director's duty of care, it enables corporations to limit available
relief to equitable remedies such as injunction or rescission. The Company's
Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws include provisions which limit or
eliminate the personal liability of its directors to the fullest extent
permitted by Section 102 of the DGCL. Consequently, a director or officer will
not be personally liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages
for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for (i) any breach of the
director's duty of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders, (ii) acts or
omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing
violation of law, (iii) unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock
repurchases, redemptions or other distributions and (iv) any transaction from
which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
 
    The Company's Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws also provide, in
effect, that, to the fullest extent and under the circumstances permitted by
Section 145 of the DGCL, the Company will indemnify any person who was or is a
party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is a director or officer of
the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director or
officer of another corporation or enterprise. The inclusion of these
indemnification provisions in the Company's Certificate of Incorporation and
Bylaws is intended to enable the Company to attract qualified persons to serve
as directors and officers who might otherwise be reluctant to do so. The Company
may, in its discretion, similarly indemnify its employees and agents.
 
    Depending upon the character of the proceeding, the Company may indemnify
its directors and officers against expenses (including attorneys' fees),
judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred
in connection with any action, suit or proceeding if the person indemnified
acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or
not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any
criminal action or proceeding, had no cause to believe his or her conduct was
unlawful. To the extent that a director or officer of the Company has been
successful in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to above,
under the DGCL, the Company would have the obligation to indemnify him or her
against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred in
connection therewith.
 
    In addition, the limited liability provisions in the Certificate of
Incorporation and the indemnification provisions in the Certificate of
Incorporation and Bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit
against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty (including breaches
resulting from grossly negligent conduct) and may have the effect of reducing
the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even
though such an action, if successful, might otherwise have benefited the Company
and its stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder's investment in the Company may
be adversely affected to the extent the Company pays the costs of settlement and
damage awards against directors and officers of the Company pursuant to the
indemnification provisions in the Company's Bylaws. The limited liability
provisions in the Certificate of Incorporation will not limit the liability of
directors under federal securities laws.
 
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
    Upon completion of this offering, the Company will have outstanding
      shares of Common Stock (after giving effect to the conversion of the
Preferred Stock into Common Stock and exercise of outstanding warrants for
Common Stock upon the closing of this offering),       shares of which will be
"restricted securities" for purposes of Rule 144 promulgated under the
Securities Act. In addition, the Company intends to file a registration
statement under the Securities Act within 90 days of the date of this Prospectus
to register 375,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance pursuant to the
Plans, and an additional 188,000 shares issuable upon exercise of options issued
outside of the Plans. Shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options and
distributed to participants of the ESOP after the
 
                                       70
<PAGE>
effective date of such registration statement generally may be sold on the open
market without restriction. See "Management--Stock Incentive Plans".
 
    In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, a person (or persons
whose shares are required to be aggregated), including affiliates of the
Company, who has beneficially owned "restricted securities" for at least one
year may sell within any three-month period a number of such shares that does
not exceed the greater of (i) one percent of the total number of outstanding
shares of Common Stock or (ii) the reported average weekly trading volume of the
Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market during the four calendar weeks
preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the Commission.
Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain manner-of-sale provisions or
notice requirements and the availability of current public information about the
Company. A person who is not deemed to have been an "affiliate" of the Company
at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned
"restricted securities" for at least two years, may sell such shares under Rule
144(k) without regard to the volume limitations, manner-of-sale provisions or
notice requirements. Sales of "restricted securities" by affiliates, even after
a two-year holding period, must continue to be made in brokers' transactions
subject to the volume limitations described above. As defined in Rule 144, an
"affiliate" of an issuer is a person that directly, or indirectly through one or
more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control
with, such issuer. The above summary of Rule 144 is not intended to be a
complete description of that rule. Substantially all of the shares of Common
Stock outstanding prior to this offering are eligible for sale under Rule 144,
subject to lock-up arrangements with the Underwriters described below, and
547,063 shares which are held by the ESOP may be eligible for resale without
compliance with Rule 144 upon the distribution of such shares to participants in
the ESOP upon termination of employment.
 
    Pursuant to the Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, the purchasers of the
Preferred Stock were entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration
under the Securities Act of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of
the Preferred Stock and other shares of capital stock acquired by such
purchasers (collectively, the "Registrable Securities"). The Preferred Stock
Purchase Agreement provides that holders of at least 51% of the Registrable
Securities may request that the Company file a registration statement under the
Securities Act with respect to any of the Registrable Securities and, upon such
request, the Company is required to use its best efforts to effect such
registration. The Company is not required to effect more than two such
registrations. In addition, subject to certain exceptions and limitations, if
the Company's proposes to register any of its securities, the Company is
required to notify the holders of Registrable Securities and to include in such
registration some or all of the Registrable Securities which such holders may
request. Shares of Common Stock registered pursuant to the exercise of such
registration rights will be freely salable without restriction.
 
    The Company, its executive officers and directors, the ESOP and certain
other holders (including the holders of     % of the Registrable Securities) of
Common Stock, which in the aggregate will hold approximately    % of the Common
Stock outstanding after the offering, have agreed that, during the period
beginning from the date of this Prospectus and continuing to and including the
date 180 days after the date of this Prospectus, they will not offer, sell,
contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, or, with certain exceptions, file or
cause to be filed with the Commission a registration statement with respect to,
shares of Common Stock (other than, in the case of the Company, pursuant to
employee stock option plans existing, or on the conversion or exchange of
convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding, on the date of this
Prospectus and, in the case of the ESOP, distributions of shares to participants
in the ESOP upon termination of such participants' employment with the Company)
or any securities of the Company which are substantially similar to the shares
of Common Stock or which are convertible into or exchangeable for shares of
Common Stock or securities which are substantially similar to the shares of
Common Stock without the prior written consent of the representatives of the
Underwriters, except for the shares of Common Stock offered in connection with
the offering.
 
                                       71
<PAGE>
    Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock. No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that future sales of
shares pursuant to a future registration statement or Rule 144 or the
availability of shares for future sale will have on the market price of the
Common Stock prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of the
Common Stock in the public market or the prospect of such sales could adversely
affect prevailing market prices.
 
                            VALIDITY OF COMMON STOCK
 
    The validity of the Common Stock offered hereby will be passed upon for the
Company by Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP, Los Angeles, California, and for the
Underwriters by Sullivan & Cromwell, Los Angeles, California.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
   
    The consolidated financial statements and schedules of the Company as of
December 31, 1995 and 1996 and June 30, 1997, and for each of the years in the
three-year period ended December 31, 1996 and the six month period ended June
30, 1997, included herein and elsewhere in the Registration Statement have been
included herein and in the Registration Statement in reliance upon the report of
KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent certified public accountants, appearing
elsewhere herein and upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting
and auditing.
    
 
                                       72
<PAGE>
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              PAGE
                                                                                                            ---------
<S>                                                                                                         <C>
Independent Auditors' Report..............................................................................        F-2
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1995 and 1996 and June 30, 1997............................        F-3
 
Consolidated Statements of Income for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996 and
  the six months ended June 30, 1996 (unaudited) and 1997.................................................        F-5
 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for each of the three years in the period ended December
  31, 1996 and the six months ended June 30, 1996 (unaudited) and 1997....................................        F-6
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996
  and the six months ended June 30, 1996 (unaudited) and 1997.............................................        F-7
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 1995 and 1996 and June 30, 1997.............        F-8
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
    When the transactions referred to in Note 8 of the notes to the consolidated
financial statements have been consummated, we will be in a position to render
the following report.
 
                                                   /s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
 
The Board of Directors
 
PAULA Financial:
 
   
    We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of PAULA
Financial and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1995 and 1996 and June 30, 1997
and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash
flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1996 and
the six-month period ended June 30, 1997. These consolidated financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial
statements based on our audits.
    
 
    We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
   
    In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of PAULA
Financial and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1995 and 1996 and June 30, 1997
and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years
in the three-year period ended December 31, 1996 and the six-month period ended
June 30, 1997 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
    
 
   
    Also, in our opinion, the information set forth under the captions "Income
Statement Data" and "Balance Sheet Data" in the selected consolidated financial
data as of December 31, 1995 and 1996 and June 30, 1997 and for each of the
years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1996 and the six-month period
ended June 30, 1997, appearing on pages 19 and 20, is fairly stated, in all
material respects, in relation to the consolidated financial statements from
which it has been derived.
    
 
Los Angeles, California
 
   
August 25, 1997
    
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                        PAULA FINANCIAL AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
                                     ASSETS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                               ----------------------  JUNE 30,
                                                                                  1995        1996       1997
                                                                               -----------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                            <C>          <C>        <C>
Investments:
  Fixed maturities, available for sale, at market (amortized cost $78,694,
    $80,252 and $85,485 at December 31, 1995 and 1996 and June 30, 1997,
    respectively)............................................................  $    81,053     81,371     86,605
  Preferred stock, at market (cost $1,014 and $2,007 at December 31, 1996 and
    June 30, 1997, respectively).............................................      --           1,033      2,045
  Common stock, at market (cost $734 at December 31, 1995 and 1996 and $734
    at June 30, 1997)........................................................          690        777        884
  Invested cash, at cost (approximates market)...............................        2,248      3,611      3,845
                                                                               -----------  ---------  ---------
      Total investments......................................................       83,991     86,792     93,379
                                                                               -----------  ---------  ---------
Cash, unrestricted...........................................................        1,294      6,264      4,734
Cash, restricted.............................................................        3,117        832      1,908
Accrued investment income....................................................        1,559      1,483      1,492
 
Receivables:
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance for uncollectible accounts ($358,
    $500 and $525 at December 31, 1995 and 1996 and June 30, 1997,
    respectively)............................................................        5,369      6,274     11,775
  Unbilled premiums..........................................................        5,234      5,279      7,750
  Reinsurance recoverable on paid losses and loss adjustment expenses........          144        172         61
  Reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses......        6,775      6,427      6,437
  Income taxes recoverable...................................................        2,051        432      2,011
  Other......................................................................          197        317        353
                                                                               -----------  ---------  ---------
      Total receivables......................................................       19,770     18,901     28,387
                                                                               -----------  ---------  ---------
Property and equipment, at cost:
  Office furniture, fixtures and equipment...................................        5,989      6,668      7,065
  Automobiles................................................................          636        590        590
  Leasehold improvements.....................................................          203        211        220
                                                                               -----------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                     6,828      7,469      7,875
  Less accumulated depreciation..............................................       (4,541)    (5,403)    (5,654)
                                                                               -----------  ---------  ---------
      Net property and equipment.............................................        2,287      2,066      2,221
                                                                               -----------  ---------  ---------
Other assets.................................................................          529      2,077      4,118
Excess of cost over net assets acquired, net.................................        2,198      1,883      1,652
Deferred income taxes........................................................        4,161      4,829      4,029
                                                                               -----------  ---------  ---------
                                                                               $   118,906    125,127    141,920
                                                                               -----------  ---------  ---------
                                                                               -----------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                  (Continued)
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                        PAULA FINANCIAL AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                     CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS, CONTINUED
 
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
                      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                               ----------------------  JUNE 30,
                                                                                  1995        1996       1997
                                                                               -----------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                            <C>          <C>        <C>
Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses...................................  $    57,049     55,720     64,972
Unearned premiums............................................................        4,609     10,655     13,364
Accrued policyholder dividends...............................................        5,008      3,981      3,586
Due to underwriters and assureds.............................................        4,938      2,176      3,605
Accounts payable and accrued expenses........................................        2,673      3,891      5,112
Notes payable................................................................        5,302      3,789      2,107
Note payable to bank.........................................................        5,522      7,490      9,361
Obligation on stock held by ESOP.............................................        8,200     11,449     11,495
                                                                               -----------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                    93,301     99,151    113,602
                                                                               -----------  ---------  ---------
 
Stockholders' equity:
  Series A Preferred Stock, convertible, $0.01 par value. Authorized
    5,000,000 shares; issued 941,177 shares at December 31, 1995 and 1996 and
    June 30, 1997............................................................       14,905     14,905     14,905
  Common stock, $0.01 par value. Authorized 15,000,000 shares; issued
    1,133,195 shares, 1,083,728 shares and 1,016,537 shares at December 31,
    1995 and 1996 and June 30, 1997, respectively............................           11         11         10
  Additional paid-in capital.................................................        1,414      1,748      1,724
  Retained earnings..........................................................       20,724     23,176     23,994
  Net unrealized gain on investments.........................................        1,528        778        862
                                                                               -----------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                    38,582     40,618     41,495
  Less:
    Treasury stock, at cost (198,147 shares, 132,098 shares and 66,049 shares
      at December 31, 1995 and 1996 and June 30, 1997, respectively).........       (4,458)    (2,972)    (1,486)
    Obligation on stock held by ESOP.........................................       (8,200)   (11,449)   (11,495)
    Guarantee of notes payable of ESOP.......................................         (319)      (221)      (196)
                                                                               -----------  ---------  ---------
      Net stockholders' equity...............................................       25,605     25,976     28,318
 
Commitments and contingencies
                                                                               -----------  ---------  ---------
                                                                               $   118,906    125,127    141,920
                                                                               -----------  ---------  ---------
                                                                               -----------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                        PAULA FINANCIAL AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE
                                                    YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                   30,
                                              -------------------------------------  ------------------------
                                                 1994         1995         1996         1996         1997
                                              -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
Income:
  Premiums earned:
    Workers' compensation...................  $    50,977       44,224       54,563       21,751       41,303
    Group medical and life..................          312          307          941          471          475
  Commissions...............................        4,299        3,964        4,213        2,061        1,716
  Net investment income.....................        4,536        4,817        4,701        2,322        2,499
  Net realized investment gains.............      --                37          444          427      --
  Other.....................................        1,712        1,569          896          514          347
                                              -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                   61,836       54,918       65,758       27,546       46,340
                                              -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
 
Expenses:
  Losses and loss adjustment expenses
    incurred................................       28,618       29,363       33,900       13,937       28,447
  Dividends provided for policyholders......        6,221        3,438        1,628          620          309
  Operating.................................       20,720       22,608       25,480       10,484       14,752
                                              -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                   55,559       55,409       61,008       25,041       43,508
                                              -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
 
Income (loss) before income tax
  expense (benefit).........................        6,277         (491)       4,750        2,505        2,832
 
Income tax expense (benefit)................        1,572         (791)         827          443          538
                                              -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
        Net income..........................  $     4,705          300        3,923        2,062        2,294
                                              -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                              -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
 
Earnings per share..........................  $      2.39         0.15         1.95         1.05         1.14
 
Weighted average shares outstanding.........    1,972,055    1,939,884    2,007,236    1,969,542    2,005,569
</TABLE>
    
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                        PAULA FINANCIAL AND SUBSIDIARIES
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  SERIES A PREFERRED
                                                        STOCK                 COMMON STOCK
                                                ----------------------  ------------------------   ADDITIONAL
                                                 NUMBER OF     BOOK      NUMBER OF                   PAID IN      RETAINED
                                                  SHARES       VALUE      SHARES     BOOK VALUE      CAPITAL      EARNINGS
                                                -----------  ---------  -----------  -----------  -------------  -----------
<S>                                             <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
Balance at December 31, 1993..................               $           1,765,419    $      18           265        28,193
Net income....................................                                                                        4,705
Issuance of preferred stock...................     941,177      14,905
Retirement of common stock....................                            (622,647)          (6)          (86)
Issuance of common stock......................                              30,000                        510       (10,492)
Cumulative effect of change in accounting, net
  of taxes....................................
Net change in unrealized gain on investments
  (net of tax)................................
Change in obligation of stock held by ESOP....
Change in guarantee of notes payable of ESOP..
                                                -----------  ---------  -----------         ---         -----    -----------
Balance at December 31, 1994..................     941,177      14,905   1,172,772           12           689        22,406
                                                -----------  ---------  -----------         ---         -----    -----------
Net income....................................                                                                          300
Restricted stock grants.......................                              14,350                        259
Restricted stock forfeitures..................                              (4,750)                       (86)
Retirement of common stock....................                             (84,908)          (1)          (12)       (1,982)
Issuance of common stock......................                              35,731                        564
Net change in unrealized gain on investments
  (net of tax)................................
Repurchase of common stock....................
Change in obligation of stock held by ESOP....
Change in guarantee of notes payable of ESOP..
                                                -----------  ---------  -----------         ---         -----    -----------
Balance at December 31, 1995..................     941,177      14,905   1,133,195           11         1,414        20,724
                                                -----------  ---------  -----------         ---         -----    -----------
Net income....................................                                                                        3,923
Restricted stock grants.......................                              11,250                        177
Restricted stock forfeitures..................                                (700)                       (12)
Retirement of common stock....................                             (66,049)                       (10)       (1,471)
Issuance of common stock......................                               6,032                        179
Net change in unrealized gain on investments
  (net of tax)................................
Change in obligation of stock held by ESOP....
Change in guarantee of notes payable of ESOP..
                                                -----------  ---------  -----------         ---         -----    -----------
Balance at December 31, 1996..................     941,177      14,905   1,083,728           11         1,748        23,176
                                                -----------  ---------  -----------         ---         -----    -----------
Net income....................................                                                                        2,294
Restricted stock forfeitures..................                                (100)                        (2)
Retirement of common stock....................                             (67,719)          (1)          (36)
Issuance of common stock......................                                 628                         14
Retirement of common stock....................                                                                       (1,476)
Net change in unrealized gain on investments
  (net of tax)................................
Retirement of common stock....................
Change in obligation of stock held by ESOP....
Change in guarantee of notes payable of ESOP..
                                                -----------  ---------  -----------         ---         -----    -----------
Balance at June 30, 1997......................     941,177   $  14,905   1,016,537    $      10         1,724        23,994
                                                -----------  ---------  -----------         ---         -----    -----------
                                                -----------  ---------  -----------         ---         -----    -----------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                 NET UNREALIZED                  OBLIGATION ON     GUARANTEE OF           NET
 
                                                 GAIN (LOSS) ON     TREASURY     STOCK HELD BY   NOTES PAYABLE OF    STOCKHOLDERS'
 
                                                   INVESTMENTS        STOCK          ESOP              ESOP             EQUITY
 
                                                -----------------  -----------  ---------------  -----------------  ---------------
 
<S>                                             <C>                <C>          <C>              <C>                <C>
Balance at December 31, 1993..................             47                        (15,026)             (392)           13,105
 
Net income....................................                                                                             4,705
 
Issuance of preferred stock...................                                                                            14,905
 
Retirement of common stock....................                                                                               (92)
 
Issuance of common stock......................                                                                            (9,982)
 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting, net
  of taxes....................................            931                                                                931
 
Net change in unrealized gain on investments
  (net of tax)................................         (1,599)                                                            (1,599)
 
Change in obligation of stock held by ESOP....                                                             (49)              (49)
 
Change in guarantee of notes payable of ESOP..                                         4,989                               4,989
 
                                                       ------      -----------       -------               ---           -------
 
Balance at December 31, 1994..................           (621)         --            (10,037)             (441)           26,913
 
                                                       ------      -----------       -------               ---           -------
 
Net income....................................                                                                               300
 
Restricted stock grants.......................                                                                               259
 
Restricted stock forfeitures..................                                                                               (86)
 
Retirement of common stock....................                                                                            (1,995)
 
Issuance of common stock......................                                                                               564
 
Net change in unrealized gain on investments
  (net of tax)................................          2,149                                                              2,149
 
Repurchase of common stock....................                         (4,458)                                            (4,458)
 
Change in obligation of stock held by ESOP....                                         1,837                               1,837
 
Change in guarantee of notes payable of ESOP..                                                             122               122
 
                                                       ------      -----------       -------               ---           -------
 
Balance at December 31, 1995..................          1,528          (4,458)        (8,200)             (319)           25,605
 
                                                       ------      -----------       -------               ---           -------
 
Net income....................................                                                                             3,923
 
Restricted stock grants.......................                                                                               177
 
Restricted stock forfeitures..................                                                                               (12)
 
Retirement of common stock....................                          1,486                                                  5
 
Issuance of common stock......................                                                                               179
 
Net change in unrealized gain on investments
  (net of tax)................................           (750)                                                              (750)
 
Change in obligation of stock held by ESOP....                                        (3,249)                             (3,249)
 
Change in guarantee of notes payable of ESOP..                                                              98                98
 
                                                       ------      -----------       -------               ---           -------
 
Balance at December 31, 1996..................            778          (2,972)       (11,449)             (221)           25,976
 
                                                       ------      -----------       -------               ---           -------
 
Net income....................................                                                                             2,294
 
Restricted stock forfeitures..................                                                                                (2)
 
Retirement of common stock....................                                                                               (37)
 
Issuance of common stock......................                                                                                14
 
Retirement of common stock....................                                                                            (1,476)
 
Net change in unrealized gain on investments
  (net of tax)................................             84                                                                 84
 
Retirement of common stock....................                          1,486                                              1,486
 
Change in obligation of stock held by ESOP....                                           (46)                                (46)
 
Change in guarantee of notes payable of ESOP..                                                              25                25
 
                                                       ------      -----------       -------               ---           -------
 
Balance at June 30, 1997......................            862          (1,486)       (11,495)             (196)           28,318
 
                                                       ------      -----------       -------               ---           -------
 
                                                       ------      -----------       -------               ---           -------
 
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                        PAULA FINANCIAL AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                               YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                JUNE 30,
                                                            -------------------------------  ----------------------------
                                                              1994       1995       1996                        1997
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------      1996       -------------
                                                                                             -------------
                                                                                              (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income..............................................  $   4,705        300      3,923        2,062          2,294
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided
    by (used in) operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization.........................        981      1,357      1,509          703            621
    Amortization of fixed maturity premium, net...........      1,322        965        797          436            326
    (Gain) loss on sale of property and equipment.........         48         37        (12)           6             13
    Gain on sales and calls of equity and fixed
      maturities..........................................     --            (37)      (444)        (427)        --
    (Increase) decrease in receivables....................     (2,986)    (3,888)       946       (1,493)        (9,495)
    (Increase) decrease in deferred taxes.................       (439)       799       (282)         (35)           757
    Increase (decrease) in unpaid losses and loss
      adjustment expenses.................................     (2,156)    (3,424)    (1,328)      (1,452)         9,252
    Increase (decrease) in accrued policyholder
      dividends...........................................       (297)        69     (1,027)        (425)          (395)
    Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued
      expenses............................................        948      1,095     (1,544)      (1,628)         2,649
    Increase in unearned premiums.........................        251        395      6,046        4,600          2,709
    Other, net............................................        181         72         80         (175)          (637)
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  -------------
        Net cash provided by (used in) operating
          activities......................................      2,558     (2,260)     8,664        2,172          8,094
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  -------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Proceeds from sale of common stock......................        586     --         --           --             --
  Proceeds from sale of available for sale fixed
    maturities............................................      1,591     22,615     17,236       12,547         --
  Proceeds from maturities and calls of available for sale
    fixed maturities......................................      4,500        454      7,930          800          4,494
  Proceeds from maturities and calls of held to maturity
    fixed maturities......................................      4,740     --         --           --             --
  Proceeds from sale of property and equipment............        176        139        146           65            (29)
  Purchase of available for sale common stock.............       (479)    --         --           --             --
  Purchase of available for sale preferred stock..........     --         --         (1,014)      --             (2,183)
  Purchase of available for sale fixed maturities.........     (7,841)   (21,700)   (26,456)     (14,169)       (10,152)
  Purchase of held to maturity fixed maturities...........     (6,103)    --         --           --             --
  Purchase of property and equipment......................     (1,172)    (1,138)    (1,029)        (252)          (588)
  Purchase of other assets................................     --         --           (703)      --             --
  Purchase of insurance agency............................     (1,691)       (65)       (38)        (100)           (20)
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  -------------
        Net cash provided by (used in) investing
          activities......................................     (5,693)       305     (3,928)      (1,109)        (8,478)
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  -------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Borrowings under line of credit agreement, net..........        150      3,122      1,968        2,118          1,871
  Payments on notes payable...............................       (289)    (1,054)    (1,782)      (1,630)        (1,682)
  Issuance of notes payable...............................        926        214        269       --             --
  Proceeds from sale of preferred stock...................     14,905     --         --           --             --
  Sale of common stock....................................        510          4        343       --                 14
  Retirement of common stock..............................    (10,585)    (1,994)    (1,486)         (10)           (39)
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  -------------
        Net cash provided by (used in) financing
          activities......................................      5,617        292       (688)         478            164
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  -------------
        Net increase (decrease) in cash and invested
          cash............................................      2,482     (1,663)     4,048        1,541           (220)
Cash and invested cash at beginning of period.............      5,840      8,322      6,659        6,659         10,707
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  -------------
Cash and invested cash at end of period...................  $   8,322      6,659     10,707        8,200         10,487
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  -------------
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  -------------
Supplemental schedule of noncash financing activities:
  In 1995, the Company purchased common stock from the retiring chairman through the issuance of a note payable in the
    amount of $4,458 (see note 8).
  In 1995, the Company granted to employees 14,350 shares of restricted common stock for a total value of $259. Also in
    1995, 4,750 shares were forfeited at a value of $86 (see note 9).
  In November 1995, the Company acquired Desert Benefits, Inc. for a total purchase price of $700. Common stock was
    issued to settle $560 of the purchase price (see note 12).
  In 1996, the Company granted to employees 11,250 shares of restricted common stock for a total value of $177. Also in
    1996, 700 shares were forfeited at a value of $12 (see note 9).
  In 1996, the Company purchased Guinn Sinclair Insurance Services for a total purchase price of $221. Common stock was
    issued to settle $176 of the purchase price (see note 12).
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                        PAULA FINANCIAL AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
            DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1996 AND JUNE 30, 1997 (UNAUDITED)
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
(1)  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS
 
   
    PAULA Financial and subsidiaries (collectively referred to as the Company)
is an integrated insurance organization specializing in the production,
underwriting and servicing of workers' compensation and accident and health
insurance for agribusiness clients in California, Arizona, Oregon, Idaho,
Alaska, Texas and Florida. For the year ended December 31, 1996, 66% of premiums
earned were generated in California, and Arizona accounted for 22% of premiums
earned. For the six months ended June 30, 1997, California, Arizona and Oregon
accounted for 69%, 15% and 12%, respectively, of premiums earned. The Company
operates from many offices located throughout prime agricultural areas and
places coverage with its insurance company subsidiaries and nonaffiliated
insurance companies. The Company has recently obtained a license in the state of
New Mexico.
    
 
PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
 
    The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
PAULA Financial and its wholly owned subsidiaries. The principal subsidiaries
are: Pan American Underwriters, Inc., Pan American Underwriters Insurance Agents
and Brokers, Inc., Agri-Comp Insurance Agency, Inc. and PAULA Trading Company
Insurance Agents and Brokers, Inc. (insurance brokerages); Pan Pacific Benefit
Administrators, Inc. (third-party administration operation); PAULA Mexico S.A.
de C.V.; PAULA Insurance Company (casualty insurance); and PAULA Assurance
Company (group accident and health and life insurance).
 
    All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated
in consolidation.
 
    In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required
to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the
date of the consolidated financial statements and revenues and expenses for the
period. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.
 
   
    The unaudited consolidated financial statements as of and for the six months
ended June 30, 1996 include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments
(consisting only of normal recurring accruals) necessary for a fair presentation
of the information for such periods.
    
 
    The results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 1997 are not
necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year.
 
INVESTMENTS AND CASH
 
    At December 31, 1995 and 1996 and June 30, 1997, the entire investment
portfolio is classified as available-for-sale and is reflected at estimated fair
value with unrealized gains and losses recorded as a separate component of
stockholders' equity, net of related deferred income taxes. The premium and
discount on fixed maturities and collateralized mortgage obligations are
amortized using the scientific method. Amortization and accretion of premiums
and discounts on collateralized mortgage obligations are adjusted for principal
paydowns and changes in expected maturities. Investments in which the decline in
market value is deemed other than temporary are reduced to the estimated
realizable value through a charge to income.
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                        PAULA FINANCIAL AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
(1)  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
    On January 1, 1994, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in
Debt and Equity Securities" (SFAS 115). At adoption, the Company's portfolio was
divided between the held to maturity and available-for-sale classifications. The
impact of adoption of SFAS 115 was a net unrealized gain on investments of $931
in January 1994, net of taxes of $479.
 
    On November 21, 1995, the Company transferred its entire held-to-maturity
portfolio to available-for-sale. The amortized cost at the transfer date was
$37,508. The transfer resulted in an unrealized gain of $396, net of the tax
impact. The transfer was made in accordance with implementation guidance
provided in the Financial Accounting Standards Board's Special Report, "A Guide
to Implementation of Statement 115 on Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt
and Equity Securities."
 
    Invested cash consists primarily of commercial paper.
 
    Realized gains and losses on sales of investments are computed on the
specific-identification basis.
 
    Restricted cash consists of premiums collected by the insurance brokerage
subsidiaries but not yet remitted to insurance companies which is restricted as
to use by law in the states in which the brokerage subsidiaries operate.
 
    For purposes of cash flow disclosure, cash and invested cash is defined as
cash and invested cash that have original maturities of less than three months.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
   
    Premiums are earned by the insurance subsidiaries on a monthly pro rata
basis over the terms of the policies. Commission income is recorded on the
effective date of the policy or the billing date, whichever is later.
    
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Depreciation and amortization is provided over the estimated useful lives of
the respective assets, primarily using the modified accelerated cost recovery
system (which approximates the double-declining-balance method). Principal
estimated useful lives used in computing the depreciation provisions are five
years for automobiles and five to seven years for furniture and equipment.
 
    Leasehold improvements are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the
term of the lease or the estimated useful life of the improvement if less than
the lease term.
 
EXCESS OF COST OVER NET ASSETS ACQUIRED
 
   
    Excess of cost over net assets acquired is amortized on a straight-line
basis over seven years. The Company assesses the recoverability of this
intangible asset by determining whether the amortization of the balance over its
remaining life can be recovered through the undiscounted future operating cash
flows of the acquired operation. Accumulated amortization totaled $397, $766 and
$957 at December 31, 1995 and 1996, and June 30, 1997, respectively.
    
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                        PAULA FINANCIAL AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
(1)  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
UNPAID LOSSES AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES
 
   
    The liability for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses represents (a)
case basis estimates of reported losses and loss adjustment expenses and (b)
estimates based on past experience of unreported losses and loss adjustment
expenses, net of anticipated salvage and subrogation. Management believes that
the provisions for losses and loss adjustment expenses are adequate to cover the
net cost of incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses; however, the liability
is by necessity based on estimates, and accordingly, there can be no assurance
that the ultimate liability will not differ from such estimates.
    
 
    There is a high level of uncertainty inherent in the evaluation of the
liability for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses. The ultimate costs of
such claims are dependent upon future events, the outcomes of which are affected
by many factors. Loss reserving procedures and settlement philosophy, current
and perceived social and economic factors, inflation, current and future court
rulings and jury attitudes, and many other economic, scientific, legal,
political and social factors can all have significant effects on the ultimate
costs of claims. Changes in Company operations and management philosophy may
also cause actual developments to vary from the past.
 
POLICYHOLDER DIVIDENDS
 
   
    The insurance subsidiaries underwrite workers' compensation, accident and
health and life insurance policies. Participating workers' compensation policies
represented approximately 81%, 89%, 84% and 85% of net written premium for the
years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, and the six months ended June 30,
1997, respectively. Dividends are recorded as a liability based on estimates of
ultimate amounts expected to be declared by the insurance subsidiaries' Boards
of Directors, at their discretion.
    
 
INCOME TAXES
 
    The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method.
Accordingly, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the
estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the
financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and
their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured
using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary
differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax
assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the
period that includes the enactment date.
 
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
    The fair values of financial instruments are estimates of the fair values at
a specific point in time using appropriate valuation methodologies. These
estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and significant
judgment in the interpretation of current market data. Therefore, the fair
values presented are not necessarily indicative of amounts the Company could
realize or settle currently. The Company does not necessarily intend to dispose
of or liquidate such instruments prior to maturity.
 
    The fair values of notes payable and note payable to bank are estimated
using discounted cash flow analyses based on current market interest rates. The
estimated fair values approximate the related carrying values.
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                        PAULA FINANCIAL AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
(1)  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
EARNINGS PER SHARE (EPS)
 
    The EPS calculations for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996
and the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997 were based upon the weighted
average number of shares of common stock outstanding adjusted for the effect of
convertible securities, options and warrants considered to be common stock
equivalents and options issued since August 1996 pursuant to Staff Accounting
Bulletin No. 83. Stock options and warrants are considered to be common stock
equivalents, except when their effect is antidilutive.
 
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION
 
    The June 30, 1996 information presented in these consolidated financial
statements is for an unaudited interim period which is presented for comparative
purposes only.
 
(2)  INVESTMENTS
 
    Investments in fixed maturities are all held in investment grade securities.
Fair values were obtained from published securities quotation services.
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                        PAULA FINANCIAL AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
(2)  INVESTMENTS (Continued)
FIXED MATURITIES
 
    The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investments in fixed
maturities classified as available for sale at December 31, 1995 and 1996 and
June 30, 1997 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                                                  ----------------------------------------------------
                                                                                  GROSS         GROSS
                                                                   AMORTIZED   UNREALIZED    UNREALIZED     ESTIMATED
                                                                     COST         GAINS        LOSSES      FAIR VALUE
                                                                  -----------  -----------  -------------  -----------
<S>                                                               <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. Government
  corporations and agencies.....................................   $  20,248          588           (11)       20,825
Obligations of states and political subdivisions................      50,366        1,254            (1)       51,619
Corporate securities............................................       8,080          529        --             8,609
                                                                  -----------       -----           ---    -----------
    Total.......................................................   $  78,694        2,371           (12)       81,053
                                                                  -----------       -----           ---    -----------
                                                                  -----------       -----           ---    -----------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                                                  ----------------------------------------------------
                                                                                  GROSS         GROSS
                                                                   AMORTIZED   UNREALIZED    UNREALIZED     ESTIMATED
                                                                     COST         GAINS        LOSSES      FAIR VALUE
                                                                  -----------  -----------  -------------  -----------
<S>                                                               <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. Government
  corporations and agencies.....................................   $  16,619          207           (27)       16,799
Obligations of states and political subdivisions................      47,238          798           (28)       48,008
Corporate securities............................................       9,370          193            (3)        9,560
Collateralized mortgage obligations.............................       7,025            2           (23)        7,004
                                                                  -----------       -----           ---    -----------
    Total.......................................................   $  80,252        1,200           (81)       81,371
                                                                  -----------       -----           ---    -----------
                                                                  -----------       -----           ---    -----------
</TABLE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      JUNE 30, 1997
                                                                  ------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                  GROSS          GROSS
                                                                   AMORTIZED   UNREALIZED     UNREALIZED      ESTIMATED
                                                                     COST         GAINS         LOSSES       FAIR VALUE
                                                                  -----------  -----------  ---------------  -----------
<S>                                                               <C>          <C>          <C>              <C>
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. Government
  corporations and agencies.....................................   $  13,676          109             25         13,761
Obligations of states and political subdivisions................      54,957          915             12         55,860
Corporate securities............................................       9,215          155              6          9,364
Collateralized mortgage obligations.............................       7,637            5             21          7,620
                                                                                                      --
                                                                  -----------       -----                    -----------
    Total.......................................................   $  85,485        1,184             64         86,605
                                                                                                      --
                                                                                                      --
                                                                  -----------       -----                    -----------
                                                                  -----------       -----                    -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                        PAULA FINANCIAL AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
(2)  INVESTMENTS (Continued)
    The amortized cost and estimated fair value of fixed maturities classified
as available for sale at December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997 by the earlier of
the pre-escrowed date or contractual maturity are shown below. Expected
maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have
the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment
penalties.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                                                       ------------------------
                                                                        AMORTIZED    ESTIMATED
                                                                          COST      FAIR VALUE
                                                                       -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                    <C>          <C>
Due in one year or less..............................................   $  13,516       13,623
Due after one year through five years................................      28,898       29,286
Due after five years through ten years...............................      30,813       31,458
Collateralized mortgage obligations..................................       7,025        7,004
                                                                       -----------  -----------
                                                                        $  80,252       81,371
                                                                       -----------  -----------
                                                                       -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            JUNE 30, 1997
                                                                       ------------------------
                                                                        AMORTIZED    ESTIMATED
                                                                          COST      FAIR VALUE
                                                                       -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                    <C>          <C>
Due in one year or less..............................................   $  10,954       10,993
Due after one year through five years................................      48,191       48,979
Due after five years through ten years...............................      18,703       19,013
Collateralized mortgage obligations..................................       7,637        7,620
                                                                       -----------  -----------
                                                                        $  85,485       86,605
                                                                       -----------  -----------
                                                                       -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Fixed maturities with a book value of $66,955 and $67,769 were on deposit
with various regulatory authorities as of December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997,
respectively, as required.
    
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
    Unrealized investment gains (losses) on preferred stock at December 31, 1995
and 1996 and June 30, 1997 are as follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          DECEMBER 31
                                                                     ----------------------     JUNE 30
                                                                       1995        1996          1997
                                                                     ---------     -----     -------------
<S>                                                                  <C>        <C>          <C>
Gross unrealized gains.............................................  $  --              19            38
Gross unrealized losses............................................     --          --            --
                                                                                        --            --
                                                                     ---------
                                                                     $  --              19            38
                                                                                        --            --
                                                                                        --            --
                                                                     ---------
                                                                     ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                        PAULA FINANCIAL AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
(2)  INVESTMENTS (Continued)
 
COMMON STOCK
 
    Unrealized investment gains (losses) on common stock at December 31, 1995
and 1996 and June 30, 1997 are as follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   DECEMBER 31
                                                              ----------------------    JUNE 30
                                                                1995        1996         1997
                                                              ---------     -----     -----------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>          <C>
Gross unrealized gains......................................  $      27          72          172
Gross unrealized losses.....................................        (71)        (29)         (22)
                                                                                 --
                                                                    ---                      ---
                                                              $     (44)         43          150
                                                                                 --
                                                                                 --
                                                                    ---                      ---
                                                                    ---                      ---
</TABLE>
    
 
NET INVESTMENT INCOME
 
    Net investment income is summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                SIX MONTHS
                                           YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,           ENDED JUNE 30,
                                        -------------------------------  ------------------------
                                          1994       1995       1996                      1997
                                        ---------  ---------  ---------      1996       ---------
                                                                         -------------
                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                     <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>
Interest..............................  $   4,669      4,963      4,839        2,382        2,518
Dividends.............................         87         51         62           31           74
                                        ---------  ---------  ---------        -----    ---------
                                            4,756      5,014      4,901        2,413        2,592
Less investment expenses..............       (220)      (197)      (200)         (91)         (93)
                                        ---------  ---------  ---------        -----    ---------
                                        $   4,536      4,817      4,701        2,322        2,499
                                        ---------  ---------  ---------        -----    ---------
                                        ---------  ---------  ---------        -----    ---------
</TABLE>
 
   
    An affiliate of a significant holder of the Company's preferred stock also
acts as the Company's investment advisor. Fees paid for such investment services
totaled $119 and $146 in 1995 and 1996, respectively. For the six months ended
June 30, 1996 and 1997, such fees totaled $74 (unaudited) and $81, respectively.
    
 
NET REALIZED INVESTMENT GAINS (LOSSES)
 
    Net realized investment gains (losses) are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                SIX MONTHS
                                           YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,           ENDED JUNE 30,
                                        -------------------------------  ------------------------
                                          1994       1995       1996                      1997
                                        ---------  ---------  ---------      1996       ---------
                                                                         -------------
                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                     <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>
Fixed maturities:
  Gross realized gains................  $      16         81        449          429       --
  Gross realized losses...............     --            (44)        (5)          (2)      --
 
Common stock:
  Gross realized gains................         23     --         --           --           --
  Gross realized losses...............        (39)    --         --           --           --
                                        ---------  ---------  ---------        -----    ---------
                                        $  --             37        444          427       --
                                        ---------  ---------  ---------        -----    ---------
                                        ---------  ---------  ---------        -----    ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                        PAULA FINANCIAL AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
(3)  UNPAID LOSSES AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES
 
    Activity in the liability for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses is
summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           SIX MONTHS
                                       YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,          ENDED JUNE 30,
                                    -------------------------------  ----------------------
                                      1994       1995       1996                    1997
                                    ---------  ---------  ---------     1996      ---------
                                                                     -----------
                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                 <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
Balance at beginning of period....  $  62,629     60,473     57,049      57,049      55,720
  Less reinsurance recoverable on
    unpaid losses and loss
    adjustment expenses...........      5,402      6,886      6,775       6,775       6,427
                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------
Net balance at beginning of
 period...........................     57,227     53,587     50,274      50,274      49,293
                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------
 
Incurred related to:
  Current period..................     32,677     33,261     36,554      16,841      29,245
  Prior periods...................     (4,059)    (3,898)    (2,654)     (2,904)       (798)
                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------
    Total incurred................     28,618     29,363     33,900      13,937      28,447
                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------
Paid related to:
  Current period..................     10,455     10,870     13,143       3,862       5,130
  Prior periods...................     21,803     21,806     21,738      12,487      14,075
                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------
    Total paid....................     32,258     32,676     34,881      16,349      19,205
                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------
Net balance at end of period......     53,587     50,274     49,293      47,862      58,535
  Plus reinsurance recoverable on
    unpaid losses and loss
    adjustment expenses...........      6,886      6,775      6,427       6,427       6,437
                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------
Balance at end of period..........  $  60,473     57,049     55,720      54,289      64,972
                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------
                                    ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The favorable development in the liability for unpaid losses and loss
adjustment expenses for prior years relates principally to reduced claim
frequency and stable severity.
 
(4)  NOTES PAYABLE
 
    The Company has issued notes payable to current and retiring employees for
repurchase of Company common stock, which are due in annual installments with
initial terms ranging from one to six years. Interest, expensed monthly, is
adjusted to prime at various specified dates each year.
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                        PAULA FINANCIAL AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
(4)  NOTES PAYABLE (Continued)
    A summary of notes payable at December 31, 1995 and 1996 and June 30, 1997
is as follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          DECEMBER 31
                                                                                      --------------------   JUNE 30,
                                                                                        1995       1996        1997
                                                                                      ---------  ---------  -----------
<S>                                                                                   <C>        <C>        <C>
Notes payable to former stockholders (interest 8.75% at December 31, 1995 and 1996,
 and 8.25% at June 30, 1997 due at various dates through January 1999), secured by
 210,017 shares and 141,594 shares of the Company's common stock at December 31,
 1995 and 1996, respectively, and 73,171 shares at June 30, 1997....................  $   4,672      3,143       1,614
Notes payable to former stockholders (interest at 8.5% and 8.25% at December 31,
 1995 and 1996, respectively, due at various dates through 1997), unsecured.........        157         51      --
Note payable (interest at 8.75% and 8.25% at December 31, 1995 and 1996,
 respectively, and 8.25% at June 30, 1997 due 1998), unsecured......................        154        105          78
Note payable (interest at 0.0% at December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997, due 1999)
 unsecured..........................................................................     --            269         219
Notes payable of employee stock ownership plan (interest at 8.75% and 8.25% at
 December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively, and 8.25% at June 30, 1997 due March
 1999), secured by 26,964 shares and 18,507 shares of the Company's common stock at
 December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively, and 16,374 shares at June 30, 1997,
 guaranteed by the Company..........................................................        319        221         196
                                                                                      ---------  ---------       -----
                                                                                      $   5,302      3,789       2,107
                                                                                      ---------  ---------       -----
                                                                                      ---------  ---------       -----
</TABLE>
    
 
    Aggregate annual commitments under notes payable are as follows at December
31, 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                        <C>
1997.....................................................   $   1,832
1998.....................................................       1,778
1999.....................................................         136
2000.....................................................          43
                                                           -----------
                                                            $   3,789
                                                           -----------
                                                           -----------
</TABLE>
 
    Aggregate annual commitments under notes payable are as follows at June 30,
1997:
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                        <C>
1997.....................................................   $      78
1998.....................................................       1,876
1999.....................................................         110
2000.....................................................          43
                                                           -----------
                                                            $   2,107
                                                           -----------
                                                           -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Total interest paid by the Company on all notes during the years ended
December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 was $188, $419 and $1,300, respectively. Total
interest paid by the Company for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997 was
$677 (unaudited) and $473, respectively.
    
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                        PAULA FINANCIAL AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
(5)  NOTE PAYABLE TO BANK
 
    At December 31, 1995 and 1996, the Company had an unsecured line of credit
with a commercial bank of $10,500. As of December 31, 1996, the Company had
drawn $7,490 on the line of credit. The interest rate on the line of credit was
based on various indices. The average interest rate at December 31, 1996 was
7.8%. The line of credit required no principal payments during its term and
matured December 31, 1998. The line of credit imposed certain financial
covenants.
 
    On March 31, 1997, the Company entered into a $15,000 unsecured line of
credit with another commercial bank. The line of credit requires no principal
payments during its term and matures December 31, 1999 and, at the Company's
option, converts to a two-year term note. The interest rate on the line of
credit is based on various indices. The line of credit imposes certain financial
covenants. On March 31, 1997, the Company drew on the line of credit to repay in
full and terminate the first line of credit.
 
   
    As of June 30, 1997, the Company had an outstanding balance of $9,361 on the
line of credit. The average interest rate at June 30, 1997 was 7.6%.
    
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                        PAULA FINANCIAL AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
(6)  INCOME TAXES
 
    The Company and its subsidiaries file a consolidated Federal income tax
return. Income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995
and 1996 is shown as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                       FEDERAL     STATE      TOTAL
- ----------------------------------------------------------------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                               <C>        <C>        <C>
1994:
  Current.......................................................  $   1,698         (7)     1,691
  Deferred......................................................       (119)    --           (119)
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                  $   1,579         (7)     1,572
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
1995:
  Current.......................................................  $  (1,615)        25     (1,590)
  Deferred......................................................        799     --            799
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                  $    (816)        25       (791)
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
1996:
  Current.......................................................  $   1,079         30      1,109
  Deferred......................................................       (282)    --           (282)
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                  $     797         30        827
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                               <C>        <C>        <C>
1996 (unaudited)
  Current.......................................................  $     474          4        478
  Deferred......................................................        (35)    --            (35)
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                  $     439          4        443
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
1997
  Current.......................................................  $    (233)        14       (219)
  Deferred......................................................        757     --            757
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                  $     524         14        538
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                        PAULA FINANCIAL AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
(6)  INCOME TAXES (Continued)
 
    The total tax expense (benefit) is different from the applicable Federal
income tax rate of 34% for the reasons reflected in the following
reconciliation:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,      SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                   -------------------------------  --------------------------
                                                                     1994       1995       1996          1996          1997
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------------  ---------
                                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>              <C>
Expected tax expense (benefit)...................................  $   2,134       (167)     1,615           852           963
Municipal bond interest..........................................       (615)      (688)      (782)         (417)         (417)
Dividends-received deduction.....................................        (17)       (10)        (5)           (2)           (6)
Nondeductible expenses...........................................         61         55         55            28            33
State income taxes, net of Federal benefit.......................         (4)        17         20             3            10
Other, net.......................................................         13          2        (76)          (21)          (45)
                                                                   ---------        ---  ---------           ---           ---
                                                                   $   1,572       (791)       827           443           538
                                                                   ---------        ---  ---------           ---           ---
                                                                   ---------        ---  ---------           ---           ---
</TABLE>
 
    Temporary differences which give rise to a significant portion of deferred
tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     DECEMBER 31
                                                                                 --------------------    JUNE 30
                                                                                   1995       1996        1997
                                                                                 ---------  ---------  -----------
<S>                                                                              <C>        <C>        <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Loss reserve discounting.....................................................  $   4,041      3,917       4,591
  Policyholder dividends.......................................................      1,594      1,354       1,219
  Unearned premiums............................................................        313        725         909
  Unbilled premiums............................................................        410        329         410
  Other........................................................................        406        778         593
                                                                                 ---------  ---------  -----------
      Gross deferred tax assets................................................      6,764      7,103       7,722
                                                                                 ---------  ---------  -----------
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Unbilled premiums............................................................     (1,779)    (1,795)     (2,635)
  Tax on net unrealized gain on securities carried at market value.............       (787)      (401)       (444)
  Other........................................................................        (37)       (78)       (614)
                                                                                 ---------  ---------  -----------
      Gross deferred tax liabilities...........................................     (2,603)    (2,274)     (3,693)
                                                                                 ---------  ---------  -----------
      Net deferred tax asset...................................................  $   4,161      4,829       4,029
                                                                                 ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                                                 ---------  ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
    The recoverability of the net deferred tax asset is demonstrated by taxes
paid in prior years and available tax planning strategies. Management believes
that it is more likely than not that the results of future operations and
various tax planning strategies will generate sufficient taxable income in the
periods necessary to realize the net deferred tax asset.
 
   
    The Company paid $2,103, $375 and $1,400 of Federal income taxes during the
years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively. The Company paid $0
(unaudited) and $1,300 for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997,
respectively.
    
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                        PAULA FINANCIAL AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
(7)  REINSURANCE
 
    In the ordinary course of business, the insurance subsidiaries cede
insurance for the purpose of obtaining greater risk diversification and
minimizing the maximum net loss potential arising from large claims. The
insurance subsidiaries, however, are contingently liable in the event that their
reinsurers become unable to meet their contractual obligations. A large portion
of the reinsurance is effected under reinsurance contracts known as treaties.
PAULA Insurance Company (PICO) maintains excess of loss and catastrophic
reinsurance arrangements to protect it against losses above its retention on
workers' compensation policies. The maximum retention on workers' compensation
policies is $200 in 1994 through June 30, 1996 and $250 for the last six months
of 1996 and 1997 for each loss occurrence.
 
    The following amounts have been deducted in the accompanying consolidated
financial statements as a result of reinsurance ceded:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                               YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                JUNE 30,
                                                            -------------------------------  ----------------------------
                                                              1994       1995       1996                        1997
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------      1996       -------------
                                                                                             -------------
                                                                                              (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>
Premiums earned...........................................  $   2,006      1,836      2,056          914          1,384
Losses and loss expenses incurred.........................      2,644        811        940        2,039            471
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------        -----          -----
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------        -----          -----
</TABLE>
 
Substantially all reinsurance balances are with General Reinsurance Corporation.
 
(8)  STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
    In August 1994, the Company completed a private placement of 941,177 shares
of Series A -- convertible preferred stock. Gross proceeds of $16,000 were
received from three institutional investor groups which obtained the stock for
their own portfolios or investment funds. In addition to a cash commission paid
in connection with the private placement, the Company issued warrants to
purchase 82,353 shares of common stock at the fair market value at the date of
issuance of $17.00 per share to the placement agents. The offering was initiated
to strengthen the Company's capital position, to provide some liquidity to the
ESOP and to provide funds to assist the Company in its long-term goal to expand
its operations.
 
    The preferred stock has dividend and voting rights consistent with common
stockholders on an if-converted basis, and has a liquidation preference of
$17.00 per share plus all accrued and unpaid dividends. The preferred stock is
convertible into common shares on a one-for-one basis at the holder's option or
automatically upon consummation of a qualified initial public offering with
aggregate proceeds in excess of $20,000 and a per share price greater than
$25.50 (a "Qualified Initial Public Offering"). The preferred stock is
redeemable at the holder's option beginning December 31, 1998 at the greater of
fair value as determined by an independent party or 1.15 times the book value of
the preferred stock. Such redemption right terminates upon the effectiveness of
a registration statement for a Qualified Initial Public Offering. The preferred
stock restricts both dividend payments and the repurchase of stock from the
Company's employees and directors so long as the preferred stock remains
outstanding. The preferred stock purchase agreement imposes certain additional
covenants.
 
    In January 1995, the Company agreed to repurchase 259,309 shares of common
stock and options to acquire 20,000 shares, for a purchase price of $22.50 per
share and $5.50 per option, from the retiring Chairman of the Board. The per
share price was based on a third-party offer. The amount of the
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                        PAULA FINANCIAL AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
(8)  STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Continued)
   
repurchase totaled $6,284, of which $1,486 was paid in each of January 1995 and
1996. The remaining balance is included in a note payable with annual principal
and interest payments through 1998. The interest rate on the note equals the
prime rate. At June 30, 1997, the outstanding balance on the note was $1,486.
    
 
    Upon reincorporation of the Company as a Delaware corporation, the par value
of the common and preferred stock was changed to $0.01 from no par value stock
and the number of common shares authorized was increased from 10,000,000 to
15,000,000.
 
    The Company is obligated under the terms of its ESOP to repurchase shares
allocated to ESOP participants when the participants qualify for a distribution
(i.e., retirement or break in service) in the event the participants choose to
sell such shares and the ESOP is unable to repurchase the shares directly (see
note 9).
 
    The purchase price of the Company's shares has historically been evaluated
and determined annually by an independent appraisal firm, as required, and is
approved by the ESOP committee. This appraisal is used for determining the
market value of the shares with respect to the ESOP.
 
   
    PAULA Financial is dependent on the transfer of funds from its subsidiaries.
Dividends and advances from PICO and PACO are restricted by law and minimum
capitalization requirements and, above certain thresholds, subject to approval
by insurance regulatory authorities. Net assets of the insurance subsidiaries in
the amount of $37,403, $39,800 and $42,812 at December 31, 1995 and 1996 and
June 30, 1997, respectively, are restricted as to their availability for
advances or dividends to PAULA Financial due to insurance regulatory
requirements.
    
 
(9)  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
   
    The Company maintains a defined contribution employee stock ownership plan
(ESOP) covering all full-time employees, excluding hourly employees. The ESOP
has assets principally comprised of 547,063 shares of the Company's common stock
at December 31, 1995 and 1996 and 547,063 shares at June 30, 1997. The Company
can make annual contributions to the ESOP in cash or shares of the Company's
common stock in amounts determined by the Company's Board of Directors, except
that such contributions must be in cash to the extent the ESOP requires liquid
funds to meet its obligations. The Company expensed cash contributions of $150
in each of the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996. The Company
expensed cash contributions of $75 (unaudited) and $76 for the six months ended
June 30, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
    
 
   
    The Company is obligated under the terms of its ESOP to repurchase shares
distributed to ESOP participants when the participants qualify for a
distribution (i.e., retirement or break in service) in the event the
participants choose to sell such shares and the ESOP is unable to repurchase the
shares directly. Such shares must be paid for within five years. This
commitment, if all shares were distributed, would be approximately $11,449 as of
December 31, 1996 and $11,495 at June 30, 1997.
    
 
    During 1994, the Company repurchased 367,647 shares of common stock from the
ESOP with funds obtained from the preferred stock private placement. This
provided the ESOP with a cash flow of $6,250.
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                        PAULA FINANCIAL AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
(9)  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (Continued)
   
    The Company maintains a 401(k) plan covering substantially all employees.
Employees may contribute up to 17% of their compensation. The Company makes a
matching contribution of 50% of the employee contribution, limited to 6% of
compensation. Total employer costs under the plan were $192, $208 and $208 for
the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively. Total employer
costs under the plan were $95 (unaudited) and $115 for the six months ended June
30, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
    
 
   
    Employees of the Company receive an annual year-end bonus based upon the
profitability of the Company. Amounts expensed under bonus programs were $871,
$427 and $1,053 for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996,
respectively. Amounts expensed under these bonus programs were $369 (unaudited)
and $295 for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
    
 
    In 1994, the Company adopted a stock incentive plan, reserving 275,000
shares of common stock, which provides for granting of stock options and
restricted stock bonuses to officers and directors and key employees of the
Company. Options and restricted stock are granted at the discretion of the
Executive Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. Options are granted
at fair value as determined by the Executive Compensation Committee of the Board
of Directors.
 
    Stock options vest either immediately or over periods not to exceed five
years and carry an exercise price equal to or in excess of the fair market value
of the common stock on the date of grant. The stock options are exercisable for
a ten-year term.
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
                        PAULA FINANCIAL AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
(9)  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (Continued)
    Changes in the status of options granted under the plan are summarized as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     1994
                                                 --------------------------------------------
                                                                                  WEIGHTED
                                                                EXERCISE          AVERAGE
                                                  SHARES          PRICE        EXERCISE PRICE
                                                 ---------  -----------------  --------------
<S>                                              <C>        <C>                <C>
Beginning of year..............................     --      $      --                --
    Granted....................................     83,650      17.00 - 18.06         17.05
    Canceled...................................     --             --                --
    Exercised or redeemed......................     --             --                --
                                                 ---------  -----------------       -------
End of year....................................     83,650  $   17.00 - 18.06         17.05
                                                 ---------  -----------------       -------
                                                 ---------  -----------------       -------
Exercisable....................................     83,650  $   17.00 - 18.06         17.05
                                                 ---------  -----------------       -------
                                                 ---------  -----------------       -------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     1995
                                                 --------------------------------------------
                                                                                  WEIGHTED
                                                                EXERCISE          AVERAGE
                                                  SHARES          PRICE        EXERCISE PRICE
                                                 ---------  -----------------  --------------
<S>                                              <C>        <C>                <C>
Beginning of year..............................     83,650  $   17.00 - 18.06         17.05
    Granted....................................     15,500              18.06         18.06
    Canceled...................................     (1,175)             18.06         18.06
    Exercised or redeemed......................    (40,000)             17.00         17.00
                                                 ---------  -----------------       -------
End of year....................................     57,975  $   17.00 - 18.06         17.33
                                                 ---------  -----------------       -------
                                                 ---------  -----------------       -------
Exercisable....................................     47,500  $   17.00 - 18.06         17.33
                                                 ---------  -----------------       -------
                                                 ---------  -----------------       -------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     1996
                                                 --------------------------------------------
                                                                                  WEIGHTED
                                                                EXERCISE          AVERAGE
                                                  SHARES          PRICE        EXERCISE PRICE
                                                 ---------  -----------------  --------------
<S>                                              <C>        <C>                <C>
Beginning of year..............................     57,975  $   17.00 - 18.06         17.33
    Granted....................................    144,650      15.76 - 25.00         17.66
    Canceled...................................       (300)             18.06         18.06
    Exercised or redeemed......................     --             --                --
                                                 ---------  -----------------       -------
End of year....................................    202,325  $   15.76 - 25.00         17.56
                                                 ---------  -----------------       -------
                                                 ---------  -----------------       -------
Exercisable....................................    140,350  $   15.76 - 25.00         17.56
                                                 ---------  -----------------       -------
                                                 ---------  -----------------       -------
</TABLE>
 
   
    No options have been granted, cancelled, exercised or redeemed during the
six months ended June 30, 1997.
    
 
    Pursuant to the plan, the Company granted 14,350 shares at $18.06 per share
and 11,250 shares at $15.76 per share of restricted common stock in 1995 and
1996, respectively. The per share price for
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>
                        PAULA FINANCIAL AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
(9)  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (Continued)
   
these awards was based on an annual independent appraisal. The restrictions
lapse pursuant to various vesting schedules. Holders of restricted stock are
entitled to vote such shares and receive dividends, which are not subject to
restrictions. As of December 31, 1996, the restrictions on an aggregate of 1,700
shares of restricted stock have lapsed; 4,750 and 700 shares in 1995 and 1996,
respectively, were forfeited based upon voluntary termination. No restricted
stock was granted in the six months ending June 30, 1997, and 100 shares were
forfeited based upon voluntary termination.
    
 
   
    At December 31, 1996, 12,525 shares of common stock were available for
issuance under the plan. At June 30, 1997, 12,625 shares were available for
issuance under the plan.
    
 
    In addition, in 1996, the Company issued options to purchase an aggregate of
158,000 shares of common stock to officers and directors of the Company outside
the Plan. The options carry an exercise price of $19.00 per share. Also,
outstanding is an option to purchase an aggregate of 30,000 shares of common
stock to an officer of the Company outside of the plan granted at $17.00 per
share in 1994. The options were granted at fair value as determined by the
Executive Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. Such options have
the same terms as options granted under the plan and are immediately
exercisable.
 
   
    In 1997, the Company adopted its 1997 Stock Incentive Plan, reserving
100,000 shares of common stock, none of which have been granted as of June 30,
1997.
    
 
    The Company has elected to follow Accounting Principles Board Opinion No.
25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" (Opinion 25), and related
interpretations in accounting for its employee stock options and adopt the
disclosure requirements of Statement of Accounting Standards No. 123,
"Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" (Statement 123). Had compensation cost
for the Company's stock-based compensation plan been reflected in the
accompanying consolidated financial statements based on the fair value at the
grant dates for option awards consistent with the method of Statement 123, the
Company's net income would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated
below:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       YEARS ENDED        SIX MONTHS
                       DECEMBER 31,       ENDED JUNE
                   --------------------       30,
                     1995       1996         1997
                   ---------  ---------  -------------
<S>                <C>        <C>        <C>
As reported        $     300      3,923        2,294
Pro forma                257      3,326        2,151
                   ---------  ---------        -----
                   ---------  ---------        -----
</TABLE>
    
 
    The fair value for these options was estimated at the date of grant using
the minimum value method. The risk free interest rate used for options granted
during 1995 and 1996 was 6.4%. An average option exercise period of seven years
was used. Pro forma net income reflects only options granted in 1995 and 1996.
During the initial phase-in period of Statement 123, the full impact of
calculating compensation cost for stock options is not reflected in the pro
forma net income amounts presented above because compensation cost is reflected
over the options' vesting periods and compensation cost for options granted
prior to January 1, 1995 is not considered.
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>
                        PAULA FINANCIAL AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
(10)  STATUTORY ACCOUNTING PRACTICES
 
   
    The insurance subsidiaries are required to file statutory financial
statements with state insurance regulatory authorities. Accounting practices
used to prepare these statutory financial statements differ from generally
accepted accounting principles (GAAP). Such differences include the following:
(1) reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses must meet certain minimum
requirements, (2) reserves for policyholder dividends are recorded as a
restriction on surplus until declared, (3) Federal income taxes are recorded
when payable, (4) fixed maturities are carried at admitted values, (5) certain
assets are non-admitted and (6) acquisition expenses are expensed when incurred.
Amounts reported to regulatory authorities as compared to amounts included in
the accompanying consolidated financial statements on a GAAP basis for the years
ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and the six months ended June 30, 1996
and 1997 follow:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 AS INCLUDED
                                                                    IN THE
                                                                 ACCOMPANYING
                                                                 CONSOLIDATED    AS REPORTED
                                                                  FINANCIAL     TO REGULATORY
                                                                  STATEMENTS     AUTHORITIES
                                                                --------------  -------------
<S>                                                             <C>             <C>
Years ended December 31
1994:
  Net earnings................................................    $    5,366          5,368
                                                                --------------  -------------
                                                                --------------  -------------
  Stockholders' equity........................................    $   38,146         19,381
                                                                --------------  -------------
                                                                --------------  -------------
1995:
  Net earnings................................................    $    2,052          3,122
                                                                --------------  -------------
                                                                --------------  -------------
  Stockholders' equity........................................    $   41,003         30,271
                                                                --------------  -------------
                                                                --------------  -------------
1996:
  Net earnings................................................    $    5,770          5,080
                                                                --------------  -------------
                                                                --------------  -------------
  Stockholders' equity........................................    $   45,202         35,144
                                                                --------------  -------------
                                                                --------------  -------------
Six months ended June 30
1996 (unaudited):
  Net earnings................................................    $    2,470          1,935
                                                                --------------  -------------
                                                                --------------  -------------
  Stockholders' equity........................................    $   42,269         32,060
                                                                --------------  -------------
                                                                --------------  -------------
1997:
  Net earnings................................................    $    2,927          2,972
                                                                --------------  -------------
                                                                --------------  -------------
  Stockholders' equity........................................    $   48,214         35,901
                                                                --------------  -------------
                                                                --------------  -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
    Statutory accounting practices for the insurance subsidiaries are prescribed
or permitted by the Department of Insurance of the State of California.
Prescribed accounting practices include a variety of publications of the
National Association of Insurance Commissioners (NAIC) as well as state laws,
regulations and general administrative rules. Permitted statutory accounting
practices encompass all accounting practices that are not prescribed; such
practices differ from state to state, may differ from company to company within
a state and may change in the future. Furthermore, the National Association
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>
                        PAULA FINANCIAL AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
(10)  STATUTORY ACCOUNTING PRACTICES (Continued)
of Insurance Commissioners has a project to codify statutory accounting
practices, the result of which is expected to constitute the only source of
"prescribed" statutory accounting practices. Accordingly, that project will
likely change the definition of what comprises prescribed versus permitted
statutory accounting practices and may result in changes to the accounting
policies that insurance enterprises use to prepare their statutory financial
statements.
 
    Insurance regulatory authorities impose various restrictions on the payment
of dividends and advances by insurance companies. As of December 31, 1996, the
maximum dividend and advance payments that may be made during 1997 by the
insurance subsidiaries to PAULA Financial without prior approval of the
regulatory authorities are limited to the greater of net income for the
preceding year or 10% of policyholder surplus as of the preceding December 31
and approximate $5.4 million.
 
(11)  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
   
    The Company leases buildings for its home office and certain other premises
under long-term operating leases that expire in various years to 2002. Certain
of these leases are with related parties. Rent expense was $1,342, $1,483 and
$1,657 for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively. Rent
expense for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997 was $798 (unaudited) and
$777, respectively. Included in rent expense is rent paid to related parties of
the Company totaling $129, $230 and $149 for the years ended December 31, 1994,
1995 and 1996, respectively and $91 (unaudited) and $52 for the six months ended
June 30, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
    
 
    Approximate aggregate minimum rental commitments under operating leases at
December 31, 1996 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                  <C>
1997...............................................................  $   1,399
1998...............................................................      1,425
1999...............................................................        682
2000...............................................................        211
2001 and thereafter................................................        186
                                                                     ---------
                                                                     $   3,903
                                                                     ---------
                                                                     ---------
</TABLE>
 
   
    Approximate aggregate minimum rental commitments under operating leases at
June 30, 1997 are as follows:
    
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                  <C>
1997...............................................................  $     717
1998...............................................................      1,425
1999...............................................................        682
2000...............................................................        211
2001 and thereafter................................................        186
                                                                     ---------
                                                                     $   3,221
                                                                     ---------
                                                                     ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Certain of these leases contain renewal provisions.
 
                                      F-26
<PAGE>
                        PAULA FINANCIAL AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
(11)  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)
    In the ordinary course of business, the Company's subsidiaries are
defendants in various lawsuits. Management believes that the ultimate
disposition of the litigation will not result in a material impact to the
financial position or operating results of the Company.
 
    The NAIC has adopted a risk-based capital formula for both property and
casualty and life insurance companies. These formulas calculate a minimum level
of capital and surplus which should be maintained by each insurer. At December
31, 1996, both PICO and PACO's adjusted capital and surplus exceeded their
respective risk-based capital requirements.
 
(12)  ACQUISITIONS
 
    In December 1994, the Company acquired the assets of the predecessors of
Agri-Comp Insurance Agency, Inc. for a purchase price of $1,800. The acquisition
has been accounted for using the purchase method of accounting and the
operations from the date of acquisition have been included in the accompanying
consolidated financial statements. The purchase price has principally been
allocated to the excess of cost over net assets acquired.
 
    In November 1995, the Company acquired the assets of Desert Benefits, Inc.,
an insurance agency specializing in agribusiness and rural market medical
benefit programs, for total consideration of $700. The purchase price was
comprised of a $140 cash payment and the issuance of common stock for the
remaining balance (35,533 shares). The acquisition has been accounted for using
the purchase method of accounting and the operations have been included in the
accompanying consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. The
purchase price has principally been allocated to the excess of cost over net
assets acquired.
 
    In August 1996, the Company acquired the assets of Guinn Sinclair Insurance
Services, an insurance agency specializing in farm labor contractor insurance
needs, for total consideration of $221. The purchase price was comprised of a
$44 cash payment and the issuance of common stock for the remaining balance
(5,882 shares). The acquisition has been accounted for as an asset purchase and
the operations have been included in the accompanying consolidated financial
statements from the date of acquisition. The purchase price has principally been
allocated to the excess of cost over net assets acquired.
 
                                      F-27
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
   
    Subject to the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement, the
Company and the Selling Stockholders have agreed to sell to each of the
Underwriters named below, and each of such Underwriters, for whom Goldman, Sachs
& Co. and Conning & Company are acting as representatives, has severally agreed
to purchase from the Company and the Selling Stockholders, the respective number
of shares of Common Stock set forth opposite its name below:
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              NUMBER OF
                                                                                              SHARES OF
                                                                                               COMMON
                                        UNDERWRITER                                             STOCK
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------
<S>                                                                                          <C>
Goldman, Sachs & Co........................................................................
Conning & Company..........................................................................
 
                                                                                             -----------
    Total..................................................................................
                                                                                             -----------
                                                                                             -----------
</TABLE>
 
    Under the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement, the
Underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares offered hereby,
if any are taken.
 
    The Underwriters propose to offer the shares of Common Stock in part
directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the
cover page of this Prospectus and in part to certain securities dealers at such
price less a concession of $         per share. The Underwriters may allow, and
such dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of $         per share to
certain brokers and dealers. After the shares of Common Stock are released for
sale to the public, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to
time be varied by the representatives.
 
   
    The Underwriters may reserve, for sale at the initial public offering price,
up to      shares of Common Stock which may be sold to employees of the Company.
The number of shares of Common Stock available for sale to the general public
will be reduced to the extent such persons purchase such reserved shares of
Common Stock. Any reserved shares of Common Stock not so purchased will be
offered by the Underwriters on the same basis as the other shares of Common
Stock offered in the offering made hereby.
    
 
   
    The Company has granted the Underwriters an option exercisable for 30 days
after the date of this Prospectus to purchase up to an aggregate of
      additional shares of Common Stock solely to cover over-allotments, if any.
If the Underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, the Underwriters have
severally agreed, subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately the
same percentage thereof that the number of shares to be purchased by each of
them, as shown in the foregoing table, bears to the       shares of Common Stock
offered.
    
 
    The Company, its executive officers and directors, the ESOP and certain
other holders of Common Stock, which in the aggregate will hold approximately
   % of the outstanding shares of the Company after the offering, have agreed
that, during the period beginning from the date of this Prospectus and
continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date of this Prospectus,
they will not offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, or, with
certain exceptions, file or cause to be filed with the Commission a registration
statement with respect to, shares of Common Stock (other than, in the case of
the Company, pursuant to employee stock option plans existing, or on the
conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding, on
the date of this Prospectus and, in the case of
 
                                      U-1
<PAGE>
the ESOP, distributions of shares to the participants in the ESOP upon
termination of such participants' employment with the Company) or any securities
of the Company which are substantially similar to the shares of Common Stock or
which are convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock or
securities which are substantially similar to the shares of Common Stock without
the prior written consent of the representatives, except for the shares of
Common Stock offered in connection with the offering.
 
    Conning Asset Management, an affiliate of Conning & Company, acts as the
Company's investment advisor and receives customary compensation for its
services in such capacity. See "Business-- Investments and Investment Results"
and "Certain Transactions". In addition, Conning & Company beneficially owned in
the aggregate 25.4% of the Common Stock as of June 30, 1997 (      % upon
consummation of the offering). See "Principal and Selling Stockholders".
Pursuant to the provisions of the Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, Conning &
Company has designated two members of the Company's Board of Directors. The
provisions of the Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement providing for such
designation will terminate upon consummation of the offering. See
"Management--Directors and Executive Officers".
 
    Under Rule 2720 of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the
"NASD"), the Company may be deemed an affiliate of Conning & Company. This
offering is being conducted in accordance with Rule 2720, which provides that,
among other things, when an NASD member participates in the underwriting of an
affiliate's equity securities, the initial public offering price can be no
higher than that recommended by a "qualified independent underwriter" meeting
certain standards. In accordance with this requirement, Goldman, Sachs & Co. has
served in such role and has recommended a price in compliance with the
requirements of Rule 2720. Goldman, Sachs & Co. will receive compensation from
the Company in the amount of $10,000 for serving in such role. In connection
with the offering, Goldman, Sachs & Co. in its role as qualified independent
underwriter has performed due diligence investigations and reviewed and
participated in the preparation of this Prospectus and the Registration
Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part. In addition, the Underwriters
may not confirm sales to any discretionary account without the prior specific
written approval of the customer.
 
    In connection with the offering, the Underwriters may purchase and sell
shares of Common Stock in the open market. These transactions may include
over-allotment and stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover syndicate
short positions created in connection with the offering. Stabilizing
transactions consist of certain bids or purchases for the purpose of preventing
or retarding a decline in the market price of the shares of Common Stock; and
syndicate short positions involve the sale by the Underwriters of a greater
number of shares of Common Stock than they are required to purchase from the
Company in the offering. The Underwriters also may impose a penalty bid, whereby
selling concessions allowed to syndicate members or other broker-dealers in
respect of the securities sold in the offering for their account may be
reclaimed by the syndicate if such shares of Common Stock are repurchased by the
syndicate in stabilizing or covering transactions. These activities may
stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the shares of Common
Stock, which may be higher than the price that might otherwise prevail in the
open market; and these activities, if commenced, may be discontinued at any
time. These transactions may be effected in the over-the-counter market or
otherwise.
 
    Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The
initial public offering price will be negotiated among the Company and the
representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial
public offering price of the Common Stock, in addition to prevailing market
conditions, will be the Company's historical performance, estimates of the
business potential and earnings prospects of the Company, an assessment of the
Company's management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to
market valuation of companies in related businesses.
 
    The Common Stock will be quoted on the Nasdaq National Market under the
symbol "PFCO".
 
   
    The Company and the Selling Stockholders have agreed to indemnify the
several Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under
the Securities Act of 1993.
    
 
                                      U-2
<PAGE>
                      GLOSSARY OF SELECTED INSURANCE TERMS
 
    The following terms when used in this Prospectus have the following meaning:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                         <C>
Accident Year.............................  The calendar year in which the event giving rise to a claim occurs
                                            regardless of the year during which the policy covering the event was
                                            written.
 
Cede......................................  To transfer to a reinsurer all or a portion of a risk in consideration of a
                                            premium.
 
Combined ratio............................  The sum of the loss ratio, the expense ratio and the policyholder dividend
                                            ratio, expressed as a percentage, determined in accordance with either SAP
                                            or GAAP.
 
Earned surplus............................  The cumulative amount of retained net profits from insurance operations,
                                            including investment income, as determined under SAP.
 
Estimated Annual Premium ("EAP")..........  As of any date, the sum of the estimated total annualized premiums for all
                                            policies in force on that date, whether earned prior to or after such date.
 
Excess of loss reinsurance................  A form of reinsurance in which the reinsurer indemnifies the ceding company
                                            against all or a portion of the amount of loss in excess of a specific
                                            retention.
 
Expense ratio.............................  The percentage arrived at by dividing the amount of underwriting expenses by
                                            the amount of premium earned, in the case of a GAAP expense ratio, and
                                            premium written, in the case of a SAP expense ratio.
 
Experience modification...................  A factor applied to each policyholder's premium rates established by the
                                            applicable statistical rating bureau which reflects the policyholder's
                                            historical loss experience.
 
Frequency.................................  The number of claims occurring under a given coverage divided by the number
                                            of exposures for the given coverage.
 
GAAP......................................  Generally accepted accounting principles.
 
Incurred but not reported ("IBNR")          Claims that have been incurred but not reported to the insurer.
claims....................................
 
Loss adjustment expenses ("LAE")..........  The expenses of settling claims, including legal and other fees, and general
                                            expenses of administering the claims adjustment process.
 
Loss ratio................................  For SAP and GAAP, net losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred, divided
                                            by net premiums earned, expressed as a percentage.
 
Participating policy......................  An insurance policy where the policyholder may receive a "dividend", which
                                            is a partial return of premium, after the expiration of a policy period,
                                            subject to declaration by the Board of Directors.
 
Policyholder dividend ratio...............  The percentage arrived at by dividing the amount of policyholder dividends
                                            incurred by the amount of net premium earned.
 
Premiums earned...........................  The amount of premiums recognized as revenue for accounting purposes during
                                            a given period. Generally, premiums are earned ratably over the term of the
                                            related policy.
</TABLE>
 
                                      G-1
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Premiums written..........................  Gross premiums received by an insurer during a given period.
<S>                                         <C>
 
Reinsurance...............................  A procedure whereby an original insurer remits a portion of the premium to a
                                            reinsurer as payment for the reinsurer's assumption of all or a portion of
                                            the risk.
 
Reserve for losses and LAE................  The estimated liability for unpaid losses and LAE representing estimates of
                                            amounts needed to pay and settle reported and unreported claims and the
                                            related LAE.
 
Statutory Accounting Practices or "SAP"...  Recording accounting transactions and preparing financial statements in
                                            accordance with the rules and procedures prescribed or permitted by state
                                            insurance regulatory agencies. The principal differences between SAP and
                                            GAAP are as follows: (a) under SAP, certain assets (nonadmitted assets) are
                                            eliminated from the balance sheet; (b) under SAP, policy acquisition costs
                                            are expensed upon policy inception, while under GAAP they are deferred and
                                            amortized over the term of the policies; (c) under SAP, no provision is made
                                            for deferred income taxes; and (d) under SAP, certain reserves are
                                            recognized which are not recognized under GAAP.
 
Severity..................................  The cost of a claim under an insurance policy.
 
Statutory surplus.........................  The amount remaining after all liabilities are subtracted from all admitted
                                            assets, as determined in accordance with SAP. This amount is regarded as
                                            financial protection to policyholders in the event the insurance company
                                            suffers unexpected or catastrophic losses.
 
Treaty....................................  A reinsurance agreement between the ceding company and the reinsurer,
                                            typically for one year or longer, which stipulates the terms of the
                                            reinsurance applicable to some class or classes of business.
 
Underwriting..............................  The process whereby an insurer reviews applications submitted for insurance
                                            coverage and determines whether it will accept all or part, and at what
                                            premium, of the coverage being requested.
 
Underwriting expenses.....................  The aggregate of policy acquisition costs and the portion of administrative,
                                            general and other expenses attributable to the underwriting process as they
                                            are accrued and expensed.
 
Underwriting profit (loss)................  The amount of pretax income (loss) from insurance operations, exclusive of
                                            net investment income and capital gains or losses.
</TABLE>
 
                                      G-2
<PAGE>
   
A collage of logos of a representative list of the Company's endorsements will
appear with the heading, "PAULA's Representative Endorsements."
    
 
                                    [LOGOS]
<PAGE>
- ----------------------------------------------
                                  ----------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------
                                  ----------------------------------------------
 
    NO PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, AND, IF GIVEN OR
MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITIES OTHER THAN THE SECURITIES TO
WHICH IT RELATES OR AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY SUCH
SECURITIES IN ANY CIRCUMSTANCES IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS UNLAWFUL.
NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER
ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE
AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF OR THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED
HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO ITS DATE.
                            -----------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C>
Available Information.....................................................    3
Prospectus Summary........................................................    4
Risk Factors..............................................................   10
Use of Proceeds...........................................................   16
Dividend Policy...........................................................   16
Dilution..................................................................   17
Capitalization............................................................   18
Selected Financial Data...................................................   19
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
  Operations..............................................................   21
Business..................................................................   29
Management................................................................   58
Certain Transactions......................................................   65
Principal and Selling Stockholders........................................   66
Description of Capital Stock..............................................   68
Shares Eligible for Future Sale...........................................   70
Validity of Common Stock..................................................   72
Experts...................................................................   72
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements................................  F-1
Underwriting..............................................................  U-1
Glossary of Selected Insurance Terms......................................  G-1
</TABLE>
 
                            -----------------------
 
    THROUGH AND INCLUDING          , 1997 (THE 25TH DAY AFTER THE DATE OF THIS
PROSPECTUS), ALL DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK, WHETHER OR
NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.
THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN
ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
                                         SHARES
 
                                PAULA FINANCIAL
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
                           (PAR VALUE $.01 PER SHARE)
 
                               ------------------
 
                                  [ L O G O ]
 
                               ------------------
 
                              GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
                               CONNING & COMPANY
 
                      REPRESENTATIVES OF THE UNDERWRITERS
 
- ----------------------------------------------
                                  ----------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------
                                  ----------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
 
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
    The following table itemizes the expenses incurred by the Registrant in
connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities being
registered, other than underwriting discounts. All the amounts shown are
estimates except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. filing fee and the Nasdaq
listing fee.
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                <C>
Registration Fee--Securities and Exchange Commission.............  $  13,637
Filing Fee--National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc......      5,000
Nasdaq Listing Fee...............................................     33,750
Legal Fees and Expenses (other than Blue Sky)....................    170,000
Accounting Fees and Expenses.....................................    225,000
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses, including Legal Fees.................     10,000
Printing, including Registration Statement, Prospectus, etc......    200,000
Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees................................     15,000
Miscellaneous Expenses...........................................    200,000
                                                                   ---------
    Total........................................................  $ 872,387
                                                                   ---------
                                                                   ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
    Section 145 of the DGCL makes provision for the indemnification of officers
and directors in terms sufficiently broad to indemnify officers and directors of
Company under certain circumstances from liabilities (including reimbursement
for expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act. The Certificate of
Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company provide, in effect, that, to the fullest
extent and under the circumstances permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL, the
Company will indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be
made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding,
whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact
that he or she is a director or officer of the Company or is or was serving at
the request of the Company as a director or officer of another corporation or
enterprise. In addition, the Company has entered into indemnification agreements
with its directors and officers providing, subject to the terms therein, that
the Company will indemnify such individuals for damages suffered by reason of
the fact that any such individual is a director or officer of the Company or is
or was serving at the request of the Company as a director or officer of another
corporation or enterprise. The Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the
Company, together with such indemnification agreements, relieve its directors
from monetary damages for breach of such director's fiduciary duty as directors
to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. Consequently, a director or officer
will not be personally liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary
damages for any breach of their fiduciary duty as directors except (i) for a
breach of the duty of loyalty, (ii) for failure to act in good faith, (iii) for
intentional misconduct or knowing violation of law, (iv) for willful or
negligent violation of certain provisions in the DGCL imposing certain
requirements with respect to stock repurchases, redemption and dividends, or (v)
for any transactions from which the director derived an improper personal
benefit. Depending upon the character of the proceeding, under Delaware law, the
Company may indemnify against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments,
fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in
connection with any action, suit or proceeding if the person indemnified acted
in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not
opposed to the best interest of the Company and, with respect to any criminal
action or proceeding, had no cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.
To the extent that a director or officer of the Company has been successful in
the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to above, the
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
Company will be obligated to indemnify him or her against expenses (including
attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith.
 
    Pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, a copy of which is filed as Exhibit
1 to this Registration Statement, the Company has agreed to indemnify the
Underwriters against certain liabilities which may be incurred in connection
with the offering made by the Prospectus forming a part of the Registration
Statement, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and the Underwriters
have agreed to indemnify the Company and their officers and directors against
certain similar liabilities.
 
ITEM 15.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
 
   
    The Registrant issued 949,989 shares of Common Stock and 941,177 shares of
Preferred Stock upon the reincorporation. The predecessor of the Registrant did
not issue any securities during the past three years other than (i) warrants to
purchase an aggregate of 82,353 shares of Common Stock for $17.00 per share
issued to the Preferred Stock placement agents in August 1994; (ii) 941,177
shares of Preferred Stock issued to the Preferred Stockholders in August 1994
for $17.00 per share; (iii) 30,000 shares of Common Stock issued to the current
Chief Executive Officer of the Company in August 1994 for $17.00 per share; (iv)
options to purchase an aggregate of 243,800 shares of Common Stock at exercise
prices ranging from $15.76 to $19.00 issued under the 1994 Plan between August
28, 1993 and October 25, 1996; (v) an aggregate of 25,600 shares of restricted
Common Stock issued under the 1994 Plan between December 31, 1994 and February
1, 1996 with fair market values determined by the Executive Compensation
Committee between $15.76 and $18.06; (vi) options to purchase an aggregate of
188,000 shares of Common Stock at exercise prices ranging from $17.00 to $19.00
issued to Company officers and directors other than under the Plans between July
26, 1994 and October 25, 1996; (vii) 150 and 128 shares of Common Stock issued
to Company employees as compensation bonuses in 1996 and 1997, respectively,
with fair market values determined by the Executive Compensation Committee of
$15.76 and $19.00, respectively; (viii) 34,263 shares of Common Stock issued in
connection with an acquisition in November 1995 with a fair market value
determined by the Board of Directors of $15.76 per share; (ix) 5,882 shares of
Common Stock issued in connection with an acquisition in September 1996 with an
agreed upon value of $30.00 per share; and (x) 500 shares of Common Stock issued
to an unaffiliated consultant to the Company in January 1997 with a fair market
value determined by the Board of Directors of $21.66 per share. Such issuances
were exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
    
 
ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
 
    (a) Exhibits:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
 NO.   DESCRIPTION
- ------ --------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>    <S>
  1    Form of Underwriting Agreement.**
  2.1  Asset Purchase Agreement dated December 8, 1994 by and between Registrant,
         Oregon Ag Insurance Services, Inc., Agri-Comp. Inc., Oregon-Comp. Inc.
         and Oregon Risk Management, Inc.**
  2.2  Asset Purchase Agreement dated November 10, 1995 by and between Pan
         American Underwriters, Inc. (PAU), Desert Benefits, Inc., Employee
         Benefits & Insurance Services, Fredric J. Klicka and Fredric J. Klicka
         II.**
  2.3  Agreement dated July 25, 1996 by and among Registrant, PAULA Insurance
         Company (PICO), James G. Parker Insurance Associates (Parker) and
         certain individual stockholders of Parker.**
  2.4  Asset Purchase Agreement dated August 23, 1996 by and among PAU, Guinn
         Sinclair Insurance Services, Margaret Funnell and Yolanda Ibarrez.**
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
 NO.   DESCRIPTION
- ------ --------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>    <S>
  2.5  Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated March 11, 1997 by and
         between PICO and CAPAX Management & Insurance Services (CAPAX).**
  3.1  Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant.
  3.2  Certificate of Designation of Series A Preferred Stock of PAULA Financial,
         as amended.
  3.3  Bylaws of Registrant.**
  4.2  Specimen certificate of Common Stock.
  5    Opinion of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP.*
 10.1  Lease for Registrant's Pasadena, California office, between Pasadena
         Gateway Plaza, as Lessor, and PAU, as Lessee, dated January 1, 1989 and
         last amended May 12, 1995 and the Assignment and Assumption of Lease and
         Consent between LACERA Gateway Property, Inc., PAU and PICO.**
 10.2  Lease for Registrant's Lake Oswego, Oregon office, dated September 23,
         1996 and amended May 13, 1997 between WCB Thirty-Two Limited
         Partnership, as Lessor, and PICO, as Lessee.**
 10.3  Lease for Registrant's Fresno, California office dated October 18, 1994
         and amended January 10, 1997 between Altaffer Survivor Trust, as Lessor,
         and PAU, as Lessee.**
 10.4  Agreement of Reinsurance, No. 7448, dated February 16, 1990 and last
         amended July 1, 1996 between General Reinsurance Corporation and PICO.**
 10.5  Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability Excess of Loss Reinsurance
         Agreement, No. 380, dated July 1, 1995 and last amended July 1, 1996
         between PICO and certain reinsurers named therein.**
 10.6  PAULA Financial and Subsidiaries 1994 Stock Incentive Plan.**
 10.7  PAULA Financial and Subsidiaries 1997 Stock Incentive Plan.**
 10.8  Form of Stock Option Agreement (Immediate Vesting - Non-Plan) issued in
         connection with the grant of stock options under the 1994 Plan.**
 10.9  Form of Stock Option Agreement (Executive - Non-Plan) issued in connection
         with the grant of stock options other than under the 1994 Plan.**
 10.10 Form of Stock Option Agreement (Immediate Vesting) issued under the 1994
         Plan.**
 10.11 Form of Stock Option Agreement (Executive) issued under the 1994 Plan.**
 10.12 Form of Stock Option Agreement (Stepped Vesting) issued under the 1994
         Plan.**
 10.13 Form of Indemnification Agreement between Registrant and each of its
         directors.**
 10.14 Convertible Revolving Loan Note dated March 31, 1997 made by Registrant in
         favor of Sanwa Bank California.**
 10.15 Credit Agreement dated March 31, 1997 between Registrant and Sanwa Bank
         California.**
 10.16 Form of Credit Guaranty dated March 31, 1997 made by each of PAU, Pan
         American Underwriters Insurance Agents & Brokers, Inc. (PAUIAB),
         Agri-Comp Insurance Agency, Inc. and Pan Pacific Benefit Administrators,
         Inc. (PPBA).**
 10.17 Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated August 3, 1994 between
         Registrant and certain purchasers of Series A Preferred Stock.**
 10.18 Form of Warrant Agreement dated August 3, 1994 between Registrant and
         Prudential Securities Incorporated and Conning & Company (Conning).**
 10.19 Warrant Certificates dated August 3, 1994 in the name of Prudential
         Securities and Conning.**
 10.20 Voting Agreement dated August 3, 1994 between Registrant, certain
         stockholders and certain purchasers of Series A Preferred Stock.**
 10.21 Asset Management Agreement dated February 1, 1995 between PICO and
         Conning.**
</TABLE>
    
 
   
                                      II-3
    
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
 NO.   DESCRIPTION
- ------ --------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>    <S>
 10.22 Agency and Affiliates Cost Allocation and Reimbursement Agreement dated
         March 1, 1992 and last amended December 1, 1996 between PAU and PAUIAB,
         as Agency, and PICO, PACO and PPBA, as Affiliates.**
 10.23 PAULA Insurance Company Insurance Carrier and Affiliates Cost Allocation
         and Reimbursement Agreement dated March 1, 1992 and last amended
         December 9, 1994 between PICO, as Carrier, and PACO, PAU, PAUIAB and
         PPBA, as Affiliates.**
 10.24 PAULA Financial Parent and Affiliates Cost Allocation and Reimbursement
         Agreement dated January 1, 1993 and last amended December 9, 1994
         between Registrant, as Parent, and PICO, PACO, PAU, PAUIAB and PPBA, as
         Affiliates.**
 10.25 Managing Agreement dated January 1, 1993 and last amended April 28, 1995
         between PACO and PPBA, as Manager.**
 10.26 Federal Income Tax Allocation Agreement dated April 10, 1997 between
         Registrant and its subsidiaries.**
 10.27 Agency Agreement dated March 1, 1992 and last amended April 1, 1997
         between PAU and PICO.**
 10.28 Agency Agreement dated March 1, 1992 and last amended April 1, 1997
         between PAUIAB and PICO.**
 10.29 Agency Agreement dated December 8, 1994 and last amended April 1, 1997
         among Agri-Comp Insurance Agency, Inc. and PICO.**
 10.30 Purchase Option dated March 11, 1997 between Registrant and CAPAX.**
 10.31 Plan of Reorganization and Agreement of Merger dated September 22, 1997
         between PAULA Financial (Delaware) and PAULA Financial (California).
 11    Statement re computation of per share earnings.**
 19    1997 Proxy Statement of PAULA Financial.**
 20    PAULA Financial and Subsidiaries Stockholder Report for the Twelve Months
         Ended December 31, 1996.**
 21    List of subsidiaries of PAULA Financial.**
 23.1  Consent of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP (included in Exhibit 5).*
 23.2  Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP (included in S-1).
 24    Power of Attorney.**
 27    Financial Data Schedule.**
 28.1  Schedule P to 1996 Annual Statement of PICO.**
 28.2  Schedule O to 1996 Annual Statement of PACO.**
</TABLE>
    
 
- --------------
 
*  To be filed by Amendment.
 
   
** Previously filed.
    
 
    (b) Financial Statement Schedules:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SCHEDULE
 NO.   DESCRIPTION
- ------ --------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>    <S>
  I    Summary of Investments
 II    Condensed Financial Information of Registrant
III    Supplementary Insurance Information
 IV    Reinsurance
  V    Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves
 VI    Supplemental Property and Casualty Insurance Information
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS.
 
    The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the Underwriters
at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such
denominations and registered in such names as required by the Underwriters to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities rising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against
public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.
 
    The undersigned registrants hereby undertakes that:
 
    (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of
1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this
Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h)
under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration
Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
    (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of
1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be
deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial BONA FIDE offering thereof.
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of
Pasadena, State of California, on the 22nd day of September 1997.
    
 
   
                                PAULA FINANCIAL
 
                                By             /s/ JAMES A. NICHOLSON
                                     -----------------------------------------
                                                 James A. Nicholson
                                              CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
 
    
 
   
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
No. 1 to Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
    
 
   
          SIGNATURE                       TITLE                    DATE
- ------------------------------  --------------------------  -------------------
 
                                Chairman of the Board,
              *                   President and Chief
- ------------------------------    Executive Officer         September 22, 1997
      Jeffrey A. Snider           (Principal Executive
                                  Officer)
 
                                Senior Vice President and
    /s/ JAMES A. NICHOLSON        Chief Financial Officer
- ------------------------------    (Principal Financial and  September 22, 1997
      James A. Nicholson          Principal Accounting
                                  Officer)
 
              *
- ------------------------------  Director                    September 22, 1997
      Andrew M. Slavitt
 
    /s/ BRADLEY K. SERWIN
- ------------------------------  Director                    September 22, 1997
      Bradley K. Serwin
 
              *
- ------------------------------  Director                    September 22, 1997
       Jerry M. Miller
 
              *
- ------------------------------  Director                    September 22, 1997
      Ronald W. Waisner
 
              *
- ------------------------------  Director                    September 22, 1997
       John B. Clinton
 
              *
- ------------------------------  Director                    September 22, 1997
        Gerard Vecchio
 
              *
- ------------------------------  Director                    September 22, 1997
      Owen S. Crihfield
 
 *By:         /s/ BRADLEY K.
            SERWIN
- ------------------------------
      Bradley K. Serwin
       ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
 
    
 
                                      II-6
<PAGE>
                                   SCHEDULES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SCHEDULE
 NO.   DESCRIPTION                                                                   PAGE
- ------ --------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------
<C>    <S>                                                                         <C>
       Independent Auditors' Report and Consent                                       S-2
  I    Summary of Investments....................................................     S-3
 II    Condensed Financial Information of Registrant.............................     S-4
III    Supplementary Insurance Information.......................................     S-8
 IV    Reinsurance...............................................................     S-9
  V    Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves............................    S-10
 VI    Supplemental Property and Casualty Insurance Information..................    S-11
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-1
<PAGE>
                    INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT AND CONSENT
 
    When the transactions referred to in Note 8 of the notes to the consolidated
financial statements have been consummated, we will be in a position to render
the following report.
 
                                          /s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
 
The Board of Directors
 
PAULA Financial:
 
   
    The audits referred to in our report dated August 25, 1997, included the
related financial statement schedules as of December 31, 1995 and 1996 and June
30, 1997 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31,
1996 and the six-month period ended June 30, 1997 included in the registration
statement. These financial statement schedules are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statement schedules based on our audits. In our opinion, such
financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic
consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, present fairly in all
material respects the information set forth therein.
    
 
    We consent to the use of our reports included herein and to the reference to
our firm under the heading "Experts" in the prospectus.
 
   
Los Angeles, California
September 23, 1997
    
 
                                      S-2
<PAGE>
                                                                      SCHEDULE I
 
                        PAULA FINANCIAL AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                             SUMMARY OF INVESTMENTS
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                                                      -------------------------------------------
                                                                                                    COLUMN D
                                                                                                 AMOUNT AT WHICH
COLUMN A                                                               COLUMN B     COLUMN C      SHOWN IN THE
TYPE OF INVESTMENTS                                                      COST         VALUE       BALANCE SHEET
- --------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------------
<S>                                                                   <C>          <C>          <C>
Fixed maturities:
  Bonds:
    U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. Government
      corporations and agencies.....................................   $  16,619    $  16,799      $    16,799
    States, municipalities and political subdivisions...............      47,238       48,008           48,008
    Corporate securities............................................       9,370        9,560            9,560
    Collateralized mortgage obligations.............................       7,025        7,004            7,004
                                                                      -----------  -----------        --------
        Total fixed maturities......................................      80,252       81,371           81,371
                                                                      -----------  -----------        --------
  Equity securities:
    Common stock....................................................         734          777              777
    Nonredeemable preferred stock...................................       1,014        1,033            1,033
                                                                      -----------  -----------        --------
        Total equity securities.....................................       1,748        1,810            1,810
 
  Short-term investments............................................       3,611        3,611            3,611
                                                                      -----------  -----------        --------
        Total investments...........................................   $  85,611    $  86,792      $    86,792
                                                                      -----------  -----------        --------
                                                                      -----------  -----------        --------
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-3
<PAGE>
                                                                   SCHEDULE II.1
 
                        PAULA FINANCIAL AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
                                PAULA FINANCIAL
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
 
                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                               ---------------------   JUNE 30,
                                                                                 1995        1996        1997
                                                                               ---------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                            <C>        <C>         <C>
                                                     ASSETS
Cash and invested cash.......................................................  $       8  $      539  $      133
Property and equipment, net..................................................        170          94          69
Investment in subsidiaries...................................................     43,876      48,209      50,567
Deferred income taxes........................................................         11         241          58
Other assets.................................................................        403         182         555
                                                                               ---------  ----------  ----------
                                                                               $  44,468  $   49,265  $   51,382
                                                                               ---------  ----------  ----------
                                                                               ---------  ----------  ----------
 
                                      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Liabilities:
Notes payable................................................................  $  10,213  $   10,854  $   11,172
Accounts payable and other liabilities.......................................        450         986         397
Obligation on stock held by ESOP.............................................      8,200      11,449      11,495
                                                                               ---------  ----------  ----------
                                                                                  18,863      23,289      23,064
 
Stockholders' equity:
Series A Preferred stock, convertible, redeemable after December 31, 1998,
  $0.01 par value; Authorized 5,000,000 shares: issued and outstanding
  941,177 shares at December 31, 1995 and 1996, and June 30, 1997............     14,905      14,905      14,905
Common stock, $0.01 par value; Authorized 15,000,000 shares:
  issued, 1,133,195 shares in 1995, 1,083,728 shares in 1996 and 1,016,537,
  shares at June 30, 1997....................................................         11          11          10
Additional paid-in capital...................................................      1,414       1,748       1,724
Retained earnings............................................................     20,724      23,176      23,994
Net unrealized gain on investments...........................................      1,528         778         862
Treasury stock...............................................................     (4,458)     (2,972)     (1,486)
Obligation on stock held by ESOP.............................................     (8,200)    (11,449)    (11,495)
Guarantee of notes payable of ESOP...........................................       (319)       (221)       (196)
                                                                               ---------  ----------  ----------
    Net stockholders' equity.................................................     25,605      25,976      28,318
                                                                               ---------  ----------  ----------
                                                                               $  44,468  $   49,265  $   51,382
                                                                               ---------  ----------  ----------
                                                                               ---------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
                  See notes to condensed financial information
 
                                      S-4
<PAGE>
                                                                   SCHEDULE II.2
 
                        PAULA FINANCIAL AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
                                PAULA FINANCIAL
 
                              STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    SIX MONTHS
                                                                   YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,            ENDED
                                                             -------------------------------------   JUNE 30,
                                                                1994         1995         1996         1997
                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Income:
  Net investment income....................................  $       124  $       120  $        31  $   --
  Service fees.............................................        1,429        1,057          871          403
  Other....................................................          198          202          112           23
                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                   1,751        1,379        1,014          426
Expenses:
  Interest expense.........................................          131          742          635          431
  Service fees.............................................          568          135          865          330
  Operating................................................        1,829        1,325        1,649          275
                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                   2,528        2,202        3,149        1,036
 
Loss from operations before income tax benefit and equity
  in net income (loss) of subsidiaries.....................         (777)        (823)      (2,135)        (610)
  Income tax benefit.......................................         (205)        (182)        (727)        (199)
                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Loss from operations before equity in net income (loss) of
  subsidiaries.............................................         (572)        (641)      (1,408)        (411)
Equity in net income of subsidiaries.......................        5,277          941        5,331        2,705
                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
      Net income...........................................  $     4,705  $       300  $     3,923  $     2,294
                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Earnings per share.........................................         2.39         0.15         1.95         1.14
Weighted average shares outstanding........................    1,972,005    1,939,884    2,007,236    2,005,569
</TABLE>
    
 
                  See notes to condensed financial information
 
                                      S-5
<PAGE>
                                                                   SCHEDULE II.3
 
                        PAULA FINANCIAL AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
                                PAULA FINANCIAL
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,       SIX MONTHS
                                                                        -------------------------------      ENDED
                                                                          1994       1995       1996     JUNE 30, 1997
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------
<S>                                                                     <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income............................................................  $   4,705  $     300  $   3,923    $   2,294
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in)
  operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization.......................................        134         83         45           16
  (Income) loss from subsidiaries.....................................     (5,277)      (941)    (5,331)      (2,705)
  Dividends received from subsidiaries................................        975        935        820       --
  Loss on sale of fixed assets........................................         64         33          5            4
  (Increase) decrease in accounts receivable..........................       (347)     1,071       (530)         431
  (Increase) decrease in other assets.................................         17       (312)        (9)        (190)
  Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and other liabilities.......        107        151        536         (589)
  Other...............................................................          2        (80)      (195)          35
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------
    Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities...............        380      1,240       (736)        (704)
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Proceeds from sale of property and equipment........................        176         80         88            6
  Purchase of property and equipment..................................        (11)       (89)       (74)      --
  Capital contribution to subsidiary..................................     (3,750)    --         --           --
  Purchase of insurance agency........................................       (901)    --         --           --
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------
    Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities...............     (4,486)        (9)        14            6
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Borrowings under line of credit agreement, net......................        150      2,822      2,268        1,871
  Payments on notes payable...........................................       (289)    (2,923)    (1,627)      (1,554)
  Issuance of notes payable...........................................     --            214        269       --
  Proceeds from sale of preferred stock...............................     14,905     --         --           --
  Sale of common stock................................................        510          4        343           14
  Retirement of common stock..........................................    (10,585)    (1,994)    --              (39)
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------
    Net cash provided (used in) financing activities..................      4,691     (1,877)     1,253          292
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and invested cash.....................        585       (646)       531         (406)
Cash and invested cash at beginning of period.........................         69        654          8          539
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------
Cash and invested cash at end of period...............................  $     654  $       8  $     539    $     133
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------
 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
  Cash paid during the period for income taxes........................  $       1  $       1  $       1    $  --
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------
  Cash paid during the period for interest............................  $     188  $     363  $     557    $     323
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
                  See notes to condensed financial information
 
                                      S-6
<PAGE>
                                                                   SCHEDULE II.4
 
                        PAULA FINANCIAL AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
                                PAULA FINANCIAL
 
   
                    NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
                  DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1996 AND JUNE 30, 1997
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
    In accordance with the requirements of Regulation S-X of the Securities and
Exchange Commission, the financial statements of the registrant are condensed
and omit many disclosures presented in the consolidated financial statements and
the notes thereto.
 
2. NOTES PAYABLE
 
    The following is a summary of the notes payable balances at period end:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                                           --------------------   JUNE 30,
                                                             1995       1996        1997
                                                           ---------  ---------  -----------
<S>                                                        <C>        <C>        <C>
Note payable to bank.....................................  $   5,222  $   7,490   $   9,361
Notes payable to former shareholders.....................      4,672      3,143       1,615
Notes of employee stock ownership plan...................        319        221         196
                                                           ---------  ---------  -----------
Balance at end of period.................................  $  10,213  $  10,854   $  11,172
                                                           ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                           ---------  ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
    Maturities of notes payable for the next five years are as follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,    JUNE 30,
FISCAL YEAR                                                            1996          1997
- ----------------------------------------------------------------  --------------  -----------
<S>                                                               <C>             <C>
1997............................................................    $    1,625     $      72
1998............................................................         1,627         1,627
1999............................................................         7,559         9,430
2000............................................................            43            43
                                                                  --------------  -----------
Total...........................................................    $   10,854     $  11,172
                                                                  --------------  -----------
                                                                  --------------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
3. DIVIDENDS FROM SUBSIDIARIES
 
   
    During 1994, 1995, and 1996, a cash dividend of $975, $935, and $820,
respectively, was paid to PAULA Financial by its consolidated subsidiaries.
During the first six months of 1997, there were no dividends paid to PAULA
Financial by its consolidated subsidiaries.
    
 
4. CONTINGENCIES
 
    The Company is subject to various litigation which arises in the ordinary
course of business. Based upon discussions with counsel, management is of the
opinion that such litigation will not have a material adverse effect on the
consolidated financial position of the Company or its consolidated results of
operations.
 
                                      S-7
<PAGE>
                                                                    SCHEDULE III
 
                        PAULA FINANCIAL AND SUBSIDIARIES
                       SUPPLEMENTAL INSURANCE INFORMATION
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                      COLUMN
                                        COLUMN                                  COLUMN                                   H
                                           B                                       E                     COLUMN     -----------
                                      -----------                 COLUMN     -------------   COLUMN         G        BENEFITS,
                                       DEFERRED                      D       OTHER POLICY       F      -----------    CLAIMS,
                                        POLICY                  -----------   CLAIMS AND    ---------      NET      LOSSES AND
               COLUMN                 ACQUISITION                UNEARNED      BENEFITS      PREMIUM   INVESTMENT   SETTLEMENT
                 A                       COSTS                    PREMIUM       PAYABLE      REVENUE     INCOME      EXPENSES
- ------------------------------------  -----------               -----------  -------------  ---------  -----------  -----------
                                                     COLUMN
                                                        C
                                                   -----------
                                                     FUTURE
                                                     POLICY
                                                    BENEFITS,
                                                     LOSSES,
                                                   CLAIMS AND
                                                      LOSS
                                                    EXPENSES
                                                   -----------
<S>                                   <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>        <C>          <C>
1994
Workers Compensation................   $     643    $  60,173    $   4,214        --        $  50,977   $   4,037    $  28,513
Group A&H...........................      --              210       --            --               44         121           48
Group Life..........................      --               90       --            --              268         124           57
                                      -----------  -----------  -----------          ---    ---------  -----------  -----------
  Total.............................   $     643    $  60,473    $   4,214        --        $  51,289   $   4,282    $  28,618
                                      -----------  -----------  -----------          ---    ---------  -----------  -----------
                                      -----------  -----------  -----------          ---    ---------  -----------  -----------
1995
Workers Compensation................   $     645    $  56,757    $   4,609        --        $  44,224   $   4,220    $  29,164
Group A&H...........................      --              210       --            --               27         167           98
Group life..........................      --               82       --            --              280         161          101
                                      -----------  -----------  -----------          ---    ---------  -----------  -----------
  Total.............................   $     645    $  57,049    $   4,609        --        $  44,531   $   4,548    $  29,363
                                      -----------  -----------  -----------          ---    ---------  -----------  -----------
                                      -----------  -----------  -----------          ---    ---------  -----------  -----------
1996
Workers Compensation................   $   1,330    $  55,187    $  10,655        --        $  54,563   $   4,288    $  33,293
Group A&H...........................      --              400       --            --              551         152          407
Group Life..........................      --              133       --            --              390         145          200
                                      -----------  -----------  -----------          ---    ---------  -----------  -----------
  Total.............................   $   1,330    $  55,720    $  10,655        --        $  55,504   $   4,585    $  33,900
                                      -----------  -----------  -----------          ---    ---------  -----------  -----------
                                      -----------  -----------  -----------          ---    ---------  -----------  -----------
6 MONTHS ENDED 6/30/97
Workers Compensation................   $   1,805    $  64,389    $  13,364        --        $  41,303   $   2,333    $  28,137
Group A&H...........................      --              443       --            --              318          75          221
Group Life..........................      --              140       --            --              157          72           89
                                      -----------  -----------  -----------          ---    ---------  -----------  -----------
  Total.............................   $   1,805    $  64,972    $  13,364        --        $  41,778   $   2,480    $  28,447
                                      -----------  -----------  -----------          ---    ---------  -----------  -----------
                                      -----------  -----------  -----------          ---    ---------  -----------  -----------
 
<CAPTION>
                                         COLUMN
                                            I
                                      -------------    COLUMN
                                      AMORTIZATION        J         COLUMN
                                       OF DEFERRED   -----------       K
                                         POLICY         OTHER     -----------
               COLUMN                  ACQUISITION    OPERATING    PREMIUMS
                 A                        COSTS       EXPENSES      WRITTEN
- ------------------------------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
 
<S>                                   <C>            <C>          <C>
1994
Workers Compensation................    $     940     $  13,473    $  51,228
Group A&H...........................       --                27           44
Group Life..........................       --               197          268
                                      -------------  -----------  -----------
  Total.............................    $     940     $  13,697    $  51,540
                                      -------------  -----------  -----------
                                      -------------  -----------  -----------
1995
Workers Compensation................    $     922     $  13,847    $  44,619
Group A&H...........................       --                45           27
Group life..........................       --               475          280
                                      -------------  -----------  -----------
  Total.............................    $     922     $  14,367    $  44,926
                                      -------------  -----------  -----------
                                      -------------  -----------  -----------
1996
Workers Compensation................    $   2,421     $  17,256    $  60,609
Group A&H...........................       --               338          551
Group Life..........................       --               234          390
                                      -------------  -----------  -----------
  Total.............................    $   2,421     $  17,828    $  61,550
                                      -------------  -----------  -----------
                                      -------------  -----------  -----------
6 MONTHS ENDED 6/30/97
Workers Compensation................    $   3,549     $  11,565    $  44,012
Group A&H...........................       --               146          318
Group Life..........................       --                58          157
                                      -------------  -----------  -----------
  Total.............................    $   3,549     $  11,769    $  44,487
                                      -------------  -----------  -----------
                                      -------------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-8
<PAGE>
                                                                     SCHEDULE IV
 
                        PAULA FINANCIAL AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                                  REINSURANCE
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         COLUMN F
                                                              COLUMN C      COLUMN D                  ---------------
                                                COLUMN B    ------------  -------------
                  COLUMN A                     -----------    CEDED TO    ASSUMED FROM    COLUMN E     PERCENTAGE OF
- ---------------------------------------------     GROSS        OTHER          OTHER      -----------      AMOUNT
DESCRIPTION                                      AMOUNT      COMPANIES      COMPANIES    NET AMOUNT   ASSUMED TO NET
- ---------------------------------------------  -----------  ------------  -------------  -----------  ---------------
<S>                                            <C>          <C>           <C>            <C>          <C>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994
Premiums:
Workers' compensation insurance..............   $  52,818    $    2,006     $     165     $  50,977            0.3%
Group A&H....................................          44        --            --                44            0.0%
Group Life...................................         268        --            --               268            0.0%
                                                                                                                --
                                               -----------  ------------        -----    -----------
Total Premiums...............................   $  53,130    $    2,006     $     165     $  51,289            0.3%
                                                                                                                --
                                                                                                                --
                                               -----------  ------------        -----    -----------
                                               -----------  ------------        -----    -----------
 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
Premiums:
Workers' compensation insurance..............   $  45,951    $    1,836     $     109     $  44,224            0.2%
Group A&H....................................          27        --            --                27            0.0%
Group Life...................................         280        --            --               280            0.0%
                                                                                                                --
                                               -----------  ------------        -----    -----------
Total Premiums...............................   $  46,258    $    1,836     $     109     $  44,531            0.2%
                                                                                                                --
                                                                                                                --
                                               -----------  ------------        -----    -----------
                                               -----------  ------------        -----    -----------
 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
Premiums:
Workers' compensation insurance..............   $  56,197    $    2,056     $     422     $  54,563            0.8%
Group A&H....................................         551        --            --               551            0.0%
Group Life...................................         390        --            --               390            0.0%
                                                                                                                --
                                               -----------  ------------        -----    -----------
Total Premiums...............................   $  57,138    $    2,056     $     422     $  55,504            0.8%
                                                                                                                --
                                                                                                                --
                                               -----------  ------------        -----    -----------
                                               -----------  ------------        -----    -----------
 
SIX MONTHS ENDED 6/30/97
Premiums:
Workers' compensation insurance..............   $  42,541    $    1,384     $     146     $  41,303            0.4%
Group A&H....................................         318        --            --               318            0.0%
Group Life...................................         157        --            --               157            0.0%
                                                                                                                --
                                               -----------  ------------        -----    -----------
Total Premiums...............................   $  43,016    $    1,384     $     146     $  41,778            0.4%
                                                                                                                --
                                                                                                                --
                                               -----------  ------------        -----    -----------
                                               -----------  ------------        -----    -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      S-9
<PAGE>
                                                                      SCHEDULE V
 
                        PAULA FINANCIAL AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                 VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             COLUMN A                  COLUMN B               COLUMN C              COLUMN D       COLUMN E
- -----------------------------------  -------------  ----------------------------  -------------  -------------
                                                             ADDITIONS
                                                    ----------------------------
                                      BALANCE AT     CHARGED TO     CHARGED TO                    BALANCE AT
                                       BEGINNING      COSTS AND        OTHER                          END
                                       OF PERIOD       EXPENSE       ACCOUNTS      DEDUCTIONS      OF PERIOD
                                     -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                  <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994
Allowance for uncollectible
 accounts..........................    $     350      $  --          $  --          $  --          $     350
                                           -----          -----          -----          -----          -----
                                           -----          -----          -----          -----          -----
 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
Allowance for uncollectible
 accounts..........................    $     350      $       8      $  --          $  --          $     358
                                           -----          -----          -----          -----          -----
                                           -----          -----          -----          -----          -----
 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
Allowance for uncollectible
 accounts..........................    $     358      $     142      $  --          $  --          $     500
                                           -----          -----          -----          -----          -----
                                           -----          -----          -----          -----          -----
 
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
Allowance for uncollectible
 accounts..........................    $     500      $      75      $  --          $      50      $     525
                                           -----          -----          -----          -----          -----
                                           -----          -----          -----          -----          -----
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      S-10
<PAGE>
                                                                     SCHEDULE VI
 
                        PAULA FINANCIAL AND SUBSIDIARIES
            SUPPLEMENTAL PROPERTY AND CASUALTY INSURANCE INFORMATION
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        COLUMN
                                                           C
                                          COLUMN      -----------
                                             B         RESERVES                                                    COLUMN
                                       -------------  FOR UNPAID                        COLUMN       COLUMN           G
                                         DEFERRED     CLAIMS AND                           E            F       -------------
                                          POLICY        CLAIMS                        -----------  -----------       NET
               COLUMN                   ACQUISITION   ADJUSTMENT                       UNEARNED      EARNED      INVESTMENT
                  A                        COSTS        EXPENSE                         PREMIUM      PREMIUM       INCOME
- -------------------------------------  -------------  -----------                     -----------  -----------  -------------
                                                                        COLUMN
                                                                           D
                                                                   -----------------
                                                                   DISCOUNT IF ANY,
                                                                      DEDUCTED IN
                                                                     RESERVES FOR
                                                                   UNPAID CLAIMS AND
                                                                   CLAIM ADJUSTMENT
                                                                       EXPENSES
                                                                   -----------------
<S>                                    <C>            <C>          <C>                <C>          <C>          <C>
1994
Workers Compensation.................    $     643     $  60,173       $  --           $   4,214    $  50,977     $   4,037
 
1995
Workers Compensation.................    $     645     $  56,757       $  --           $   4,609    $  44,224     $   4,220
 
1996
Workers Compensation.................    $   1,330     $  55,187       $  --           $  10,655    $  54,563     $   4,288
 
SIX MONTHS ENDED 6/30/97
Workers Compensation.................    $   1,805     $  64,389       $  --           $  13,364    $  41,303     $   2,333
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                COLUMN
                                                  H
                                       ------------------------
                                                                    COLUMN
                                           CLAIMS AND CLAIM            I          COLUMN
                                         ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES     -------------       J
                                               INCURRED          AMORTIZATION   -----------    COLUMN
                                             RELATED TO:          OF DEFERRED   PAID CLAIMS       K
                                       ------------------------     POLICY       AND CLAIM   -----------
               COLUMN                    CURRENT                  ACQUISITION   ADJUSTMENT    PREMIUMS
                  A                       YEAR      PRIOR YEAR       COSTS       EXPENSES      WRITTEN
- -------------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------
 
<S>                                    <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
1994
Workers Compensation.................   $  32,469    $  (3,955)    $     940     $  32,019    $  51,228
1995
Workers Compensation.................   $  33,048    $  (3,884)    $     922     $  32,469    $  44,619
1996
Workers Compensation.................   $  35,938    $  (2,646)    $   2,421     $  34,514    $  60,609
SIX MONTHS ENDED 6/30/97
Workers Compensation.................   $  28,937    $    (800)    $   3,549     $  18,945    $  44,012
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      S-11
<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          SEQUENTIALLY
  EXHIBIT                                                                                                   NUMBERED
  NUMBER                                            DESCRIPTION                                               PAGE
- -----------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------------
<C>          <S>                                                                                        <C>
         1   Form of Underwriting Agreement.**
 
       2.1   Asset Purchase Agreement dated December 8, 1994 by and between Registrant, Oregon Ag
               Insurance Services, Inc., Agri-Comp. Inc., Oregon-Comp. Inc. and Oregon Risk
               Management, Inc.**
 
       2.2   Asset Purchase Agreement dated November 10, 1995 by and between Pan American
               Underwriters, Inc. (PAU), Desert Benefits, Inc., Employee Benefits & Insurance
               Services, Fredric J. Klicka and Fredric J. Klicka II.**
 
       2.3   Agreement dated July 25, 1996 by and among Registrant, PAULA Insurance Company (PICO),
               James G. Parker Insurance Associates (Parker) and certain individual stockholders of
               Parker.**
 
       2.4   Asset Purchase Agreement dated August 23, 1996 by and among PAU, Guinn Sinclair Insurance
               Services, Margaret Funnell and Yolanda Ibarrez.**
 
       2.5   Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated March 11, 1997 by and between PICO and
               CAPAX Management & Insurance Services (CAPAX).**
 
       3.1   Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant...............................................
 
       3.2   Certificate of Designation of Series A Preferred Stock of PAULA Financial, as amended....
 
       3.3   Bylaws of Registrant.**
 
       4.2   Specimen certificate of Common Stock.....................................................
 
         5   Opinion of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP.*
 
      10.1   Lease for Registrant's Pasadena, California office, between Pasadena Gateway Plaza, as
               Lessor, and PAU, as Lessee, dated January 1, 1989 and last amended May 12, 1995 and the
               Assignment and Assumption of Lease and Consent between LACERA Gateway Property, Inc.,
               PAU and PICO.**
 
      10.2   Lease for Registrant's Lake Oswego, Oregon office, dated September 23, 1996 and amended
               May 13, 1997 between WCB Thirty-Two Limited Partnership, as Lessor, and PICO, as
               Lessee.**
 
      10.3   Lease for Registrant's Fresno, California office dated October 18, 1994 and amended
               January 10, 1997 between Altaffer Survivor Trust, as Lessor, and PAU, as Lessee.**
 
      10.4   Agreement of Reinsurance, No. 7448, dated February 16, 1990 and last amended July 1, 1996
               between General Reinsurance Corporation and PICO.**
 
      10.5   Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability Excess of Loss Reinsurance Agreement, No.
               380, dated July 1, 1995 and last amended July 1, 1996 between PICO and certain
               reinsurers named therein.**
 
      10.6   PAULA Financial and Subsidiaries 1994 Stock Incentive Plan.**
 
      10.7   PAULA Financial and Subsidiaries 1997 Stock Incentive Plan.**
 
      10.8   Form of Stock Option Agreement (Immediate Vesting - Non-Plan) issued in connection with
               the grant of stock options under the 1994 Plan.**
 
      10.9   Form of Stock Option Agreement (Executive - Non-Plan) issued in connection with the grant
               of stock options other than under the 1994 Plan.**
</TABLE>
    
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          SEQUENTIALLY
  EXHIBIT                                                                                                   NUMBERED
  NUMBER                                            DESCRIPTION                                               PAGE
- -----------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------------
<C>          <S>                                                                                        <C>
     10.10   Form of Stock Option Agreement (Immediate Vesting) issued under the 1994 Plan.**
 
     10.11   Form of Stock Option Agreement (Executive) issued under the 1994 Plan.**
 
     10.12   Form of Stock Option Agreement (Stepped Vesting) issued under the 1994 Plan.**
 
     10.13   Form of Indemnification Agreement between Registrant and each of its directors.**
 
     10.14   Convertible Revolving Loan Note dated March 31, 1997 made by Registrant in favor of Sanwa
               Bank California.**
 
     10.15   Credit Agreement dated March 31, 1997 between Registrant and Sanwa Bank California.**
 
     10.16   Form of Credit Guaranty dated March 31, 1997 made by each of PAU, Pan American
               Underwriters Insurance Agents & Brokers, Inc. (PAUIAB), Agri-Comp Insurance Agency,
               Inc. and Pan Pacific Benefit Administrators, Inc. (PPBA).**
 
     10.17   Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated August 3, 1994 between Registrant and
               certain purchasers of Series A Preferred Stock.**
 
     10.18   Form of Warrant Agreement dated August 3, 1994 between Registrant and Prudential
               Securities Incorporated and Conning & Company (Conning).**
 
     10.19   Warrant Certificates dated August 3, 1994 in the name of Prudential Securities and
               Conning.**
 
     10.20   Voting Agreement dated August 3, 1994 between Registrant, certain stockholders and
               certain purchasers of Series A Preferred Stock.**
 
     10.21   Asset Management Agreement dated February 1, 1995 between PICO and Conning.**
 
     10.22   Agency and Affiliates Cost Allocation and Reimbursement Agreement dated March 1, 1992 and
               last amended December 1, 1996 between PAU and PAUIAB, as Agency, and PICO, PACO and
               PPBA, as Affiliates.**
 
     10.23   PAULA Insurance Company Insurance Carrier and Affiliates Cost Allocation and
               Reimbursement Agreement dated March 1, 1992 and last amended December 9, 1994 between
               PICO, as Carrier, and PACO, PAU, PAUIAB and PPBA, as Affiliates.**
 
     10.24   PAULA Financial Parent and Affiliates Cost Allocation and Reimbursement Agreement dated
               January 1, 1993 and last amended December 9, 1994 between Registrant, as Parent, and
               PICO, PACO, PAU, PAUIAB and PPBA, as Affiliates.**
 
     10.25   Managing Agreement dated January 1, 1993 and last amended April 28, 1995 between PACO and
               PPBA, as Manager.**
 
     10.26   Federal Income Tax Allocation Agreement dated April 10, 1997 between Registrant and its
               subsidiaries.**
 
     10.27   Agency Agreement dated March 1, 1992 and last amended April 1, 1997 between PAU and
               PICO.**
 
     10.28   Agency Agreement dated March 1, 1992 and last amended April 1, 1997 between PAUIAB and
               PICO.**
</TABLE>
    
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          SEQUENTIALLY
  EXHIBIT                                                                                                   NUMBERED
  NUMBER                                            DESCRIPTION                                               PAGE
- -----------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------------
<C>          <S>                                                                                        <C>
     10.29   Agency Agreement dated December 8, 1994 and last amended April 1, 1997 among Agri-Comp
               Insurance Agency, Inc. and PICO.**
 
     10.30   Purchase Option dated March 11, 1997 between Registrant and CAPAX.**
 
     10.31   Plan of Reorganization and Agreement of Merger dated September 22, 1997 between PAULA
               Financial (Delaware) and PAULA Financial (California)..................................
 
        11   Statement re Computation of per share earnings.**
 
        19   1997 Proxy Statement of PAULA Financial.**
 
        20   PAULA Financial and Subsidiaries Stockholder Report for the Twelve Months Ended December
               31, 1996.**
 
        21   List of subsidiaries of PAULA Financial.**
 
      23.1   Consent of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP (included in Exhibit 5).*
 
      23.2   Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP (included in S-1).......................................
 
        24   Power of Attorney.
 
        27   Financial Data Schedule.**
 
      28.1   Schedule P to 1996 Annual Statement of PICO.**
 
      28.2   Schedule O to 1996 Annual Statement of PACO.**
</TABLE>
    
 
- --------------
 
*  To be filed by Amendment.
 
   
** Previously filed.
    

<PAGE>

                                 AMENDED AND RESTATED
 
                            CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                          OF

                                   PAULA FINANCIAL



         The undersigned, Bradley K. Serwin, does hereby certify that:

         1.   He is the Secretary of Paula Financial, a Delaware corporation
(the "Corporation");

         2.   The Corporation was incorporated in Delaware pursuant to a
Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on June
20, 1997;

         3.   This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been
duly adopted and approved by the Board of Directors and Shareholder of the
Corporation in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law;

         4.   The Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended
and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

                                      ARTICLE I
                                 NAME OF CORPORATION

         The name of this Corporation is PAULA Financial.

                                      ARTICLE II
                                  REGISTERED OFFICE

         The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State
of Delaware is 9 East Loockerman Street, Dover, County of Kent, and the name of
its registered agent at that address is National Corporate Research, Ltd.

                                    ARTICLE III
                                      PURPOSE

         The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or
activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation
Law of Delaware.

                                     ARTICLE IV
                              AUTHORIZED CAPITAL STOCK

         (a)  The Corporation shall be authorized to issue two classes of
shares of stock to be designated, respectively, "Preferred Stock" and "Common
Stock"; the total number of shares which the Corporation shall have authority to
issue is Twenty Million (20,000,000); the total number of shares of Preferred
Stock shall be Five Million (5,000,000) and each such share 

<PAGE>

shall have a par value of $.01; and the total number of shares of Common Stock
shall be Fifteen Million (15,000,000) and each such share shall have a par value
of $.01.

         (b)  The shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in
one or more series.  The board of directors is hereby vested with authority to
fix by resolution or resolutions the designations and the powers, preferences
and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and
qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including without
limitation the dividend rate, conversion or exchange rights, redemption price
and liquidation preference, of any series of shares of Preferred Stock, and to
fix the number of shares constituting any such series, and to increase or
decrease the number of shares of any such series (but not below the number of
shares thereof then outstanding).  In case the number of shares of any such
series shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume
the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution or resolutions
originally fixing the number of shares of such series.  

         (c)  During any period when the holders of any Preferred Stock or any
one or more series thereof, voting as a class, shall be entitled to elect a
specified number of directors, by reason of dividend arrearages or other
provisions giving them the right to do so, then and during such time as such
right continues, and notwithstanding anything in the Corporation's By-Laws to
the contrary, (1) the then otherwise authorized number of directors shall be
increased by such specified number of directors, and the holders of such
Preferred Stock or such series thereof, voting as a class, shall be entitled to
elect the additional directors so provided for, pursuant to the provisions of
such Preferred Stock or series; (2) each such additional director shall serve
for such term, and have such voting powers, as shall be stated in the provisions
pertaining to such Preferred Stock or series; and (3) whenever the holders of
any such Preferred Stock or series thereof are divested of such rights to elect
a specified number of directors, voting as a class, pursuant to the provisions
of such Preferred Stock or series, the terms of office of all directors elected
by the holders of such Preferred Stock or series, voting as a class pursuant to
such provisions, or elected to fill any vacancies resulting from the death,
resignation or removal of directors so elected by the holders of such Preferred
Stock or series, shall forthwith terminate and the authorized number of
directors shall be reduced accordingly.

         (d)  The Common Stock of the Corporation shall be issued in one class. 
Each share of the Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote on all matters
presented to the stockholders of the Corporation, except when the holders of any
Preferred Stock or any one or more series thereof, voting as a class, are
entitled to elect a specified number of directors, by reason of dividend
arrearages or other provisions giving them the right to do so.

                                     ARTICLE V
                            BOARD POWER REGARDING BYLAWS

         In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by
statute, the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter,
amend and rescind the bylaws of the Corporation.

                                          2

<PAGE>

                                     ARTICLE VI
                                     DIRECTORS

         (a)  The number of directors of the Corporation shall be exclusively
fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, except that in the absence of
such designation, such number shall be nine.

         (b)  Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the
bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

         (c)  The procedures for the nomination and election of directors,
other than as set forth in Section (b) above, shall be governed by Article III
of the Bylaws of the Corporation.

                                    ARTICLE VII
                LIMITATION OF DIRECTOR LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

         To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation
Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (the "Delaware Law"), a
director of the Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its
stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as director.  If
the Delaware Law is amended after the date of the filing of this Certificate of
Incorporation to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the
personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the
Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by
the Delaware Law, as so amended from time to time.  The Corporation shall
indemnify, in the manner and to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware Law
(but in the case of any amendment thereto, only to the extent that such
amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than
permitted prior thereto), any person (or the estate of any person) who is or was
a party to, or is threatened to be made a party to, any threatened, pending or
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether or not by or in the right of the
Corporation, and whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or
otherwise, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer,
employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the
Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.  The Corporation may, to
the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware Law, purchase and maintain
insurance on behalf of any such person against any liability which may be
asserted against such person.  The Corporation may create a trust fund, grant a
security interest or use other means (including without limitation a letter of
credit) to ensure the payment of such sums as may become necessary to effect the
indemnification as provided herein.  To the fullest extent permitted by the
Delaware Law, the indemnification provided herein shall include expenses
(including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and
any such expenses shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final
disposition of such action, suit or proceeding.  The indemnification provided
herein shall not be deemed to limit the right of the Corporation to indemnify
any other person for any such expenses to the fullest extent permitted by the
Delaware Law, nor shall it be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any
person seeking indemnification from the Corporation may be entitled under any
agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, both
as to action in such person's official 

                                          3

<PAGE>

capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.  No
repeal or modification of this Article VII by the stockholders shall adversely
affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing by
virtue of this Article VII at the time of such repeal or modification.

                                    ARTICLE VIII
                                  CORPORATE POWER

         The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal
any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now
or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred on stockholders
herein are granted subject to this reservation.

                                     ARTICLE IX
                         CREDITOR COMPROMISE OR ARRANGEMENT

         Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this
Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this
Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable
jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary
way of this Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the
application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under
the provisions of Section 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the
application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed
for this Corporation under the provisions of Section 279 of Title 8 of the
Delaware Code order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of
the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may
be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs.  If a majority in
number representing three-fourths in value of the creditors or class of
creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this
Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to
any reorganization of this Corporation as a consequence of such compromise or
arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization
shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made,
be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the
stockholders or class of stockholders, of this Corporation, as the case may be,
and also on this Corporation.

                                     ARTICLE X
                                 STOCKHOLDER ACTION

         Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock
relating to the ability of such holders of such Preferred Stock to take action
by a consent or consents in writing, no action required to be taken or which may
be taken at any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation may be taken
without a meeting and the power of stockholders to consent in writing without a
meeting to the taking of any action is denied; PROVIDED, that any such action
may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a
consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be
signed by all of the members of the Board of Directors entitled to vote with
respect to the subject matter thereof and delivered to the Corporation in the
manner set forth in the bylaws of the Corporation.

                                          4

<PAGE>

                                     ARTICLE XI
                          AMENDMENT OF CORPORATE DOCUMENTS

         (a)  CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION.  In addition to any affirmative
vote required by applicable law or any other provision of this Certificate of
Incorporation or specified in any agreement, and in addition to any voting
rights granted to or held by the holders of any series of Common Stock or
Preferred Stock, any alteration, amendment, repeal or rescission (any "Change")
of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation (other than any Change
that relates solely to Articles I or II hereof) must be approved by a majority
of the directors of the Corporation then in office and by the affirmative vote
of at least 66-2/3% of the outstanding shares of voting stock of the Corporation
entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, considered for the
purpose of this Article XI as one class ("Voting Shares").  Subject to the
foregoing, the Corporation reserves the right to alter, amend, repeal or rescind
any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation in any manner now
or hereafter prescribed by law.

         (b)  BYLAWS.  In addition to any affirmative vote required by
applicable law and any voting rights granted to or held by the holders of any
series of Preferred Stock, any Change to Section 2.03, 2.08, 2.09, 3.01, 3.02,
3.03, 3.04, 3.06, 3.10, 4.04, 7.01, 7.02, 7.03 or 8.05 of the Bylaws of the
Corporation which Change is not unanimously approved by the directors of the
Corporation then in office must be approved by the affirmative vote of at least
66-2/3% of the Voting Shares.  Subject to the foregoing, the Board shall have
the power to make, alter, amend, repeal or rescind the Bylaws of the
Corporation.

         THE UNDERSIGNED, being the Secretary of the Corporation, hereby
affirms and acknowledges under penalty of perjury that the filing of the Amended
and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is the act and deed of the
Corporation.

                             
                                       /s/  Bradley K. Serwin
                                       ---------------------------
                                            Bradley K. Serwin



                                          5



<PAGE>



                      CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION OF PREFERENCES

                                          OF

                               SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK

                                          OF

                                   PAULA FINANCIAL

Pursuant to Section 151 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware


         1.   The undersigned, Bradley K. Serwin, does hereby certify that:


         1.   I am the Secretary of PAULA Financial, a Delaware corporation
(the "Corporation").

         2.   Pursuant to authority given by the Corporation's Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation and by Section 141 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law, the Board of Directors of the Corporation held a meeting on
July 23, 1997, and adopted the following resolution:

         WHEREAS, the rights and privileges applicable to the Preferred Stock,
including the provisions relating to the convertibility of the Preferred Stock
into shares of the Corporation's Common Stock, $.01 par value (the "Common
Stock"), are specified in the following Certificate of Designation of
Preferences of Series A Preferred Stock of PAULA Financial (the "Certificate of
Designation");

         NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT

         RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority presently granted to and
vested in the Board of Directors of this Corporation under the provisions of the
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as of the Corporation and
pursuant to the provisions of Section 242 of the Delaware General Corporation
Law, this Board of Directors hereby creates a series of Preferred Stock to
consist of 941,177 shares, $.01 par value, and hereby fixes the powers,
preferences and relative participating, voting, optional and other special
rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, of said
series of Preferred Stock which have not heretofore been set forth in the
Certificate of Incorporation in accordance with the terms of the Amended and
Restated Certificate of Designation attached hereto as Exhibit A.

         3.   The authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock of the
Corporation is 5,000,000.  The number of shares constituting this Series A
Preferred Stock is 941,177, none of which shares has been issued.



<PAGE>


         THE UNDERSIGNED, being the Secretary of the Corporation, hereby
affirms and acknowledges under penalty of perjury that the filing of the
Certificate of Designation is the act and deed of the Corporation.



                             /s/ Bradley K. Serwin
                             -------------------------------
                             Bradley K. Serwin,
                             Secretary




<PAGE>
                                      EXHIBIT A



                              CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION
                             OF SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK
                                  OF PAULA FINANCIAL

    The following is a statement of the designations, preferences, voting
powers, qualifications, special or relative rights and privileges in respect of
the authorized capital stock of the Series A Preferred Stock of the Corporation.

    1.   DESIGNATION.
 
   A total of 941,177 shares of the Corporation's Preferred Stock shall be
designated the "Series A Preferred Stock."

    2.   DIVIDENDS.

         (a)  RESTRICTIONS ON DISTRIBUTIONS.  Except as otherwise consented to
by the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the then outstanding shares of Series A
Preferred Stock (voting as a separate class), the Corporation shall not declare
or pay any dividends, or purchase, redeem, retire, or otherwise acquire for
value any shares of its capital stock (or any rights, options or warrants to
purchase such shares) now or hereafter outstanding, return any capital to its
stockholders as such, or make any distribution of assets to its stockholders as
such, or permit any Subsidiary to do any of the foregoing.  "Subsidiary" means
any corporation or other entity of which at least a majority of the securities
or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (absolutely or
contingently) for the election of directors or other persons performing similar
functions are at the time owned directly or indirectly by the Corporation and/or
any of its other Subsidiaries.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, Subsidiaries may declare and make
payment of cash and stock dividends, return capital and make distributions of
assets to the Corporation, and nothing herein contained shall prevent the
Corporation from:

              (i)  effecting a stock split or declaring or paying any dividend
    consisting of shares of any class of capital stock paid to the holders of
    shares of such class of capital stock;

              (ii) complying with any specific provision of the terms of the
    Series A Preferred Stock as set forth herein (including, without
    limitation, redemption of the Series A Preferred Stock in accordance with
    its terms);



<PAGE>
                                      EXHIBIT A


              (iii)     repurchasing any stock of any director, officer,
    employee, consultant or other person or entity, subject to a stock
    repurchase, stock restriction or stock option agreement under which the
    Corporation has the right or obligation to repurchase such shares in the
    event of termination of employment or of the consulting arrangement, or
    other similar discontinuation of a business relationship ( including,
    without limitation, the Corporation's obligations under the PAULA Financial
    and Subsidiaries Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the "ESOP") to repurchase
    any stock which is offered for sale to the Corporation by either a
    participant or beneficiary of a deceased participant of the ESOP in
    accordance with the put options provisions set forth in ESOP Section 5.08
    or any applicable successor section thereto, the 1994 and 1997 Stock
    Incentive Plans of the Corporation to accept options and stock as payment
    of the exercise price for options issued thereunder; provided, however,
    each such repurchase or payment is approved by the Board of Directors of
    the Corporation; or

              (iv) repurchasing any stock of any director, officer, employee,
    consultant or other person or entity so long as the aggregate amount of
    such repurchases during any fiscal year of the Corporation does not exceed
    $250,000; provided, however, each such repurchase or payment is approved by
    the Board of Directors of the Corporation; provided further, however, to
    the extent that the amount of such repurchases during any fiscal year is
    less than $250,000, the difference between $250,000 and the amount of such
    repurchases may be carried forward and expended in a subsequent fiscal
    year.

         (b)  PARTICIPATING DIVIDENDS.  In the event that the Board of
Directors of the Corporation shall declare a dividend payable upon the then
outstanding shares of Common Stock (other than a stock dividend on the Common
Stock distributed solely in the form of additional shares of Common Stock), each
holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the amount of
dividends as would be declared payable on the largest number of whole shares of
Common Stock into which the shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by such
holder could be converted pursuant to the provision of Section 6 hereof, such
number determined as of the record date for the determination of holders of
Common Stock entitled to receive such dividend.

    3.   LIQUIDATION, DISSOLUTION OR WINDING UP.

    In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, or in the event of its
insolvency, before any distribution or payment is made to any holders of Common
Stock or any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation
designated to be junior to the Series A Preferred Stock and subject to the
liquidation rights and preferences of any class or series of preferred stock
designated in the future to be senior to, or on a parity with, the Series A
Preferred Stock with respect to liquidation preferences, the holders of each
share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid first out of the
assets of the Corporation available for distribution to holders of the
Corporation's



<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT A


capital stock of all classes whether such assets are capital, surplus or
earnings ("Available Assets"), an amount equal to the greater of:

         (a)  $17.00 per shares of Series A Preferred Stock, plus all accrued
but unpaid dividends thereon, whether or not earned or declared up to and
including the date full payment shall be tendered to the holders of the Series A
Preferred Stock with respect to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up; and

         (b)  an amount equal to such amount per share of Series A Preferred
Stock as would have been payable had each share of Series A Preferred Stock, and
all other outstanding shares of any class or series of capital stock of the
Corporation, if any, which are convertible into Common Stock and which are
senior to the Common Stock with respect to liquidation preferences, been
converted to Common Stock immediately prior to such event of liquidation,
dissolution or winding up, but without giving effect to any other liquidation
preference or participation right of any such other classes or series of capital
stock of the Corporation.

    The amounts set forth above and throughout this Section 3 shall be subject
to equitable adjustment whenever there shall occur a stock dividend, stock
split, combination, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other
similar event involving a change in the capital structure of the Series A
Preferred Stock.

    If, upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the
Available Assets shall be insufficient to pay the holders of Series A Preferred
Stock the full amount to which they otherwise would be entitled to receive, the
holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of
Available Assets pro rata in proportion to the respective liquidation preference
amounts to which they would otherwise be entitled to receive upon liquidation if
all liquidation preference dollar amounts owing to the holders of Series A
Preferred Stock were paid in full.

    After such payment shall have been made in full to the holders of the
Series A Preferred Stock or funds necessary for such payment shall have been set
aside by the Corporation in trust for the account of holders of the Series A
Preferred Stock so as to be available for such payment, the remaining assets
available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the
Common Stock.

    Whenever the distribution provided for in this Section 3 shall be payable
in property other than cash, the value of such distribution shall be the fair
market value of such property as determined in good faith by the Board of
Directors of the Corporation.  All distributions (including distributions, other
than cash) made hereunder shall be made pro rata with respect to each share of
Series A Preferred Stock in accordance with the liquidation preference amounts
described in Section 3 above.  In the event of any dispute between the holders
of the Series A Preferred Stock and the Corporation regarding the determination
of the fair market value of non-cash distributions at the election of the
holders of at least 66 2/3% of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred
Stock (voting as a



<PAGE>
                                      EXHIBIT A


separate class), the Corporation shall engage a consulting or investment banking
firm selected by the Board of Directors and approved by the holders of at least
66 2/3% of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock (voting as a
separate class) to prepare an independent appraisal of the fair market value of
such property to be distributed.  The expenses of any appraisal by such
consulting or investment banking firm shall be borne by the Corporation.

    4.   REORGANIZATION

    If at any time or from time to time there shall be a capital reorganization
of the Common Stock, or a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or
into another corporation unless the Corporation shall be the surviving
corporation, or the sale of all or substantially all of the Corporation's
capital stock or assets to any other person or entity, or any other form of
business combination or reorganization in which "control" (as defined in this
Section 4) of the Corporation is transferred (a "Reorganization"), the holders
of each share of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid in cash an amount
equal to the greater of:

         (a)  $17.00 per share of Series A Preferred Stock, plus all accrued
but unpaid dividends thereon, whether or not earned or declared up to and
including the date full payment shall be tendered to the holders of the Series A
Preferred Stock with respect to such Reorganization; and

         (b)  an amount equal to such amount per share of Series A Preferred
Stock as would have been payable had each share of Series A Preferred Stock, and
all other outstanding shares of any class or series of capital stock of the
Corporation, if any, which are convertible into Common Stock and which are
senior to the Common Stock with respect to liquidation preferences, been
converted to Common Stock immediately prior to such event of Reorganization, but
without giving effect to any other Reorganization preference or participation
right of any such other classes or series of capital stock of the Corporation.

    For purposes of this Section 4, "control" shall be deemed to have been
transferred in a transaction or series of transactions in which any person, or
group of persons acting in concert, other than the ESOP, the Purchasers (or any
entity with respect to which any Purchaser beneficially owns more than 50% of
the voting securities of such entity or more than 50% of the voting securities
of such Purchaser is directly or indirectly beneficially owned or held by such
entity or such Purchaser is a partnership in which such entity is a general
partner) and holders of more than 10% of Series A Preferred Stock immediately
prior to the consummation of the Reorganization, shall have acquired beneficial
ownership of more than 25% of the Common Stock of the Corporation (assuming all
rights, options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities entitling
the holders thereof to subscribe for or purchase or otherwise acquire shares of
Common Stock ("Common Stock Equivalents") have been fully exercised on
converted) or of substantially all of the assets of the Corporation.

    The amounts set forth above and throughout this Section 4 shall be subject
to equitable adjustment whenever there shall occur a stock dividend, stock
split, combination, reorganization,



<PAGE>
                                      EXHIBIT A


recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event involving a change in
the capital structure of the Series A Preferred Stock.

    5.   VOTING POWER

    Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 5, or as otherwise
required by law, each holder of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to
vote on all matters and shall be entitled to that number of votes equal to the
largest number of whole shares of Common Stock into which such holder's shares
of Series A Preferred Stock could be converted, pursuant to the provisions of
Section 6 hereof, at the record date for the determination of stockholders
entitled to vote on any such matter or, if no such record date is established,
at the date such vote is taken or any written consent of stockholders is
solicited.  Except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 5 or Section 8
hereof or as otherwise required by law, the holders of shares of Series A
Preferred Stock and Common Stock shall vote together (or render written consents
in lieu of a vote) as a single class on all matters submitted to the
stockholders of the Corporation including the election of directors other than
the Series A Directors.

    The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class,
shall be entitled to elect three directors (the "Series A Directors").  At any
annual or special meeting of the Corporation (or in a written consent in lieu
thereof) held for the purpose of electing directors, the presence in person or
by proxy (or by written consent) of the holders of at least 51% of the
outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock (voting as a separate class)
shall constitute a quorum for the election of the Series A Directors.  The
persons receiving the highest number of affirmative votes of the shares of
Series A Preferred Stock (voting as a separate class) present in person or by
proxy at any meeting relating to the election of directors (calculated after the
determination of a quorum) shall be elected as the Series A Directors.

    Any Series A Director may be removed during his or her term of office,
without cause, by and only by, the affirmative vote or written consent of the
holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of the Series A
Preferred Stock (voting as a separate class).  A vacancy in a seat held by a
Series A Director shall be filled by vote or written consent of the majority of
the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock (voting as a separate
class) present in person at any meeting (calculated after the determination of a
quorum) or by written consent.

    Without the written consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the then
outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock (voting as a separate class), the
number of directors of the Corporation shall not exceed nine in number.

    6.   CONVERSION RIGHTS



<PAGE>
                                      EXHIBIT A


    The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall have the following rights
with respect to the conversion of such shares into shares of Common Stock:

         (a)  GENERAL.  Subject to and in compliance with the provisions of
this Section 6, all shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by any person or
entity may, at the option of such person or entity, be converted at any time and
from time to time into fully-paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock.
The number of shares of Common Stock to which a holder of Series A Preferred
Stock shall be entitled to receive upon conversion shall be the product obtained
by multiplying the Applicable Conversion Rate (determined as provided in Section
6(b)) by the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock being converted at any
time.

         (b)  APPLICABLE CONVERSION RATE.  The conversion rate in effect at any
time for the Series A Preferred Stock (the "Applicable Conversion Rate") shall
be the quotient obtained by dividing $17.00 by the Applicable Conversion Value,
calculated as provided in Section 6(c).

         (c)  APPLICABLE CONVERSION VALUE.  The Applicable Conversion Value in
effect from time to time, except as adjusted in accordance with Section 6(d)
hereof, shall be $17.00 (the "Applicable Conversion Value").

         (d)  ADJUSTMENTS TO APPLICABLE CONVERSION VALUE OF SERIES A PREFERRED
STOCK.

    (i)(A)    UPON DILUTIVE ISSUANCES OF COMMON STOCK OR CONVERTIBLE
SECURITIES.  If the Corporation shall, while there are any shares of Series A
Preferred Stock outstanding, issue or sell shares of its Common Stock or Common
Stock Equivalents (as defined in Section 6(d)(i)(B)(1)) without consideration or
at a price per share less than the Applicable Conversion Value in effect
immediately prior to such issuance or sale, then in each such case such
Applicable Conversion Value, except as hereinafter provided, shall be lowered so
as to be equal to an amount determined by multiplying such Applicable Conversion
Value by a fraction:

                   (1)  the numerator of which shall be (a) the number of
         shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the issuance
         of such additional shares of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents
         (calculated on a fully-diluted basis assuming the conversion of all
         then presently exercisable options, warrants, purchase rights or
         convertible securities whose exercise or conversion price is less than
         the Applicable Conversion Value then in effect), plus (b) the number
         of shares of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents which the net
         aggregate consideration, if any, received by the Corporation for the
         total number of such additional shares of Common Stock or Common Stock
         Equivalents so issued would purchase at the Applicable Conversion
         Value in effect immediately prior to such issuance, and

                   (2)  the denominator of which shall be (a) the number of
         shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the issuance
         of such additional shares of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents
         (calculated on



<PAGE>
                                      EXHIBIT A


         a fully-diluted basis assuming the exercise of conversion of all then
         presently exercisable options, warrants, purchase right or convertible
         securities whose exercise or conversion price is less than the
         Applicable Conversion Value then in effect), plus (b) the number of
         such additional shares of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents so
         issued.

    The provisions of the foregoing paragraph as they may apply to the Series A
Preferred Stock may be waived in any instance (without the necessity of
convening any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation) upon the written
agreement of at least 66 2/3% of the then outstanding shares of Series A
Preferred Stock (voting as a separate class).

    (i)(B)    UPON DILUTIVE ISSUANCES OF WARRANTS, OPTIONS AND PURCHASE RIGHTS
TO COMMON STOCK OR CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES.

                   (1)  For the purposes of this Section 6(d)(i), the issuance
         of any Common Stock Equivalent shall be deemed an issuance of Common
         Stock with respect to adjustments in the Applicable Conversion Value
         if the Net Consideration Per Share (as hereinafter determined) which
         may be received by the Corporation for such Common Stock shall be less
         than the Applicable Conversion Value in effect at the time of such
         issuance.  Any obligation, agreement or undertaking to issue Common
         Stock Equivalents at any time in the future shall be deemed to be an
         issuance at the time such obligation, agreement or undertaking is made
         or arises.  No adjustment of the Applicable Conversion Value shall be
         made under this Section 6(d)(i) upon the issuance of any shares of
         Common Stock which are issued pursuant to the exercise, conversion or
         exchange of any Common Stock Equivalents if any adjustment shall
         previously have been made upon the issuance of any such Common Stock
         Equivalents as above provided.

                   (2)  Adjustments for Cancellation or Expiration of Common
         Stock Equivalents.  Should the Net Consideration Per Share of any such
         Common Stock Equivalents be decreased from time to time, then, upon
         the effectiveness of each such change, the Applicable Conversion Value
         will be that which would have been obtained (x) had the adjustments
         made upon the issuance of such Common Stock Equivalents been made upon
         the basis of the actual Net Consideration Per Share of such
         securities, and (y) had the adjustments made to the Applicable
         Conversion Value since the date of issuance of such Common Stock
         Equivalents been made to such Applicable Conversion Value as adjusted
         pursuant to clause (1) above.  Any adjustment of the Applicable
         Conversion Value with respect to this Section 6(d)(i) which relates to
         any Common Stock Equivalent shall be disregarded if, as, and when such
         Common Stock Equivalent expires or is canceled without being
         exercised, or is repurchased by the Corporation at a price per share
         at or less than the original purchase price, so that the Applicable
         Conversion Value effective immediately upon such cancellation or
         expiration shall be equal to the Applicable Conversion Value that
         would have



<PAGE>
                                      EXHIBIT A


         been in effect had the expired or canceled Common Stock Equivalent not
         been issued.

                   (3)  Net Consideration Per Share.  For purposes of this
         paragraph, the "Net Consideration Per Share" which may be received by
         the Corporation shall be determined as follows:

                        (a)  The "Net Consideration Per Share" shall mean the
         amount equal to the total amount of consideration, if any, received by
         the Corporation for the issuance of such Common Stock Equivalents,
         plus the minimum amount of consideration, if any, payable to the
         Corporation upon exercise, or conversion or exchange thereof, divided
         by the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that would be issued
         if all such Common Stock Equivalents were exercised, exchanged or
         converted.

                        (b)  The "Net Consideration Per Share" which may be
         received by the Corporation shall be determined in each instance as of
         the date of issuance of Common Stock Equivalents without giving effect
         to any possible future upward price adjustments or rate adjustments
         which may be applicable with respect such Common Stock Equivalents.

    (i)(C)    STOCK DIVIDENDS FOR HOLDERS OF CAPITAL STOCK OTHER THAN COMMON
STOCK.  In the event that the Corporation shall make or issue, or shall fix a
record date for the determination of holders of any capital stock of the
Corporation other than holders of Common Stock entitled to receive a dividend or
other distribution payable in Common Stock or securities of the Corporation
convertible into or otherwise exchangeable for shares of Common Stock of the
Corporation, then such Common Stock or other securities issued in payment of
such dividend shall be deemed to have been issued for no consideration, except
for (1) dividends payable in shares of Common Stock payable pro rata to holders
of Series A Preferred Stock and to holders of any other class of stock (whether
or not paid to holders of any other class of stock), or (2) with respect to the
Series A Preferred Stock, dividends payable in shares of Series A Preferred
Stock which shall be deemed to have been issued at the then Applicable
Conversion Value; provided, however, that holders of any shares of Series A
Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive in lieu of such Series A Preferred
Stock the shares of Common Stock for which the shares of Series A Preferred
Stock are then convertible.

    (i)(D)    CONSIDERATION OTHER THAN CASH.  For purposes of this Section
6(d)(i), if a part or all of the consideration received by the Corporation in
connection with the issuance of shares of the Common Stock or the issuance of
any of the securities described in this Section 6(d)(i) consists of property
other than cash, such consideration shall be deemed to have a fair market value
as is reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the
Corporation.  In the event of any dispute between the holders of the Series A
Preferred Stock and the Corporation regarding the determination of fair market
value, on the request of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding
shares of Series A Preferred Stock (voting as a separate class), the Corporation
shall engage a consulting firm or investment banking firm, selected by the Board
of Directors



<PAGE>
                                      EXHIBIT A


and approved by the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding shares of
Series A Preferred Stock (voting as a separate class), to prepare an independent
appraisal of the fair market value of such property to be distributed.  The
expenses of any appraisal by such consulting or investment banking firm shall be
borne by the Corporation.

    (i)(E)    EXCEPTIONS TO ANTI-DILUTION ADJUSTMENTS; BASKET FOR RESERVED
EMPLOYEE SHARES.  This Section 6(d)(i) shall not apply (a) under any of the
circumstances which would constitute an Extraordinary Common Stock Event (as
described below); (b) with respect to the issuance or exercise of warrants
issued to the placement agents of the Series A Preferred Stock for 82,353 shares
of Common Stock; (c) with respect to the issuance or sale of shares of Common
Stock, or the grant of options, warrants or other rights exercisable therefor,
issued or issuable after the original issue date of the Series A Preferred Stock
to directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Corporation or any
subsidiary, pursuant to any qualified or non-qualified stock option plan or
agreement, stock purchase plan or agreement, stock restriction agreement,
employee stock ownership plan (ESOP), consulting agreement, or such other
options, issuances arrangements or plans approved by the Board of Directors so
long as the aggregate number of such shares (including those shares issuable
upon the exercise of Common Stock Equivalents other than options issued to
Jeffrey A. Snider to purchase 30,000 shares of Common Stock) does not exceed 10%
of the outstanding Common Stock (assuming all Common Stock Equivalents have been
fully exercised or converted) at the time of proposed issuance; (d) with respect
to the issuance or exercise of options issued to Jeffrey A. Snider to purchase
30,000 shares of Common Stock; and (e) as to shares or Common Stock Equivalents
purchased by any holder of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to Article 8 of the
Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of August 3, 1994 (the
"Stock Purchase Agreement") among the Corporation and the Purchasers listed on
Schedule 1.01 thereto (the "Purchasers").

         (d)  (ii) UPON EXTRAORDINARY COMMON STOCK EVENT.  Upon the happening
    of an Extraordinary Common Stock Event (as hereinafter defined), the
    Applicable Conversion Value (and all other conversion values set forth in
    Section 6(d)(i) above) shall, simultaneously with the happening of such
    Extraordinary Common Stock Event, be adjusted by multiplying the Applicable
    Conversion Value by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number
    of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such
    Extraordinary Common Stock Event and the denominator of which shall be the
    number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such
    Extraordinary Common Stock Event, and the product so obtained shall
    thereafter by the Applicable Conversion Value.  The Applicable Conversion
    Value, as so adjusted, shall be readjusted in the same manner upon the
    happening of any successive Extraordinary Common Stock Event or Events.

                   An "Extraordinary Common Stock Event" shall mean (i) the
    issue of additional shares of Common Stock as a dividend or other
    distribution on outstanding shares of Common Stock, (ii) a subdivision of
    outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares of
    Common Stock, or (iii) a combination or reverse stock split



<PAGE>
                                      EXHIBIT A


    or outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares of
    the Common Stock.

         (e)  AUTOMATIC CONVERSION UPON QUALIFIED PUBLIC OFFERING  OR ELECTION
OF SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK.


    (i) Immediately upon (A) the closing of a public offering pursuant to an
    effective registration statement filed pursuant to the Securities Act of
    1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of shares of Common Stock in
    which the aggregate price paid for such shares by the public is equal to or
    greater than $20,000,000 and in which the price per share of Common Stock
    paid by the public equals or exceeds (I) for the period until December 31,
    1995, 125% of the then Applicable Conversion Value, (II) for the period
    from January 1, 1996 through December 31, 1996, 135% of the then Applicable
    Conversion Value or (III) for the period on or after January 1, 1997, 150%
    of the then Applicable Conversion Value (a "Qualified Public Offering"), or
    (B) the approval, set forth in a written notice to the Corporation and all
    record holders of Series A Preferred Stock, of the holders of at least 66
    2/3% of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock of an election
    to convert Series A Preferred Stock into Common Stock, then all outstanding
    shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be converted automatically into
    the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series A
    Preferred Stock are then convertible pursuant to Section 6 hereof as of the
    closing and consummation of such underwritten public offering, or the
    stated date of approval of such holders of Series A Preferred Stock,
    without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not
    the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the
    Corporation or its transfer agent.

    (ii)  SURRENDER OF CERTIFICATES UPON AUTOMATIC CONVERSION.  Upon the
    occurrence of the conversion event specified in the immediately preceding
    subparagraph (i), the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall, upon
    notice from the Corporation, surrender the certificates representing such
    shares at the office of the Corporation or of its transfer agent for the
    Common Stock. Thereupon, there shall be issued and delivered to such holder
    a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into
    the shares of Series A Stock so surrendered were convertible on the date on
    which such conversion occurred. The Corporation shall not be obligated to
    issue such certificates unless certificates evidencing the shares of Series
    A Preferred Stock being converted are either delivered to the Corporation
    or any such transfer agent, or the holder notifies the Corporation that
    such certificates have been lost, stolen, or destroyed and executes an
    agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from
    any loss incurred by it in connection therewith.

         (f)  DIVIDENDS.  In the event the Corporation shall make or issue, or
shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock
entitled to receive (and shall thereafter make or issue) a dividend or other
distribution (other than a distribution in liquidation,



<PAGE>
                                      EXHIBIT A


any other distribution otherwise provided for herein or any dividend otherwise
provided for under Section 2(b)) with respect to the Common Stock payable in (i)
securities of the Corporation other than shares of Common Stock, or (ii) other
assets (excluding cash dividends or distributions), then and in each such event
provision shall be made so that the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock
shall receive upon conversion thereof in addition to the number of shares of
Common Stock receivable thereupon, the number of securities or such other assets
of the Corporation which they would have received had their Series A Preferred
Stock been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event and had they
thereafter, during the period from the date of such event to and including the
Conversion Date (as that term is hereafter defined in Section 6(j)), retained
such securities or such other assets receivable by them during such period,
giving application to all other adjustments called for during such period under
this Section 6 with respect to the rights of the holders of the Series A
Preferred Stock.

         (g)  CAPITAL REORGANIZATION OR RECLASSIFICATION.  If the Common Stock
issuable upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be changed
into the same or different number of shares of any class or classes of capital
stock, whether by capital reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or
otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination of shares or stock dividend
provided for elsewhere in this Section 6, or the sale of all or substantially
all of the Corporation's capital stock or assets to any other person), then and
in each such event the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall have the
right thereafter to convert such shares into the kind and amount of shares of
capital stock and other securities and property receivable upon such
reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other change by the
holders of the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series
A Preferred Stock might have been converted immediately prior to such
reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or change all subject to
further adjustment as provided for herein.

         (h)  DE MINIMIS CHANGES IN APPLICABLE CONVERSION VALUE.  No adjustment
in the Applicable Conversion Value shall be required unless such adjustment
would require an increase or decrease of at least one percent (1%) of the
Applicable Conversion Value; provided, however, that any adjustments that, at
the time of the calculation thereof, are less than one percent (1%) of the
Applicable Conversion Value at such time and by reason of this Section 6(h) are
not required to be made at such time shall be carried forward and added to any
subsequent adjustments or adjustments for purposes of determining whether such
subsequent adjustments, as so supplemented, exceed the one percent (1%) amount,
all adjustments deferred prior thereto and not previously made shall then be
made.  In any case, all such adjustments being carried forward pursuant to this
Section 6(h) shall be given effect upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred
Stock by any holder thereof for purposes of determining the Applicable
Conversion Value thereof.

         (i)  CERTIFICATE AS TO ADJUSTMENTS; NOTICE BY CORPORATION.  In each
case of an adjustment or readjustment of the Applicable Conversion Rate, the
Corporation at its expense will furnish each holder of Series A Preferred Stock
so affected with a certificate prepared by the Treasurer or Chief Financial
Officer of the Corporation, showing such adjustment or readjustment, and stating
in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based.



<PAGE>
                                      EXHIBIT A


Within 90 days of the end of each fiscal year of the Corporation, the
Corporation at its expense will furnish each holder of Series A Preferred Stock
so affected with a certificate prepared by the independent public accountants to
the Corporation, showing such adjustment or readjustment, and stating in detail
the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based.

         (j)  EXERCISE OF CONVERSION PRIVILEGE.  To exercise its conversion
privilege, a holder of Series A Preferred Stock shall surrender the certificate
or certificates representing the shares being converted to the Corporation at
its principal office, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at that
office that such holder elects to convert such shares.  Such notice shall also
state the name or names (with address or addresses) in which the certificate or
certificates for shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be
issued.  The certificate or certificates for shares of Series A Preferred Stock
surrendered for conversion shall be accompanied by proper assignment thereof to
the Corporation or in blank.  The date when such written notice is received by
the Corporation, together with the certificate or certificates representing the
shares of Series A Preferred Stock being converted, shall be the "Conversion
Date".  As promptly as practicable after the Conversion Date, the Corporation
shall issue and shall deliver to the holder of the shares of Series A Preferred
Stock being converted, or on its written order, such certificate of certificates
as it may request for the number of whole shares of Common Stock issuable upon
the conversion of such shares of Series A Preferred Stock in accordance with the
provision of this Section 6, and cash, as provided in Section 6(k), in respect
of any fraction of a share of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.  Such
conversion shall be deemed to have been effected immediately prior to the close
of business on the Conversion Date, and at such time the rights of the holder as
holder of the converted shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall cease and the
person(s) in whose name(s) any certificate(s) for shares of Common Stock shall
be issuable upon such conversion shall be deemed to have become the holder or
holders of record of the shares of Common Stock represented thereby.

         (k)  CASH IN LIEU OF FRACTIONAL SHARES.  No fractional shares of
Common Stock or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the
conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock.  Instead of any fractional
shares of Common Stock which would otherwise be issuable upon conversion of
Series A Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall pay to the holder of the shares
of Series A Preferred Stock which were converted a cash adjustment in respect of
such fractional shares in an amount equal to the same fraction of the fair
market value per share of the Common Stock (as determined in a reasonable manner
prescribed by the Board of Directors) at the close of business on the Conversion
Date.  The determination as to whether or not any fractional shares are issuable
shall be based upon the aggregate number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock
being converted at any one time by any holder thereof, not upon each share of
Series A Preferred Stock being converted.

         (l)  RESERVATION OF COMMON STOCK.  The Corporation shall at all times
reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common
Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the
Series A Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall
from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding
shares of the Series A Preferred Stock (including any shares of Series A
Preferred Stock represented by any warrants, options, subscription or purchase
rights for


<PAGE>
                                      EXHIBIT A


Series A Preferred Stock), and if at any time the number of authorized but 
unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the 
conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock 
(including any shares of Series A Preferred Stock represented by any 
warrants, options, subscriptions or purchase rights for such Series A 
Preferred Stock), the Corporation shall take such action as may be necessary 
to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number 
of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

         (m)  NO REISSUANCE OF SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK.  No share or shares of
Series A Preferred Stock acquired by the Corporation by reason of redemption,
purchase, conversion or otherwise shall be reissued, and all such shares shall
be canceled, retired and eliminated from the shares which the Corporation shall
be authorized to issue.  Upon any of the foregoing events, the Corporation shall
from time to time take such appropriate corporate action as may be necessary to
reduce the authorized number of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock.

    7.   REDEMPTION.

         (a)  PUT OPTION REDEMPTION.  Subject to the limitations contained in
Section 7(h), at the written request of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the
then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock given to the Corporation
(the "Redemption Request") at any time after December 30, 1998, the Corporation
shall, upon receipt of the Redemption Request, redeem on the date specified in
the Redemption Request, (the "Redemption Date"), which Redemption Date shall be
not less than 90 days after the date of the Redemption Request, all of the then
outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock.  The Corporation shall, within 5
days of the receipt of the Redemption Request delivered pursuant to this Section
7(a), provide written notice thereof to all record holders of Series A Preferred
Stock.

         (b)  SERIES A REDEMPTION PRICE; PAYMENT.  The redemption price for
each share of Series A Preferred stock redeemed pursuant to this Section 7 shall
be the greater of (i) the "Fair Market Value" per share of Series A Preferred
Stock (determined in accordance with this Section 7(b)) and (ii) the product of
(A) the book value per share of Series A Preferred Stock as determined as of the
end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Corporation prior to the
date of the Redemption Request in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles multiplied by (B) 1.15 (the "Series A Redemption Price").

         For purposes of this Section 7, the "Fair Market Value" of a share of
Series A Preferred Stock as of the Redemption Date shall be determined by a
nationally recognized investment bank, accounting firm or other financial
institution to be mutually agreed upon by the Corporation and the holders of the
Preferred Stock (an "Appraiser") who shall be experienced in evaluating
companies in the same or similar lines of business as the Corporation and the
Subsidiaries.  If within 15 days of the Redemption Request, the Corporation and
the holders of



<PAGE>
                                      EXHIBIT A


the Series A Preferred Stock have not agreed on an Appraiser, the Corporation
and the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall each appoint an Appraiser.
Each Appraiser shall be required to render its decision as to Fair Market Value
not later than 30 days after its appointment.  In the event that the difference
between the Fair Market Values arrived at by the Appraisers so selected shall be
no more than 10% greater than the lower of the Fair Market Values, the Fair
Market Value shall be the average of the Fair Market Values.  If the two Fair
Market Values shall not be within 10% of the lower of the Fair Market Values,
then the Appraisers shall select a third independent Appraiser who shall within
30 days of appointment determine a third Fair Market Value, provided that such
third Appraiser shall be restricted to determining a Fair Market Value which is
neither higher nor lower than the higher and lower of the other two Fair Market
Values respectively.  The Fair Market Value shall be the average of the one
determined by the third independent Appraiser and the Fair Market Value
determined by one of the two other Appraisers to which it is closest.  The
determination of Fair Market Value to be determined by each Appraiser shall be
based on the greater of (i) the probable sale price for all of the business of
the Corporation that a willing strategic purchaser would pay in an arm's length
transaction divided by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding
(calculated on a fully-diluted basis assuming the conversion of all then
presently exercisable  options, warrants, purchase rights or convertible
securities then in effect) or (ii) the probable offering price per share of
Common Stock of the Corporation in a Qualified Public Offering on the Redemption
Date (assuming that the entire capitalization of the Corporation consists of the
number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the Redemption Date and that
number of shares of Common Stock which would be outstanding on the Redemption
Date upon the conversion of all then outstanding presently exercisable options,
warrants, purchase rights or convertible securities then in effect).  The
determination of the Fair Market Value shall be based upon a review of all
relevant factors, including, without limitation, significant recent events
affecting the Corporation, including pending mergers and acquisitions; revenues
and earnings of the Corporation to the date of determination; projected earnings
of the Corporation; price earnings and revenue multiples of comparable companies
sold in the same industry; and such other matters as an Appraiser would deem
pertinent.  The determination shall be set forth in a written detailed report
mutually addressed to the Board of Directors of the Corporation and the holders
of the Series A Preferred Stock.  All costs related to the appointment of and
valuation by the Appraisers shall be borne by the Corporation.

         The Corporation shall pay the Series A Redemption Price on the
Redemption Date in cash, or at its option, may pay up to 50% of the Series A
Redemption Price through the issuance to each holder of Series A Preferred Stock
of a promissory note of the Corporation for the principal amount by which the
Corporation's cash payment on the Redemption Date to such holder was less than
the aggregate Series A Redemption Price payable to such holder on such date (the
"Redemption Notes").  The Redemption Notes shall bear interest at a rate per
annum of the lesser of 18% or the highest rate allowed by law.  All accrued and
unpaid interest on each Redemption Note and the entire outstanding principal
amount of each Redemption Note shall be due and payable on the first anniversary
of the date of issuance of such Redemption Note.  Each payment of principal and
interest on any Redemption Note shall be made pro rata among all holders of
Redemption Notes based on the amounts then due under such Redemption Note.



<PAGE>
                                      EXHIBIT A


         (c)  EQUITABLE ADJUSTMENT.  The Series A Redemption Price set forth in
this Section 7 shall be subject to equitable adjustment whenever there shall
occur a stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization,
reclassification or other similar event involving a change in the Series A
Preferred Stock.

         (d)  REDEMPTION NOTICE.  At least 15 days prior to the Redemption
Date, written notice (hereinafter referred to as the "Redemption Notice") shall
be mailed, certified mail, return receipt requested, by the Corporation  to each
holder of record of Series A Preferred Stock at its address shown on the records
of the Corporation; provided, however, that the Corporation's failure to give
such Redemption Notice shall in no way affect its obligation to redeem the
shares of Series A Preferred Stock as provided herein.  The Redemption Notice
shall contain the following information:

              (i)  the number of shares of Series A Preferred stock held by the
    holder which shall be redeemed on such date under Section 7(a) by the
    Corporation and the total number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock held
    by all holders to be so redeemed;

              (ii)  the Redemption Date and the Series A Redemption Price;

              (iii) whether the Series A Redemption Price shall be paid
    100% in cash or 50% in cash and 50% in Redemption Notes on the Redemption
    Date; and

              (iv)  that the holder is to surrender to the Corporation, at the
    places and times designated therein, its certificates representing the
    shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed.

         (e)  SURRENDER OF CERTIFICATES.  Each holder of shares of Series A
Preferred Stock to be redeemed shall surrender the certificate(s) representing
such shares to the Corporation at the places and times designated in the
Redemption Notice, and thereupon the Series A Redemption Price shall be paid to
the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate(s) and each
surrendered certificate shall be cancelled and retired.

         (f)  DIVIDENDS AND CONVERSION AFTER REDEMPTION.  Each share to be
redeemed shall retain all of the rights and privileges of the Series A Preferred
Stock until such share is actually redeemed in cash or by the issuance of the
Redemption Notes, including, without limitation, the dividend rights of Section
2 herein, the liquidation preferences of Section 3 herein, the conversion rights
of Section 6 herein and the voting rights of Section 7 herein.



<PAGE>
                                      EXHIBIT A


         (g)  FAILURE TO REDEEM.  If the funds of the Corporation legally
available for redemption of the Series A Preferred Stock on the Redemption Date
are insufficient to redeem the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock to
be so redeemed on such date, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock
shall share ratably in any funds legally available for redemption of such shares
according to the respective amounts which would be payable with respect to the
number of shares owned by them if the shares to be so redeemed on such date were
redeemed in full.  The shares of Series A Preferred Stock not redeemed shall
remain outstanding and entitled to all rights and preferences provided herein.
In the event that the Corporation fails to make the payments of the Series A
Redemption Price on the Redemption Date or fails to make payments on the
Redemption Notes delivered pursuant hereto on the due date thereof, whether as a
consequence of lack of liquidity, legal restriction or otherwise, the interest
on the amounts then due will be eighteen percent (18%) or the highest rate
allowed by law, if lower.

         (h)  DURATION OF PUT OPTION REDEMPTION.  The rights of the holders of
the Series A Preferred Stock under this Section 7 shall expire upon the
declaration by the Securities and Exchange Commission of effectiveness of a
registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, relating to a Qualified Public Offering.

    8.   RESTRICTIONS AND LIMITATIONS

         The Corporation shall not take any corporate action or otherwise amend
its Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws without the approval by vote or
written consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the then outstanding
shares of Series A Preferred Stock (voting as a separate class), each share of
Series A Preferred Stock to be entitled to one vote in each instance, if such
corporate action or amendment would change any of the rights, preferences,
privileges of or limitations provided for herein for the benefit of any shares
of Series A Preferred Stock or materially adversely affect the rights of the
holders of the Series A Preferred Stock.  Without limiting the generality of the
preceding sentence, the Corporation will not amend its Certificate of
Incorporation or take any other corporate action without the approval of the
holders of at least 66 2/3% of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred
Stock, voting separately as a single class, if such amendment or corporate
action would:

         (a)  cause or authorize the Corporation to redeem, purchase or
    otherwise acquire for value (or pay into or set aside for a sinking fund
    for such purpose), any share or shares of equity securities of the
    Corporation other than as provided for in Section 2 or Section 7 hereof; or

         (b)  authorize, create or issue, or obligate the Corporation to
    authorize, create or issue, additional shares of any security other than
    the issuance or sale of shares of Common Stock, the issuance of options of
    Jeffrey A. Snider to purchase 30,000 shares, or the grant of options,
    warrants or other rights exercisable therefor, issued or issuable after the
    original issue date of the Series A Preferred Stock to directors, officers,
    employees and consultants of the Corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to
    any qualified or non-



<PAGE>
                                     EXHIBIT A


    qualified stock option plan or agreement, stock purchase plan or agreement,
    stock restriction agreement, employee stock ownership plan (ESOP),
    consulting agreement, or such other options, issuances, arrangements,
    agreements or plans approved by the Board of Directors so long as the
    aggregate number of such shares (including those shares issuable upon the
    exercise of Common Stock Equivalents and other options issued to Jeffrey A.
    Snider to purchase 30,000 shares of Common Stock) does not exceed 10% of
    the outstanding Common Stock (assuming all Common Stock Equivalents have
    been fully exercised or converted) at the time of proposed issuance; or

         (c)  reduce the amount payable to the holders of Series A Preferred
    Stock upon the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding
    up of the Corporation; or

         (d)  adversely affect the liquidation preferences, dividend rights,
    voting rights or redemption rights of the holders of Series A Preferred
    Stock; or

         (e)  cancel or modify the conversion rights of the holders of Series A
    Preferred Stock provided for in Section 6 herein; or

         (f)  provide for the voluntary liquidation, dissolution,
    recapitalization or winding up of the Corporation; or

         (g)  cause or authorize the Corporation to pay any dividend with
    respect to any class of stock ranking junior to or on a parity with the
    Series A Preferred Stock, other than any dividend consisting solely of
    shares of any class of capital stock paid to the holders of shares of such
    class of capital stock; or

         (h)  sell, transfer or encumber any assets other than in the ordinary
    course of business; or

         (i)  cause or authorize, or obligate itself to cause to authorize, any
    Reorganization; or

         (j)  amend the application of any provision of its Certificate of
    Incorporation or By-laws.


    9.   NO DILUTION OR IMPAIRMENT.

         The Corporation will not, by amendment of its Certificate of
Incorporation or through any reorganization, transfer of capital stock or
assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any
other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of
any of the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock set forth herein, but will at
all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the
taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect
the rights of the holders of the Series A



<PAGE>
                                      EXHIBIT A


Preferred Stock against dilution or other impairment to the extent set forth
herein.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Corporation will
take all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order that the
Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of
stock on the conversion of all Series A Preferred Stock from time to time
outstanding.

    10.  NOTICES OF RECORD DATE

    In the event of

         (a)  any taking by the Corporation of a record of the holders of any
    class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who
    are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution, or any right to
    subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of capital stock of
    any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other
    right, or

         (b)  any capital reorganization of the Corporation, and
    reclassification or recapitalization of the capital stock of the
    Corporation, any merger or consolidation of the Corporation, or any
    transfer of all of substantially all of the assets of the Corporation to
    any other corporation, or any other entity or person, or

         (c)  any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding
    up of the Corporation,

    then and in each such event the Corporation shall mail or cause to be
    mailed to each holder of Series A Preferred Stock a notice specifying (i)
    the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such
    dividend, distribution or right and a description of such dividend,
    distribution or right, (ii) the date on which any such reorganization,
    reclassification, recapitalization, transfer, consolidation, merger,
    dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective, and
    (iii) the time, if any, that is to be fixed, as to when the holders of
    record of Common Stock (or other securities) shall be entitled to exchange
    their shares of Common Stock (or other securities) for securities or other
    property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification,
    recapitalization, transfer, consolidation, merger, dissolution, liquidation
    or winding up.  Such notice shall be mailed by first class mail, postage
    prepaid, at least twenty (20) days prior to the date specified in such
    notice on which such action is to be taken.

<PAGE>
                                                             EXHIBIT 4.2

                                    [LOGO]-Registered Trademark-
                                 
      COMMON STOCK               PAULA FINANCIAL             COMMON STOCK

          PF

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS                                SEE REVERSE FOR
OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE                                 CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
                                                         CUSIP 703588 10 3

  THIS CERTIFIES THAT




is the record holder of


     FULLY PAID AND NONASSESSABLE SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK, $.01 PAR VALUE, OF
                                PAULA FINANCIAL

transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder hereof in person 
or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly 
endorsed. This Certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered 
by the Transfer Agent and Registrar. 

    Witness the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures 
of its duly authorized officers.



          /s/ Bradley K. Serwin                    /s/  Jeffrey A. Snider

                  SECRETARY          [SEAL]              PRESIDENT 

                                PAULA FINANCIAL
                                   CORPORATE
                                     SEAL
                                     1997
                                   DELAWARE

COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:

  CHASEMELLON SHAREHOLDER SERVICES, L.L.C.
                 TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

BY


                     AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE
<PAGE>

     The Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so
requests a statement of the powers, designations, preferences and relative, 
participating, optional, or other special rights of each class of stock of 
the Corporation or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or 
restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Such requests shall be made 
to the Corporation's Secretary at the principal office of the Corporation. 

    The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of 
this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full 
according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM = as tenants in common                  
TEN ENT = as tenants by the entireties          
JT TEN  = as joint tenants with right of        
             survivorship and not as tenants    
             in common                          

UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -- ....... Custodian ......
                     (Cust)           (Minor)
                    under Uniform Gifts to Minors
                    Act.......................
                            (State)
UNIF TRF MIN ACT -- ....... Custodian (until age ....)
                     (Cust)
                    ........ under Uniform Transfers
                    (Minor)
                    to Minors Act ....................
                                       (State)

     Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

    FOR VALUE RECEIVED, _________________ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto


 PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
 IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

   /                              /


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------Shares

of the common stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby 
irrevocably constitute and appoint

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------Attorney
to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with 
full power of substitution in the premises.




Dated
     ----------------------------

                                            X
                                             ---------------------------------

                                            X
                                             ---------------------------------
                                     NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE(S) TO THIS ASSIGNMENT
                                             MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME(S) AS
                                             WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE 
                                             CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, 
                                             WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT 
                                             OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.

Signature(s) Guaranteed


By 
  ------------------------------
THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN 
ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, 
STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND 
CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED 
SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), 
PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.

<PAGE>

                 PLAN OF REORGANIZATION AND AGREEMENT OF MERGER

     This Plan of Reorganization and Agreement of Merger (the "Merger
Agreement") is made as of September 22, 1997, by and among PAULA Financial, a
Delaware Corporation ("Surviving Company"), and PAULA Financial, a California
Corporation ("Merging Company").  Surviving Company and Merging Company together
are hereinafter sometimes referred to as "Constituent Corporations."
     
     WHEREAS, Surviving Company has an authorized capital stock consisting of
15,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value, of which 1,000 shares are
issued and outstanding, and 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $.01 par value,
none of which are issued and outstanding;
     
     WHEREAS, Merging Company has an authorized capital stock consisting of
10,000,000 shares of Common Stock, without par value, of which 949,989 shares
are issued and outstanding and 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, without par
value, of which 941,177 shares are designated as Series A Preferred Stock and
are outstanding;
     
     WHEREAS, the respective Boards of Directors of Surviving Company and
Merging Company deem it advisable that Merging Company merge into Surviving
Company upon terms and conditions herein provided (the "Merger") and have each
approved this Merger Agreement.
     
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, agreements,
representations and warranties herein contained, the parties hereto agree that
in accordance with the California General Corporation Law, and the Delaware
General Corporation Law, Merging Company shall be merged with and into Surviving
Company in accordance with the following terms and conditions:

  1.  MERGER.  Effective upon the filing of this Merger Agreement, or such
      other certificates as may be properly filed in place thereof, under the
      California General Corporation Law and the Delaware General Corporation
      Law (the "Effective Date"), Merging Company and Surviving Company shall
      be merged with and into a single corporation, which shall be Surviving
      Company as the surviving corporation.  The separate corporate existence
      of Merging Company shall cease on the Effective Date.

  2.  ARTICLES/CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS.  The Certificate of
      Incorporation of Surviving Company, as amended and in effect immediately
      prior to the Merger, shall continue to be the Certificate of
      Incorporation of Surviving Company after the Merger without change or
      amendment until further amended in accordance with the provisions thereof
      and applicable law.

      The Bylaws of Surviving Company, as amended and in effect immediately
      prior to the Merger, shall be the Bylaws of Surviving Company after the
      Merger, without 


<PAGE>

      change or amendment until further amended in accordance with the
      provisions thereof and applicable law.

  3.  DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.  The directors and officers of Surviving Company
      immediately prior to the Merger shall continue as the directors and
      officers, respectively, of the Surviving Company after the Merger to hold
      office until the expiration of their current terms, or their prior
      resignation, removal or death.

  4.  SUCCESSION.  On the Effective Date, Surviving Company shall succeed to
      Merging Company in the manner of, and as more fully set forth in, Section
      259 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

  5.  FURTHER ASSURANCES.  From time to time, as and when required by Surviving
      Company or by its successors and assigns, there shall be executed and
      delivered on behalf of Merging Company such deeds and other instruments,
      and there shall be taken or caused to be taken by it such further and
      other action, as shall be appropriate or necessary in order to vest or
      perfect in or to confirm of record or otherwise in Surviving Company the
      title to and possession of all the property, interests, assets, rights,
      privileges, immunities, powers, franchises and authority of Merging
      Company, and otherwise to carry out the purposes of this Merger
      Agreement, and the officers and directors of Surviving Company are fully
      authorized in the name and on behalf of Merging Company or otherwise to
      take any and all such action and to execute and deliver any and all such
      deeds and other instruments.

  6.  CAPITAL STOCK OF SURVIVING COMPANY.  On the Effective Date, by virtue of
      the Merger and without any action on the part of any holder thereof, each
      share of the Common Stock without par value, and of the Series A
      Preferred Stock without par value, of the Merging Company outstanding
      immediately prior thereto shall be changed and converted into one fully
      paid and nonassessable share of the Common Stock, par value $.01 per
      share, or the Series A Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share,
      respectively, of the Surviving Company.

  7.  COMMON STOCK OF SURVIVING COMPANY.  On the Effective Date, by virtue of
      the Merger and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, each
      share of the Common Stock $.01 per share par value, of the Surviving
      Company outstanding immediately prior thereto shall be canceled.

  8.  STOCK CERTIFICATES.  On the Effective Date, all of the outstanding
      certificates that prior to that time represented shares of the Common
      Stock or Series A Preferred Stock of the Merging Company shall be
      cancelled and shall represent the right to receive new certificates
      representing the same number of shares of Common Stock or Series A
      Preferred Stock, respectively, of the Surviving Company (each a "New
      Certificate").  Each registered owner on the books and records of the
      Merging Company or its transfer agents of any stock certificate of the
      Merging Company shall receive, within 30 days after the Effective Date, a
      New Certificate.  Until any certificate of the Merging Company shall have
      been surrendered for transfer or 


                                        2

<PAGE>


      conversion or otherwise accounted for to the Surviving Company or its
      transfer agents, or until the holder thereof shall have received a New
      Certificate, the holder of the certificate of the Merging Company shall
      have and be entitled to exercise any voting and other rights with respect
      to, and to receive any dividend and other distributions upon, the shares
      of the Surviving Company to which such person is entitled.

  9.  OPTIONS AND WARRANTS.  Upon the Effective Date, all outstanding and
      unexercised portions of all options and warrants to buy Common Stock of
      the Merging Company shall become options or warrants, respectively, to
      buy the same number of shares of Common Stock of the Surviving Company
      and, effective upon the Effective Date, the Surviving Company hereby
      expressly adopts and assumes all outstanding and unexercised portions of
      such options or warrants, respectively, and all obligations of the
      Merging Company with respect thereto.

  10.     ABANDONMENT.  At any time before the Effective Date, this Merger
          Agreement may be terminated and the Merger may be abandoned at the
          election of either of the Boards of Directors of the Merging Company
          or the Surviving Company, whether before or after approval of this
          Merger Agreement by the shareholders of the Merging Company or the
          Surviving Company, if either Board of Directors shall have determined
          that the Merger is not in the best interest of the Merging Company or
          the Surviving Company, respectively, or their respective shareholders.

  11.     COUNTERPARTS.  This Merger Agreement may be executed in any number of
          counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and such
          counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same
          instrument.

  12.     CONDITION.  The consummation of the Merger is conditioned upon the
          prior receipt of all requisite approvals of the California Department
          of Insurance.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Merger Agreement, having first been duly
approved by the Boards of Directors and shareholders of Surviving Company and
Merging Company, is hereby executed on behalf of each of said corporations by
their respective officers hereunto duly authorized.

PAULA FINANCIAL
a California corporation



By:  /s/ James A. Nicholson
     ----------------------------
     Senior Vice President

ATTEST:

     /s/ Bradley K. Serwin
- ---------------------------------
     Secretary


                                        3

<PAGE>

PAULA FINANCIAL
a Delaware corporation



By:  /s/ James A. Nicholson
     ----------------------------
     Senior Vice President

ATTEST:


     /s/ Bradley K. Serwin
- ---------------------------------
     Secretary


                                        4
 


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission